WO2018177063A1 - Sliding plug door, rail vehicle having same and rail transit system - Google Patents
Sliding plug door, rail vehicle having same and rail transit system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018177063A1 WO2018177063A1 PCT/CN2018/077538 CN2018077538W WO2018177063A1 WO 2018177063 A1 WO2018177063 A1 WO 2018177063A1 CN 2018077538 W CN2018077538 W CN 2018077538W WO 2018177063 A1 WO2018177063 A1 WO 2018177063A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- door
- door body
- load
- bearing
- rail
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 176
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims description 157
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 claims description 94
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 claims description 77
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 65
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000033748 Device issues Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 210000002105 tongue Anatomy 0.000 description 54
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000003351 stiffener Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011900 installation process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005491 wire drawing Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E06—DOORS, WINDOWS, SHUTTERS, OR ROLLER BLINDS IN GENERAL; LADDERS
- E06B—FIXED OR MOVABLE CLOSURES FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDINGS, VEHICLES, FENCES OR LIKE ENCLOSURES IN GENERAL, e.g. DOORS, WINDOWS, BLINDS, GATES
- E06B3/00—Window sashes, door leaves, or like elements for closing wall or like openings; Layout of fixed or moving closures, e.g. windows in wall or like openings; Features of rigidly-mounted outer frames relating to the mounting of wing frames
- E06B3/32—Arrangements of wings characterised by the manner of movement; Arrangements of movable wings in openings; Features of wings or frames relating solely to the manner of movement of the wing
- E06B3/34—Arrangements of wings characterised by the manner of movement; Arrangements of movable wings in openings; Features of wings or frames relating solely to the manner of movement of the wing with only one kind of movement
- E06B3/42—Sliding wings; Details of frames with respect to guiding
- E06B3/46—Horizontally-sliding wings
- E06B3/4636—Horizontally-sliding wings for doors
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B61—RAILWAYS
- B61D—BODY DETAILS OR KINDS OF RAILWAY VEHICLES
- B61D19/00—Door arrangements specially adapted for rail vehicles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B61—RAILWAYS
- B61D—BODY DETAILS OR KINDS OF RAILWAY VEHICLES
- B61D19/00—Door arrangements specially adapted for rail vehicles
- B61D19/003—Door arrangements specially adapted for rail vehicles characterised by the movements of the door
- B61D19/005—Door arrangements specially adapted for rail vehicles characterised by the movements of the door sliding
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05D—HINGES OR SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS
- E05D13/00—Accessories for sliding or lifting wings, e.g. pulleys, safety catches
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05D—HINGES OR SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS
- E05D15/00—Suspension arrangements for wings
- E05D15/06—Suspension arrangements for wings for wings sliding horizontally more or less in their own plane
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05D—HINGES OR SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS
- E05D15/00—Suspension arrangements for wings
- E05D15/06—Suspension arrangements for wings for wings sliding horizontally more or less in their own plane
- E05D15/0617—Suspension arrangements for wings for wings sliding horizontally more or less in their own plane of cantilever type
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05D—HINGES OR SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS
- E05D15/00—Suspension arrangements for wings
- E05D15/06—Suspension arrangements for wings for wings sliding horizontally more or less in their own plane
- E05D15/0621—Details, e.g. suspension or supporting guides
- E05D15/0626—Details, e.g. suspension or supporting guides for wings suspended at the top
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05D—HINGES OR SUSPENSION DEVICES FOR DOORS, WINDOWS OR WINGS
- E05D15/00—Suspension arrangements for wings
- E05D15/06—Suspension arrangements for wings for wings sliding horizontally more or less in their own plane
- E05D15/0621—Details, e.g. suspension or supporting guides
- E05D15/0626—Details, e.g. suspension or supporting guides for wings suspended at the top
- E05D15/0652—Tracks
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05F—DEVICES FOR MOVING WINGS INTO OPEN OR CLOSED POSITION; CHECKS FOR WINGS; WING FITTINGS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, CONCERNED WITH THE FUNCTIONING OF THE WING
- E05F15/00—Power-operated mechanisms for wings
- E05F15/60—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators
- E05F15/603—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors
- E05F15/632—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors for horizontally-sliding wings
- E05F15/655—Power-operated mechanisms for wings using electrical actuators using rotary electromotors for horizontally-sliding wings specially adapted for vehicle wings
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E06—DOORS, WINDOWS, SHUTTERS, OR ROLLER BLINDS IN GENERAL; LADDERS
- E06B—FIXED OR MOVABLE CLOSURES FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDINGS, VEHICLES, FENCES OR LIKE ENCLOSURES IN GENERAL, e.g. DOORS, WINDOWS, BLINDS, GATES
- E06B1/00—Border constructions of openings in walls, floors, or ceilings; Frames to be rigidly mounted in such openings
- E06B1/70—Sills; Thresholds
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E06—DOORS, WINDOWS, SHUTTERS, OR ROLLER BLINDS IN GENERAL; LADDERS
- E06B—FIXED OR MOVABLE CLOSURES FOR OPENINGS IN BUILDINGS, VEHICLES, FENCES OR LIKE ENCLOSURES IN GENERAL, e.g. DOORS, WINDOWS, BLINDS, GATES
- E06B3/00—Window sashes, door leaves, or like elements for closing wall or like openings; Layout of fixed or moving closures, e.g. windows in wall or like openings; Features of rigidly-mounted outer frames relating to the mounting of wing frames
- E06B3/32—Arrangements of wings characterised by the manner of movement; Arrangements of movable wings in openings; Features of wings or frames relating solely to the manner of movement of the wing
- E06B3/34—Arrangements of wings characterised by the manner of movement; Arrangements of movable wings in openings; Features of wings or frames relating solely to the manner of movement of the wing with only one kind of movement
- E06B3/42—Sliding wings; Details of frames with respect to guiding
- E06B3/46—Horizontally-sliding wings
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05Y—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES E05D AND E05F, RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, ELECTRIC CONTROL, POWER SUPPLY, POWER SIGNAL OR TRANSMISSION, USER INTERFACES, MOUNTING OR COUPLING, DETAILS, ACCESSORIES, AUXILIARY OPERATIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, APPLICATION THEREOF
- E05Y2900/00—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof
- E05Y2900/50—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof for vehicles
- E05Y2900/51—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof for vehicles for railway cars or mass transit vehicles
-
- E—FIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
- E05—LOCKS; KEYS; WINDOW OR DOOR FITTINGS; SAFES
- E05Y—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES E05D AND E05F, RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, ELECTRIC CONTROL, POWER SUPPLY, POWER SIGNAL OR TRANSMISSION, USER INTERFACES, MOUNTING OR COUPLING, DETAILS, ACCESSORIES, AUXILIARY OPERATIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR, APPLICATION THEREOF
- E05Y2900/00—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof
- E05Y2900/50—Application of doors, windows, wings or fittings thereof for vehicles
- E05Y2900/53—Type of wing
- E05Y2900/531—Doors
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of vehicle technology, and in particular, to a sliding door and a rail vehicle and a rail transit system therewith.
- the driving mechanism of the double-fan electric sliding door of the related art is installed above the interior of the vehicle body, and functions to connect and carry the weight of the door leaf and drive the door leaf to realize the operation of opening and closing the door.
- the driving mechanism is located in the side top plate above the interior of the vehicle body, occupies more space inside the side top plate, so that the interior space of the vehicle is relatively narrow and crowded, and the passing height at the entrance is also limited, and the passenger experience is relatively narrow and crowded.
- the monorail model for sightseeing it is very important to give passengers a comfortable and spacious car experience.
- the present invention aims to solve at least one of the technical problems existing in the prior art.
- the present invention proposes a plug door in which the driving mechanism of the plug door is lowered, which can reduce the occupied area of the driving mechanism in the vehicle body, and relatively increase the space in the vehicle body.
- the invention also proposes a rail vehicle having the plug door.
- the invention also proposes a rail transit system having the rail vehicle described.
- a sliding door includes: a door frame, the door frame is surrounded by a door opening; a door sill, the door sill is disposed on the door frame; the door body, the door body is in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction Removably mounted on the door frame to open and close the door opening; a driving mechanism, the driving mechanism is located below the threshold and connected to the door body for driving the door body in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction Moving up; a controller that controls the drive mechanism to act.
- the sliding door of the embodiment of the present invention by installing the driving mechanism under the threshold, the space inside the vehicle body is not occupied, the space inside the roof of the vehicle body is saved, and the space inside the vehicle body is relatively increased, and It is spacious and the net height of the door can be increased, making it suitable for use with larger glass doors and windows, giving passengers a more spacious and transparent ride experience.
- the sliding door further includes: a door body load guiding mechanism, the door body weight guiding mechanism is mounted on the door frame and connected to an upper portion of the door body, and the door body passes The door body weight guiding mechanism is mounted on the door frame and is movable in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction.
- the door body load-bearing guiding mechanism comprises: a bearing rail, the load-bearing rail is mounted on an upper part of the door body; a load-bearing swing arm assembly, the load-bearing swing arm assembly is swingably mounted on the door frame, The load-bearing swing arm assembly is coupled to the load-bearing rail for supporting the load-bearing rail and guiding the load-bearing rail to move in the left-right direction and the inner and outer directions with the door body.
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly includes: a load-bearing swing arm, a first end of the load-bearing swing arm is pivotally mounted on the door frame; a load-bearing fixed block, the load-bearing fixed block is rotatably mounted on a second end of the load-bearing swing arm; a load-bearing roller rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block, the load-bearing roller being fitted on the load-bearing rail for supporting the load-bearing rail; guiding a roller, the guide roller is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block, and the guide roller is fitted on the load-bearing rail for guiding the load-bearing rail to move in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction with the door body .
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly further includes: a guide rail installed at an upper portion of the door body; a guide swing arm assembly, the guide swing arm assembly is swingably mounted on the door frame, The guiding swing arm assembly is fitted on the guiding rail for guiding the guiding rail to move in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions with the door body.
- the guiding swing arm assembly includes: a guiding swing arm, a first end of the guiding swing arm is pivotally mounted on the door frame; a guiding roller, the guiding roller is rotatably mounted on the guiding a second end of the swing arm, the guide roller is fitted on the guide rail for guiding the guide rail to move in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions with the door body.
- the load-bearing rail comprises: a body, the body is mounted on an upper part of the door body, the body is provided with a load-bearing guide groove, and the guide roller is rotatably fitted in the load-bearing guide groove,
- the inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove is provided with a roller assembly opening for allowing the guide roller to enter and exit the load-bearing guide groove;
- the baffle is detachably mounted on the body and covers the roller assembly opening .
- the body has a horizontal edge extending horizontally to the outside of the load bearing channel, the load bearing roller being fitted on a lower surface of the horizontal edge.
- the guide rail comprises: a horizontal portion mounted on an upper portion of the door body; a vertical portion connected to the horizontal portion and extending downward from the horizontal portion a plurality of the guide rollers are distributed on both sides of the vertical portion in an inner and outer direction; a first stop portion, the first stop portion being disposed at one end of the horizontal portion or the vertical portion One end for stopping the guide roller from the one end of the vertical portion from the vertical portion; a second stop portion, the second stop portion being provided at the other end of the horizontal portion or The other end of the vertical portion is configured to stop the guide roller from being separated from the vertical portion from the other end of the vertical portion.
- the upper portion of the door body is provided with a first profile, and the first profile is configured with a first horizontal assembly surface, a second horizontal assembly surface and a vertical assembly surface, the first horizontal assembly surface and the The second horizontal mounting surface is disposed downwardly and the second horizontal mounting surface is located below the first horizontal mounting surface, the upper edge of the vertical mounting surface is connected to the first horizontal mounting surface and the lower edge is The second horizontal mounting surface is connected; the top wall of the body is mounted on the first horizontal mounting surface, a side wall of the body is mated with the vertical mounting surface, the horizontal edge and the second Horizontal assembly surface fit.
- an upper portion of the door body is provided with a second profile, and the second profile is configured with a third horizontal fitting surface disposed downward, and the guide rail is mounted on the third horizontal fitting surface.
- a threshold sealing strip is disposed on a surface of the door body facing the threshold, and the door sealing strip is pressed by the door body in an inner and outer direction when the door body closes the door opening Close to the threshold.
- the plug door further includes: a door body pressing mechanism mounted on the door frame and connected to an upper portion of the door body, the door body being closed The door opening is pressed down on the door frame by the door body pressing mechanism.
- the door body pressing mechanism comprises: a pressing support assembly, the pressing support assembly is mounted on an upper portion of the door body, and the pressing support assembly is configured with a pressing inclined surface, The pressing bevel is oriented upward and inclined with respect to the horizontal direction; the roller assembly is pressed, the pressing roller assembly is mounted on the door frame, and the pressing roller assembly is in the process of closing the door opening by the door body The pressing force to the pressing bevel gradually increases.
- the pressing support assembly comprises: a pressing support, the pressing support is mounted on an upper portion of the door body; pressing the pad, the pressing pad is mounted on the pressing On the support, the pressing slope is formed on the pressing block.
- the pressure roller assembly includes: a pressing bracket, the pressing bracket is mounted on the door frame; a pressing roller, the pressing roller is rotatably mounted on the pressing bracket, The pressing force of the pressing roller to the pressing slope gradually increases during the closing of the door hole by the door body.
- the door body includes: a door panel, the door panel is provided with a window; a door and a window, the door and window are mounted on the door panel and the window is closed; the upper rib, the upper rib is installed Engaging on the door panel and with the upper end of the door and window; and/or a lower rib mounted on the door panel and mating with the lower end of the window.
- the plug door further includes: an isolation lock assembly mounted on the door frame and connected to the door body, the isolation lock assembly for locking the The door closes the door opening and sends an isolation signal to the controller to stop the drive mechanism from operating.
- the isolation lock assembly includes: an isolation lock support, the isolation lock support is mounted on the door frame; a lock tongue, the lock tongue is movably mounted between the locked position and the unlocked position
- the door body cooperates with the isolation lock support to lock the door body to close the door hole when the lock tongue is in the locking position, and the lock tongue is disengaged when the lock tongue is in the unlocked position Isolating the lock holder to allow the door body to open the door opening;
- the travel switch the travel switch is mounted on the isolation lock support, and the travel switch is located when the lock tongue is in the locked position
- the bolt triggers and sends the isolation signal to the controller.
- the isolation lock assembly further includes: an internal emergency unlocking device located inside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling movement of the lock tongue from an inner side of the door body to The unlocking position; an external emergency unlocking device located outside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling movement of the locking tongue to the unlocking position from an outer side of the door body.
- the plug door further includes: a fixed stop pin assembly mounted on a top of the door frame and connected to a top of the door body for the door After the body closes the door opening, the door body is stopped.
- the fixed stop pin assembly comprises: a block, the block is mounted on a top of the door frame, the block is provided with a stop groove; a stop pin, the stop pin is mounted on the door The top of the body, the stop pin fits in the stop groove after the door body closes the door hole, and the stop pin disengages from the stop groove when the door body opens the door hole.
- the pin includes: a pin seat mounted on a top of the door body; a pin roller, the pin roller being rotatably mounted on the pin seat, After the door body closes the door hole, the pin roller is engaged in the stopping groove, and the pin roller is disengaged from the stopping groove when the door body opens the door hole.
- the drive mechanism includes: a fixed frame; a longitudinal guide assembly on which the longitudinal guide assembly is mounted; a lateral drive assembly on which the lateral drive assembly is mounted And communicating with the door body, the controller is in communication with the lateral driving component, the movement of the door body in the left-right direction is driven by the lateral driving component, and the door body moves in the left-right direction
- the longitudinal guiding assembly drives the door body to move in both the inner and outer directions by guiding the lateral driving assembly.
- the fixing frame comprises: a first side support and a second side support, the longitudinal guiding assembly is mounted on the first side support and the second side support; a mounting bottom plate, the mounting bottom plate Both ends are connected to the first side support and the second side support, respectively.
- the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate is provided with a plurality of pairs of bottom plate reinforcing ribs, and each pair of the bottom plate reinforcing ribs forms a wire groove on the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate.
- the fixing frame further includes: a mounting seat, the mounting seat is equipped with a connecting bolt, and a nut of the connecting bolt is fitted in the wire trough to mount the mounting seat on the mounting bottom plate Above.
- the lateral drive assembly comprises: a moving beam; a transverse rail mounted on the moving beam and extending in a left-right direction; and a lateral slider movable along the lateral rail Cooperating on the lateral rail; carrying a gantry mounted on the lateral slider and connected to the door body; and a motor mounted on the moving beam and passing through the transmission component Connected to the gantry, the controller is in communication with the motor.
- the transmission assembly includes: a driving gear pulley, the driving gear pulley is drivingly connected to the motor; a driven gear pulley, the driven gear pulley is rotatably mounted on the movement a transmission toothed belt, the transmission toothed belt is sleeved on the driving toothed belt pulley and the driven toothed belt pulley and meshed with the driven toothed belt pulley and the driven toothed belt pulley respectively; A belt clip is disposed on the transmission toothed belt and connected to the gantry.
- the longitudinal guiding assembly comprises: a longitudinal rail mounted on the fixing frame and extending in an inner and outer direction; a longitudinal sliding block, the longitudinal sliding block being movable along a length of the longitudinal guiding rail Cooperating on the longitudinal rail, the moving beam is connected to the longitudinal slider; the linkage rail is mounted on the fixing bracket, and the bracket is matched with the linkage rail, When the gantry is moved in the left-right direction, the linkage rail moves in the inner and outer directions by guiding the gantry.
- the linkage rail is provided with a linkage guide groove that cooperates with the gantry
- the linkage guide groove includes: a linear guide groove, the linear guide groove extends in a left-right direction; an arc-shaped guide groove, An arcuate guide groove communicates with the linear guide groove and gradually extends from the linear guide groove in an inner and outer direction, and the carriage is guided by the arcuate guide groove while moving in the left and right direction while being in the inner and outer directions mobile.
- the sliding door further includes: a locking mechanism mounted on the fixing frame and connected to the moving beam, the locking mechanism is configured to lock when the door body closes the door opening Stopping the position of the moving beam and issuing a blocking signal to the controller to notify the motor of the operation.
- the locking mechanism includes: a locking lock body, the locking lock body is mounted on the fixing frame; a locking bolt, the locking locking tongue is mounted on the moving beam; a limit switch, the limit a position switch is mounted on the fixing bracket and connected to the locking lock body.
- a locking lock body the locking lock body is mounted on the fixing frame
- a locking bolt the locking locking tongue is mounted on the moving beam
- a limit switch the limit a position switch is mounted on the fixing bracket and connected to the locking lock body.
- the sliding door further includes: an internal emergency unlocking switch, the internal emergency unlocking switch is located inside the door body in an inner and outer direction, and is configured to control the release lock body release from an inner side of the door body The latching latch; an external emergency unlocking switch, the outer emergency unlocking switch being located outside the door body in the inner and outer directions for controlling the latching lock body from the outer side of the door body to release the latching latching tongue .
- the sliding door further includes: a dust cover disposed under the threshold and covering the driving mechanism for isolating the driving mechanism from an external environment .
- the door body is two, and the two door bodies are movably mounted on the door frame in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction to jointly open and close the door opening, the driving mechanism At the same time, the two door bodies are driven to move in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions.
- the opposite side edges of the two door bodies are respectively provided with hollow finger strips.
- a rail vehicle includes a vehicle body, a sliding door and a bogie, the sliding door is mounted on the vehicle body and the driving mechanism is located below the inner floor of the vehicle body, and the bogie is mounted on the vehicle body. bottom.
- the sliding door can be used to open or close the car body, and the bogie can drive the car body to move along the track.
- the driving mechanism of the plug door is placed downward, so that the space inside the vehicle body is not required to be occupied, and the space wrapped inside the roof side of the vehicle body is saved. Moreover, the space inside the vehicle body is increased and the space is increased, the net passing height of the door can be improved, and the door is improved based on the driving mechanism, and the stability and safety of the vehicle are also improved.
- a rail transit system includes a rail and a rail vehicle that straddle the rail and the tractor body travels along the rail.
- the drive mechanism is placed lower, not only the space inside the vehicle is increased, but also the safety and reliability of the rail transit system are improved.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural view of a door frame of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a schematic structural view of an angle of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural view of another angle of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 4 is a front elevational view of a plug door in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 5 is an enlarged view of a portion B of Figure 4.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural view of a door body load-bearing guiding mechanism of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Figure 4.
- Figure 8 is an enlarged view of a portion C according to Figure 7;
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural view of a load-bearing swing arm assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 10 is a perspective view of a load-bearing swing arm assembly of a sliding door in accordance with an embodiment
- FIG. 11 is a schematic structural view of a guide rail of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic structural view of a baffle of a load bearing rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment
- Figure 13 is a schematic view showing the structure of a load-bearing rail of a plug door and a load-bearing roller according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 14 is a schematic view showing the structure of a load-bearing rail of a plug door in cooperation with a load-bearing roller and a guide roller according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 15 is a schematic view showing the structure of a load-bearing rail of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 16 is a structural schematic view showing another angle of a load-bearing rail of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 17 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of a first profile and a second profile of a load bearing rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 18 is a schematic view showing the structure of an embodiment of a first profile and a second profile of a load-bearing rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view of a plug door in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 20 is an enlarged view of a portion D of Figure 19;
- 21 is a schematic structural view of a sill seal of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 22 is a schematic structural view of a door body pressing mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic structural view showing an angle at which a pressing block of a door body pressing mechanism of a plug door and a pressing slope are fitted according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 24 is a structural schematic view showing another angle of the pressing block of the door body pressing mechanism of the sliding door and the pressing slope according to the embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 25 is a partial structural view of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 26 is an enlarged view of a portion E of Figure 25;
- Figure 27 is a partial structural view of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 28 is an enlarged view of a portion F of Figure 27;
- 29 is a schematic structural view of an isolation lock support of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 30 is a schematic structural view of an isolation lock connecting plate of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 31 is a schematic structural view of a fixed stop pin of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 32 is an exploded view of a fixed stop pin of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 33 is a cross-sectional view of one direction of the plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 34 is an enlarged view of a portion G in Figure 33;
- 35 is a partial structural schematic view showing a lower end of a door and a window of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention
- Figure 36 is a partial structural view showing the upper end of a door and a window of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 37 is a schematic structural view of a driving mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 38 is an exploded view of a drive mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 39 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of a mounting bottom plate of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 40 is a schematic structural view of another embodiment of a mounting bottom plate of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 41 is a schematic structural view of a mounting seat of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 42 is a schematic structural view of an angle of a linkage guide of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 43 is another perspective structural view of a linkage rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 44 is a schematic structural view showing a cross section of a linked rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 45 is a schematic structural view of a lower driving mechanism and a dust cover of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 46 is a schematic structural view of a dust cover of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 47 is a perspective view of a dust cover of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 48 is a schematic structural view of a fixed pin assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 49 is a schematic structural view of a driving mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 50 is a schematic structural view of a driving mechanism of a plug door according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 51 is a schematic view showing the structure of a lock body and a lock bolt of a plug door according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 52 is a schematic structural view of a transmission assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 53 is a schematic structural view of a lateral drive assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Figure 54 is a schematic view showing the structure of a holder for a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- 112 insert mounting bracket, 1121: bracket mounting hole, 1122: first horizontal mounting portion, 1123: vertical connecting portion, 1124: second horizontal mounting portion, 1125: inclined supporting portion;
- 12 threshold, 121: retaining edge, 1211: vertical sealing surface, 122: sill sealing strip, 1221: chuck, 1222: sealing portion;
- 1410 body, 1411: load-bearing guide groove, 1412: roller assembly port, 1413: horizontal edge, 1414: first flap, 1415: second flap;
- baffle baffle
- 1421 mounting portion
- 1422 mounting tongue
- 1423 stiffener 1424: plugging portion
- 1461 swing arm shaft
- 1462 upper mounting ears
- 1463 lower mounting ears
- 1464 limit ears
- first assembly part 1521: first horizontal assembly surface
- 1522 profile reinforcement rib
- 1523 upper jaw cavity
- 162 a third fitting portion of the second profile
- 1621 a horizontal mounting surface of the second profile
- 164 a support portion
- 1641 a cavity between the third fitting portion of the second profile and the second curved portion
- 181 Isolation lock support, 1811: support longitudinal mounting hole, 1812: support longitudinal fastener;
- 182 Isolation lock connection plate, 1821: longitudinal mounting hole for connecting plate, 1822: longitudinal fastener for connecting plate, 1823: transverse mounting hole for connecting plate, 1824: transverse fastener for connecting plate, 1825: transverse connecting plate, 1826: longitudinal Connection plate
- 251 Linkage guide
- 252 Linear guide
- 2521 Linear guide
- 2522 First straight rib
- 2523 Second straight rib
- 253 Curved guide
- 2531 Curved guide
- 2532 An arcuate rib
- Figure 43 is labeled error 2533: a second curved rib
- 222 bottom plate, 2221: first lateral edge, 2222: vertical flange, 2223: horizontal mounting hole, 2224: horizontal stiffener, 2225: second lateral edge, 2226: first longitudinal edge, 2227: second longitudinal edge ,
- 223 lateral side panel, 2231: horizontal flange, 2232: vertical mounting hole, 2233: vertical stiffener;
- 225 a second longitudinal side plate
- first and second may include one or more of the features, either explicitly or implicitly.
- a plurality means two or more unless otherwise stated.
- connection In the description of the present invention, it should be noted that the terms “installation”, “connected”, and “connected” are to be understood broadly, and may be fixed or detachable, for example, unless otherwise explicitly defined and defined. Connected, or integrally connected; can be mechanical or electrical; can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, can be the internal communication of the two components.
- Connected, or integrally connected can be mechanical or electrical; can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, can be the internal communication of the two components.
- the specific meaning of the above terms in the present invention can be understood in a specific case by those skilled in the art.
- a plug door 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
- a sliding door 1 includes a door frame 11, a door sill 12, a door body 13, a drive mechanism 20, and a controller.
- the inner and outer directions in the present invention refer to the inner and outer directions of the vehicle body, that is, the direction toward the inside of the vehicle body and the direction toward the outside of the vehicle body, and the left and right directions refer to the door frame 11
- the direction of the width is as shown in the drawing.
- the door frame 11 is surrounded by a door opening 111 which is disposed on the door frame 11 and divides the door opening 111 into an upper space 1111 and a lower space 1112, wherein the upper space 1111 is located above the threshold 12 and communicates with the interior of the vehicle body. Suitable for passengers to pass through, the lower space 1112 is located below the threshold 12 and does not occupy the interior space of the vehicle body.
- the door body 13 is movably mounted on the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction to open and close the door opening 111.
- the driving mechanism 20 is located below the door sill 12 and connected to the door body 13 for driving the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and left and right.
- a controller (not shown) is in communication with the drive mechanism 20 for controlling the drive mechanism 20.
- the controller may control the driving mechanism 20 to drive the door body 13 to move toward the outside of the vehicle body in the inner and outer directions, and then drive the door body 13 to move in the left-right direction and away from the door opening 111 to open the door body.
- the driving mechanism 20 can first drive the door body 13 to move toward the door opening 111 in the left-right direction, and then move in the direction toward the inside of the vehicle body in the inner and outer directions to close the door opening 111.
- the driving mechanism 20 is located below the threshold 12 and corresponds to the lower space 1112.
- the driving mechanism 20 of the present invention is disposed below the interior of the vehicle body, and the sliding door 1 of the present invention is disposed under the threshold 12 by the driving mechanism 20.
- the utility model can not only realize the movement of the carrying door body 13 and the driving door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, but also save the space at the top of the vehicle body, so that the interior of the vehicle body is more spacious, and the net height of the door can be improved, in order to cooperate with the vehicle.
- the overall shape of the body can be used with a relatively large door glass 1344 to give passengers a more spacious and transparent car experience.
- the sliding door 1 by providing the driving mechanism 20 under the sill 12, does not need to occupy the space inside the vehicle body, saves space for wrapping inside the roof side of the vehicle body, and relatively makes the vehicle body
- the interior space is increased, the floor space is increased, and the net height of the door can be increased, so that it can be adapted to use the enlarged glass doors and windows 134 to provide passengers with a more spacious and transparent ride experience.
- the door body 13 may be two, and the two door bodies 13 are movably mounted on the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions to open and close together.
- the door opening 111 and the drive mechanism 20 simultaneously drive the two door bodies 13 to move in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions. That is, the door opening 111 can be opened or closed by moving the two door bodies 13 simultaneously in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions.
- the driving mechanism 20 can drive the two door bodies 13 to first move toward the outside of the vehicle body in the inner and outer directions, and then the driving mechanism 20 simultaneously drives the two door bodies 13 in opposite directions in the left and right directions. Move to open the door opening 111.
- the driving mechanism 20 can first drive the door bodies 13 to move toward each other in the left-right direction, that is, the driving mechanism 20 drives the two door bodies 13 to move toward the door opening 111, and then drives the two door bodies 13 At the same time, it moves in the direction of the inner and outer directions toward the inside of the vehicle body to close the door opening 111.
- the opposite side edges of the two door bodies 13 can be respectively provided with hollow finger strips 227, and the finger strips 227 have a certain elastic function, so that the passengers can be prevented when the two door bodies 13 are closed. It was caught by the door body 13 and was injured.
- the plug door 1 may further include a door body load guiding mechanism 14 mounted on the door frame 11 and connected to the upper portion of the door body 13, and the door body 13 is loaded by the door body.
- the guide mechanism 14 is mounted on the door frame 11 and is movable in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction. That is to say, the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided by the load-bearing guiding mechanism 14 to move in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction, and at the same time, the partial gravity of the door body 13 can be received, that is, the door body-loading guiding mechanism 14 not only has a guiding effect but also has a bearing capacity. effect.
- the sliding door on the driving mechanism of the related art has a door guiding mechanism, and the guiding mechanism of the door body, that is, the lower arm of the door body, is installed under the door body, and the hem is opened when the door body opens or closes the door opening.
- the arm can only guarantee the action of opening or closing the door opening in the lower part of the door body, and the hem arm itself does not bear the weight of the door body.
- the driving mechanism receives the pulling force of the door body, and the driving mechanism 20 of the sliding door 1 disposed under the driving mechanism 20 of the present invention receives the pressure, and the two driving mechanisms The manner in which the 20 is mounted results in a change in the force characteristics of the drive mechanism 20.
- the door body 13 of the sliding door 1 under the driving mechanism 20 is larger than the door body 13 of the driving mechanism 20, and the driving mechanism is large.
- the driving mechanism 20 of the lower sliding door 1 20 serves to support the weight of the door body 13, so that the driving mechanism 20 of the sliding door 1 placed under the driving mechanism 20 receives a greater force.
- the door body weight guiding mechanism 14 can be guided while being loaded, and the pressure received by the driving mechanism 20 is shared, thereby reducing the pressure received by the driving mechanism 20, thereby protecting the driving mechanism 20.
- the stability and safety of the drive mechanism 20 are improved.
- the door body weight guiding mechanism 14 may be two, and the two door body weight guiding mechanisms 14 are respectively disposed on opposite sides of the door frame 11, and the two door bodies 13 respectively pass through the corresponding door bodies.
- the load-bearing guiding mechanism 14 is mounted on the door frame 11, and each of the door-weight bearing guiding mechanisms 14 has a bearing and guiding effect on the corresponding door body 13, and each of the door bodies 13 is movable in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction.
- a door body load bearing guide mechanism 14 according to an embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
- the door load bearing guide 14 can include a load bearing rail 141, a load bearing swing arm assembly 143, a guide rail 144, and a steering swing arm assembly 145.
- the load-bearing rail 141 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13.
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is swingably mounted on the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions, and the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is fitted on the load-bearing rail 141 for supporting the load-bearing rail 141 and guiding the load-bearing
- the rail 141 moves in the left-right direction with the door body 13.
- the door body 13 is fitted and fitted to the door body load-bearing guide mechanism 14 via the load-bearing rail 141.
- the load-bearing rails 141 can be installed on the upper portion of the door body 13 and extend in the left-right direction.
- the load-bearing rails 141 can also have an inclination in the up-and-down direction with respect to the left-right direction, that is, the load-bearing rails 141 can be
- the guide door body 13 is moved in the left-right direction so that the door body 13 can be displaced in the left-right direction.
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is mounted on the door frame 11 and is adapted to cooperate with the load-bearing rail 141.
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 can guide the upper joint movement of the door body 13, for example, the load-bearing swing arm assembly
- the 143 is movable in the left-right direction on the load-bearing rail 141 and is swingable in the inner and outer directions on the door frame 11, whereby the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 can guide the door body 13 to move in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction, and the door body 13 passes through the load-bearing rail.
- the 141 can be partially supported on the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 to share the pressure of the drive mechanism 20, that is, the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 and the load-bearing rail 141 not only have a guiding effect but can carry the door body 13.
- the load bearing swing arm assembly 143 can transfer the weight of the load bearing to the door frame 11, so that the stability of the structure of the plug door 1 can be improved.
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 may include a load-bearing swing arm 1431, a load-bearing fixed block 1432, a load-bearing roller 1433, and a guide roller 1434.
- the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is pivotable.
- the ground frame 11 is mounted on the door frame 11 such that the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is swingable in the inner and outer directions, and the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is rotatably mounted on the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431, wherein the rotation axis of the load-bearing fixing block 1432 Extends in the up and down direction.
- the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 can be appropriately adjusted so that the movement of the upper and lower portions of the door body 13 can be kept uniform.
- the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided by the cooperation of the load bearing roller 1433 and the load bearing rail 141.
- the driving mechanism 20 drives the door body 13 to move in the inner and outer directions or the door body 3 is turned in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction to perform the steering movement (that is, the door body 13 can be understood to be inserted or swung out by a person skilled in the art)
- the load bearing body 20 The first end of the swing arm 1431 (ie, the end connected to the door frame 11) is pivotable such that the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is swingable in the up-and-down direction to be displaced and matched with respect to the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions.
- the lower portion of the door body 13 is moved, and the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is also rotatable in the up-and-down direction to further cooperate with the movement of the lower portion of the door body 13.
- the load-bearing roller 1433 is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block 1432, and the load-bearing roller 1433 is fitted on the load-bearing rail 141 for supporting the load-bearing rail 141, whereby the load-bearing rail 143 can be carried by the load-bearing roller 1433 to bear the portion of the door body 13. Gravity reduces the pressure of the door body 13 on the drive mechanism 20. At the same time, when the door body 13 is moved, the load-bearing roller 1433 can also move against the load-bearing rail 141, thereby ensuring the consistency with the movement of the door body 13, and preventing the load-bearing roller 1433 from sliding out of the load-bearing rail 141.
- the guide roller 1434 is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block 1432, and the guide roller 1434 is fitted on the load-bearing rail 141 for guiding the load-bearing rail 141 to move in the left-right direction with the door body 13. That is, the guide roller 1434 has a mating guiding action, and the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is engaged with the load-bearing rail 141 by the guide roller 1434.
- the guide roller 1434 is always fitted in the load-bearing rail 141 and is movable along the extending direction of the load-bearing rail 141. Specifically, the guide roller 1434 itself is rotatable to cooperate with the load-bearing rail 141 to move along the load-bearing rail 141 with respect to the load-bearing rail 141.
- the guide roller 1434 is located at the side of the load-bearing rail 141 in the inner and outer directions.
- the guide roller 1434 fits within the load-bearing rail 141 and cooperates with the inner wall surface of the load-bearing rail 141 to be movable along the load-bearing rail 141.
- the guide roller 1434 can be rotated to follow the load-bearing rail 141.
- the length direction is moved so that the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided.
- the load bearing roller 1433 and the guide roller 1434 may be two, respectively, and the two guide rollers 1434 are vertically disposed on the load-bearing fixing block 1432 and adapted to be side with the load-bearing rail 141.
- two load-bearing rollers 1433 are mounted on the side of the load-bearing fixing block 1432 and adapted to fit under the load-bearing rail 141 to carry the load-bearing rail 141, whereby the two guide rollers 1434 can enable the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 to follow
- the door body 13 is moved while the two load bearing rollers 1433 abut against the lower end surface of the load bearing rail 141 to enable the load bearing swing arm assembly 143 to move in conformity with the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141.
- the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 may be provided with a load-bearing rotating shaft 14311.
- the load-bearing fixed block 1432 is provided with a load-bearing rotating shaft hole (not shown), and the bearing-bearing rotating shaft 14311 is rotatably fitted in the bearing-bearing rotating shaft hole, thereby
- the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is rotatable along the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 to adjust the position of the load-bearing roller 1433 to facilitate the movement of the load-bearing roller 1433 and the load-bearing rail 141 on the guiding door body 13.
- the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 can be disposed in the up-and-down direction, and the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is mounted on the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 by the cooperation of the bearing-weight rotating shaft hole and the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 and around the central axis of the bearing-weight rotating shaft 14311. It can be rotated.
- the load-bearing swing arm 1431 limits the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 in the up-and-down direction by the swing arm shaft end retaining ring, thereby enhancing the connection strength between the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311, and preventing the bearing-weight rotating shaft 14311 from being in the up-and-down direction. Move to ensure the stability of the load-bearing shaft 14311 structure.
- the load-bearing rollers 1433 may be plural and spaced apart along the length direction of the load-bearing rails 141, and the guide rollers 1434 are plural and spaced apart along the length direction of the load-bearing rails 141.
- the plurality of load-bearing rollers 1433 can avoid excessive stress and facilitate stress dispersion.
- the plurality of guide rollers 1434 facilitate the movement of the door body 13 in the left-right direction and the inner and outer directions, and on the other hand, the door body 13 moves. The process also facilitates the tight fit of the guide rail and the load bearing rail 141.
- a plurality of load-bearing rollers 1433 are rotatably disposed on the side wall surfaces of the load-bearing fixing blocks 1432 and spaced apart along the longitudinal direction of the load-bearing rails 141, and one side wall of the load-bearing rails 141 can be offset.
- the load-bearing rollers 1433, the plurality of load-bearing rollers 1433 can carry the load-bearing rails 141, and the plurality of guide rollers 1434 are disposed on the upper surface of the load-bearing fixing block 1432 and fit in the load-bearing rails 141.
- the plurality of guide rollers 1434 are rotated to move along the length of the load bearing rail 141.
- the load bearing roller 1433 and the guide roller 1434 may be two, respectively.
- the load bearing swing arm assembly 143 can also include a guide rail 144 and a steering swing arm assembly 145.
- the guide rail 144 is mounted on the door body 13.
- the swing arm assembly 145 is swingably mounted on the door frame 11, and the guide swing arm assembly 145 is fitted on the guide rail 144 for guiding the guide rail 144 with the door body 13 on the left and right. Move in the direction and inside and outside directions. Thereby, when the drive mechanism 20 drives the door body 13 to rotate, the guide door body 13 of the guide swing arm assembly 145 is moved in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction by the guide rail 144.
- the guide rail 144 is provided at an upper portion of the door body 13 and extends in the left-right direction, and the guide swing arm assembly 145 is engaged with the guide rail 144 and is movable along the length direction of the guide rail 144.
- the guide swing arm assembly 145 is movably fitted in the guide rail 144 in the left-right direction and swingable in the inner and outer directions, so that when the door body 13 moves in the inner and outer directions, the swing arm assembly 145 swings in the inner and outer directions, the door body
- the guide swing arm assembly 145 is fitted to the guide rail 144 and moved relative to the guide rail 144 in the left-right direction, thereby passing through the guide rail 144 and the guide swing arm assembly 145 when the door body 13 is opened or closed.
- the guiding action of the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction can be achieved.
- the steering swing arm assembly 145 can include a steering swing arm 1451 that is pivotally mounted on the door frame 11 and a guide roller 1452 that is rotatably mounted on the door frame 1452 At a second end of the guiding arm 1451, a guiding roller 1452 is fitted on the guiding rail 144 for guiding the guiding rail 144 to move in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction with the door body 13.
- the guide rail 144 extends in the left-right direction
- the first end of the guiding swing arm 1451 is pivotally mounted on the door frame 11 such that the second end of the guiding swing arm 1451 can move in the inner and outer directions
- the guiding roller 1452 is mounted on The second end of the swing arm 1451 is movable and movable along with the second end of the guide swing arm 1451.
- the guide roller 1452 is engaged with the guide rail 144 and is movable along the length of the guide rail 144. Thereby, the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided to move in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions.
- the guide roller 1452 is vertically disposed on the upper surface of the guide swing arm 1451, and when the rotatable guide roller is engaged with the guide rail 144 in the up and down direction, the guide roller 1452 is located on the guide rail in the inner and outer directions. Side of 144.
- the second end of the guiding swing arm 1451 is swung in the inner and outer directions to move the guiding roller 1452 in the inner and outer directions, and the guiding roller 1452 is fitted on the guiding rail 144, thereby guiding the guiding rail 144 to move in the inner and outer directions, the door body 13
- the guide roller 1452 is rotated within the guide rail 144 to move along the length of the guide rail 144.
- the guide rollers 1452 may be plural and distributed on both sides of the guide rail 144 in the inner and outer directions.
- the guide rails 144 can be restrained by a plurality of guide rollers 1452 on both sides, so that the guide rails 144 can be moved along their own lengths, thereby guiding the door body with the cooperation of the guide rails 144 and the guide rollers 1452.
- the upper part of 13 moves.
- the guide rollers 1452 may be three, and the three guide rollers 1452 are located on both sides of the guide rail 144 in the inner and outer directions, wherein a guide roller may be disposed on one side of the guide rail 144.
- the other side of the guide rail 144 may be provided with two guide rollers 1452 so that the guide rollers 1452 can cooperate with the two sides of the guide rail 144 to allow the guide roller 1452 to be movable along the length of the guide rail 144 when rotated.
- the door frame 11 may be provided with a swing arm support 146.
- the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the first end of the guide swing arm 1451 are pivotally mounted on the swing arm support 146, respectively.
- the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the first end of the guide swing arm 1451 are pivotable to fit the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction.
- the mounting of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the guide swing arm 1451 and the door frame 11 is also facilitated.
- the swing arm support 146 may be provided with a swing arm shaft 1461 extending in the up and down direction.
- the first end of the load bearing swing arm 1431 is provided with a bearing sleeve 14312, and the first guide arm 1451 is provided.
- the end is provided with a guiding bushing 14451, and the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 are pivotally sleeved on the swing arm shaft 1461, respectively.
- the swing arm 1451 is pivotally coupled to the swing arm support 146 in the up and down direction.
- the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the guide swing arm 1451 can be disposed correspondingly in the up-and-down direction.
- the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is disposed directly above the guide swing arm 1451, and the load-bearing sleeve 14312 and the guide sleeve 14451 are both disposed on the swing arm shaft 1461.
- the guide swing arm 1451 and the load-bearing swing arm 1431 can rotate along the same axis.
- the guiding effect is favorable for guiding the weight of the door body 13.
- the swing arm support 146 may be provided with an upper mounting lug 1462 and a lower mounting lug 1463.
- the upper mounting lug 1462 is disposed above the lower mounting lug 1463 and the upper mounting lug 1462 and the lower mounting lug 1463 are spaced apart in the up and down direction.
- the upper end of the swing arm shaft 1461 is mounted on the upper mounting lug 1462 and the lower end is mounted on the lower mounting lug 1463.
- the upper end of the swing arm shaft 1461 can be limited by the upper mounting ear 1462, and the lower end of the swing arm shaft 1461 can be limited by the lower mounting ear 1463, so that the swing arm shaft 1461 can be limited in the up and down direction,
- the mounting and fixing of the swing arm shaft 1461 is realized, and the stability and reliability of the swing arm shaft 1461 are improved.
- the first end of the swing arm 1451 and the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 are mounted on the upper mounting ear 1462 and the lower mounting ear 1463. between.
- the swing arm support 146 can be provided with a limit ear 1464 between the upper mounting ear 1462 and the lower mounting ear 1463.
- the bearing bushing 14312 is located in the upper mounting ear 1462 and the lower mounting ear 1463.
- the guide bushing 14451 is located between the other of the upper mounting ears 1462 and the lower mounting ears 1463 and the limiting ears 1464.
- the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 can be spaced apart by the limiting ear 1464 to limit the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451, respectively, thereby preventing the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 from being Tilting in the up and down direction also avoids friction or collision between the bearing bushing 14312 and the guide bushing 14451.
- the upper mounting ear 1462 can limit the upper end of the swing arm shaft 1461 in the up and down direction by the upper swing arm shaft end retaining ring, and the lower mounting ear 1463 passes the swing arm axial end retaining ring in the up and down direction to the swing arm.
- the lower end of the shaft 1461 is limited. Therefore, the swing arm shaft 1461 can be restrained in the up and down direction by the cooperation of the upper swing arm shaft end retaining ring and the lower swing arm shaft end retaining ring to prevent the swing arm shaft 1461 from shaking in the up and down direction, and the swing arm shaft 1461 is reinforced.
- the fixed strength of the upper and lower ends improves stability.
- the upper swing arm shaft end retaining ring may be disposed above the upper mounting lug 1462 and abutting against the upper surface of the upper mounting lug 1462, and the lower swing arm shaft end retaining ring is disposed below the lower mounting lug 1463 and the lower mounting lug 1463 lower surface.
- a load bearing rail 141 according to an embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
- a load bearing rail 141 in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention can include a body 1410 and a flap.
- the body 1410 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13.
- the body 1410 is provided with a load-bearing guide groove 1411.
- the guide roller 1434 is rotatably fitted in the load-bearing guide groove 1411.
- the inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 is provided with a guide roller 1434 for guiding and guiding.
- the roller assembly opening 1412 of the slot 1411 is detachably mounted on the body 1410 and covers the roller assembly opening 1412.
- the load bearing rail 141 of the embodiment of the present invention by providing the roller assembly opening 1412 on the side wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411, allows the guide roller 1434 to be adapted to enter and exit the load-bearing guide groove 1411 through the roller assembly opening 1412, and the shutter 142 is detachable.
- the roller assembly opening 1412 is adapted to open or close the roller assembly opening 1412.
- the roller assembly opening 1412 can be detached first, and then the guide roller 1434 can be taken out from the roller assembly opening 1412, thereby facilitating the disassembly of the guide roller 1434 and the load-bearing rail 141.
- the baffle 142 may further include a mounting portion 1421 and a clogging portion 1424.
- the mounting portion 1421 is detachably mounted on the body 1410.
- the clogging portion 1424 is disposed on the mounting portion 1421 and is filled with the roller.
- the baffle 142 can be detachably mounted on the body 1410 by the mounting portion 1421, and when the baffle 142 is mounted on the body 1410, the occluding portion 1424 is opposite to the roller fitting opening 1412 and can fill the roller fitting opening 1412.
- the mounting portion 1421 may be two, and the two mounting portions 1421 are respectively disposed at both ends of the baffle 142.
- the blocking portion 1424 is provided between the two mounting portions 1421, and the two mounting portions 1421 are respectively fitted to portions of the load-bearing rail 141 on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the roller fitting opening 1412. Thereby, the connection strength of the shutter 142 and the body 1410 can be enhanced.
- the surface of the damming portion 1424 facing the interior of the load bearing channel 1411 may be flush with the inner wall of the load bearing channel 1411.
- the length of the mounting portion 1421 may be greater than the length of the roller fitting opening 1412, and the width of the mounting portion 1421 is greater than the height of the roller fitting opening 1412. It can be understood that when the baffle 142 is mounted on the roller fitting opening 1412, the longitudinal direction of the mounting portion 1421 is aligned with the longitudinal direction of the roller fitting opening 1412, and the width of the mounting portion 1421 is matched with the height of the roller fitting opening 1412, thereby The roller fitting opening 1412 is completely closed by the mounting portion 1421, and the connection of the mounting portion 1421 to the body 1410 is also facilitated.
- the length of the occluding portion 1424 may be smaller than the length of the mounting portion 1421 and the length of the roller fitting opening 1412, and the width of the occluding portion 1424 is smaller than the width of the mounting portion 1421 and is adapted to the width of the roller fitting opening 1412.
- the depth of the roller assembly opening 1412 is adapted to the thickness of the occluding portion 1424.
- the occluding portion 1424 can be filled in the roller fitting opening 1412, and at the same time, the surface of the damming portion 1424 facing the inside of the load-bearing guiding groove 1411 can be flush with the inner wall of the bearing-bearing guiding groove 1411, and the occluding portion
- the inner surface of the 1424 facing the load-bearing guide groove 1411 may have a small gap with the two planes of the inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411, and the surface of the guide roller 1434 at the inner portion of the damming portion 1424 facing the load-bearing guide groove 1411 and the load-bearing guide When the inner wall of the groove 1411 rolls, there is almost no noise at the critical points of the two planes.
- both ends of the mounting portion 1421 may be respectively provided with mounting tongues 1422, and the mounting tongues 1422 are detachably mounted on the body 1410 by threaded fasteners.
- the threaded fasteners can be screws, bolts, etc., and the invention is not particularly limited.
- the mounting tongue 1422 can be detachably fixed to the body 1410 by a threaded fastener.
- the surface of the mounting tongue 1422 facing away from the body 1410 may be provided with reinforcing ribs 1423, so that the structural strength of the baffle 142 may be strengthened, and the mounting portion 1421 may be reinforced.
- the roller mounting opening 1412 can be disposed adjacent the end of the body 1410. Thereby, the noise when the roller is rotated in the load bearing rail 141 can be reduced.
- the roller adapter port 1421 can be disposed at the end where the roller 1434 is guided when the door body 13 is closed. Since the door closing speed is lowered when the door body 13 is about to be closed, the roller assembly opening 1412 is disposed adjacent to the end of the body 1410. The noise of the guide roller 1434 rolling at the interval between the surface of the damming portion 1424 facing the inside of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 and the inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 can be weakened.
- the body 1410 can have a horizontal edge 1413 that extends horizontally outwardly of the load bearing channel 1411, and the load bearing roller 1433 fits over the lower surface of the horizontal edge 1413.
- the horizontal edge 1413 of the body 1410 rests on the load bearing roller 1433 and is carried by the load bearing roller 1433, and the load bearing roller 1433 rolls along the length of the horizontal edge 1413 of the body 1410.
- one end of the body 1410 is provided with a first blocking piece 1414 for stopping the guiding roller 1434 from the one end of the body 1410, and the other end of the body 1410 is provided with a stop guiding roller.
- the second flap 1415 of the load bearing channel 1411 is removed from the other end of the body 1410.
- the guide rail 144 includes a horizontal portion 1441, a vertical portion 1442, a first stop portion 1443, and a second stop portion 1444. .
- the horizontal portion 1441 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13, the vertical portion 1442 is connected to the horizontal portion 1441 and extends downward from the horizontal portion 1441, and the plurality of guide rollers 1452 are distributed on both sides of the vertical portion 1442 in the inner and outer directions.
- the guide rail 144 is mounted on the door body 13 through the horizontal portion 1441, and the vertical portion 1442 and the horizontal portion 1441 are vertically disposed, and the two sides of the vertical portion 1442 can be restricted by the plurality of guide rollers 1452, wherein
- the plurality of guide rollers 1452 provided on both sides in the inner and outer directions of the vertical portion 1442 are respectively rotatable in the left-right direction of the side faces of the both sides of the vertical portion 1442.
- the guide roller 1452 and the guide rollers 1452 on the two sides may be spaced apart by a certain gap, so that when the door body 13 is steered between the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, the through gap can be adapted to the door body 13 to move.
- the movement of the door body 13 is smoother and smoother.
- the first stopping portion 1443 is provided at one end of the horizontal portion 1441 or one end of the vertical portion 1442 for stopping the guide roller 1452 from the one end of the vertical portion 1442 from the vertical portion 1442
- the second stop The stopper 1444 is provided at the other end of the horizontal portion 1441 or the other end of the vertical portion 1442 for stopping the guide roller 1452 from the other end of the vertical portion 1442 from the vertical portion 1442.
- the upper portion of the door body 13 may be provided with a first profile 15 on which the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 and the vertical fitting surface 1532 are formed, first The horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 are respectively disposed downward and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 is located below the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, and the upper edge of the vertical fitting surface 1532 is connected to the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the lower edge It is connected to the second horizontal fitting surface 1531.
- the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, the vertical fitting surface 1532, and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 of the first profile 15 may be formed in a substantially zigzag shape, wherein the vertical fitting surface 1532 Separately disposed with the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531, respectively, the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 are respectively connected to the upper and lower ends of the vertical fitting surface 1532 and respectively vertically assembled surfaces 1532 On both sides of the up and down direction.
- the top wall of the body 1410 is mounted on a first horizontal mounting surface 1521, a side wall of the body 1410 mates with a vertical mounting surface 1532, and a horizontal edge 1413 mates with a second horizontal mounting surface 1531.
- the body 1410 is mounted on the first profile 15 by the cooperation of the top wall and the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, and by the cooperation with the vertical fitting surface 1532 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531, respectively, the body 1410 can be reinforced.
- the structural strength of the mating mounting of the first profile 15 also enhances the stability of the mounting of the body 1410 and the door body 13.
- the related art of the plug door 1 does not involve a profile matching the guide rail, thereby being disadvantageous for the fitting installation of the guide rail and the door body 13.
- the plug door 1 of the present invention passes through the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141 by providing the first profile 15
- the first horizontal mounting surface 1521 of the first profile 15 is fitted with the second horizontal mounting surface 1531 and the vertical mounting surface 1532 such that the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141 is securely and stably mounted on the door body 13, and the first profile
- the 15 and the second profile 16 also have a certain guiding function to facilitate the installation of the load-bearing rail 141.
- the first profile 15 may include a first curved portion 151, a first fitting portion 152, and a second fitting portion 153, the first curved portion 151 being mounted In the upper portion of the door body 13, the first fitting portion 152 is provided on the first curved portion 151, and the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 is formed on the first fitting portion 152.
- the second fitting portion 153 is provided on the first curved portion 151 and is connected below the first curved portion 151, and the vertical fitting surface 1532 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 are formed on the second fitting portion 153.
- first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the vertical fitting surface suitable for fitting with the body 1410 of the load-bearing rail 141 are defined by the cooperation of the first curved portion 151, the first fitting portion 152 and the second fitting portion 153. 1532 and a second horizontal mounting surface 1531.
- the curvature of the outer wall surface of the first curved portion 151 adjacent to one side of the door body 13 matches the curvature of the door body 13 to be adapted to the first curved portion 151.
- the first fitting portion 152 and the second fitting portion 153 are both disposed on the inner wall surface of the first curved portion 151 on the side inside the door body 13, the first level of the first fitting portion 152
- a fitting surface 1521 is formed at a lower portion of the first fitting portion 152 and faces downward
- a vertical fitting surface 1532 is formed in a direction of the second fitting portion 153 toward the inside of the door body 13
- a second horizontal fitting surface 1531 is formed at the second fitting portion 153.
- the lower portion and downwardly facing, the body 1410 is fitted to the first profile 15 by being engaged with the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, the vertical fitting surface 1532 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531, thereby facilitating the body 1410 and the door body of the load-bearing rail 141. 13 installation and assembly.
- the upper end of the first fitting portion 152 may be disposed adjacent to the second fitting portion 153 such that the structure of the first profile 15 is more compact and is also adapted to engage the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141.
- a plurality of profile ribs 1522 may be provided on the surface of the first fitting portion 152 facing away from the first horizontal fitting surface 1521.
- the structural strength of the first fitting portion 152 can be enhanced, thereby improving the structural strength of the first profile 15.
- an upper jaw cavity 1523 may be formed between the first fitting portion 152 and the first curved portion 151, so that the structure of the first profile 15 can be simplified and the material cost of the first profile 15 can be reduced, and the material cost can also be reduced.
- the drive mechanism 20 is load bearing.
- a lower hollow cavity 1533 is also formed between the second fitting portion 153 and the first curved portion 151. Thereby, the material cost of the first profile 15 can be further reduced, and the load-bearing mechanism 20 can be reduced in weight.
- the upper portion of the door body 13 is further provided with a second profile 16 on which is disposed a horizontally mounted surface 1621 disposed downwardly, the guide rails 144 being mounted on the horizontal mounting surface 1621.
- the guide rail 144 can be mounted on the door body 13 by the fitting installation of the second profile 16 and the guide rail 144, which not only facilitates the installation of the guide rail 144, but also improves the assembly strength of the guide rail 144 and the door body 13, and at the same time,
- the second profile 16 also has a certain guiding effect so that the constructor can specify the mounting position of the guide rails 144.
- first profile 15 and the second profile may be integrally formed.
- mounting steps of the first profile 15 and the second profile 16 can be simplified, facilitating the installation of the first profile 15 and the second profile 16.
- first profile 15 and the second profile 16 can be arranged separately, thereby simplifying the die structure of the first profile 15 and the second profile 16, facilitating processing and simple and convenient process, and also reducing cost. .
- the second profile 16 may include a second curved portion 161, a third fitting portion 162, and a horizontal protrusion portion 163, wherein the second curved portion 161 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13,
- the three fitting portions 162 are provided on the second curved portion 161, the horizontal fitting surface 1621 is formed on the third fitting portion 162, and the horizontal protruding portion 163 is provided on the lower edge of the second curved portion 161.
- the guide rail 144 is mounted on the third fitting portion 162 by cooperation with the horizontal fitting surface 1621, and the horizontal projecting portion 163 extends in the horizontal direction toward the side facing away from the door body 13, and the horizontal projecting portion 163 is adapted to The other structure of the door body 13 is matched.
- a cavity 1641 may be formed between the third mounting portion 162 and the second curved portion 161.
- the material cost of the second profile 16 can be reduced, and the weight of the second profile 16 can also be reduced to reduce the pressure of the drive mechanism 20.
- the curvature of the outer wall surface of the side of the second curved portion 161 facing the door body 13 matches the curvature of the side of the door body 13 facing away from the outside to fit the second arc.
- the shape portion 161 is fitted and fitted on the door body 13, the third fitting portion 162 is disposed at an upper portion of the second curved portion 161, and the lower surface of the third fitting portion 162 is formed as a horizontal fitting surface 1621, and the upper end of the guide rail 144 is horizontally assembled. Face 1621 is fitted with the installation.
- the second profile 16 may further include a support portion 164 disposed between the third fitting portion 162 and the horizontal projection portion 163, the upper edge of the support portion 164 and the second curved shape.
- the portions 161 are connected and the lower edge is connected to the horizontal projection 163.
- the support portion 164 is supported between the second curved portion 161 and the horizontal projecting portion 163, so that the structural strength between the third fitting portion 162, the horizontal projecting portion 163, and the second curved portion 161 can be enhanced.
- the related art sealing strip is only suitable for the sliding door of the driving mechanism installed above the door hole.
- the driving mechanism is installed in the lower body, the length of the door body is lengthened, the height of the door sill is constant, and the sealing form of the related art can not meet the sealing inside the body.
- the requirement is that there will be a certain gap between the door body and the door sill, and the sealing effect is poor.
- the door body 13 may be provided with a sill sealing strip 122 on the surface facing the sill 12, and the sill sealing strip 122 is in the inner and outer directions when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111.
- the upper door is pressed against the threshold 12 by the door body 13.
- the sill sealing strip 122 may have a certain elasticity.
- the sill sealing strip 122 is pressed in the inner and outer directions and pressed between the door body 13 and the sill 12 to seal the door body 13. And the threshold 12.
- the gap between the door body 13 and the door sill 12 can be sealed to prevent air leakage in the vehicle body, and the sealing member can also have a certain buffering effect to reduce the impact force between the door body 13 and the sill 12 when the door sill 12 is closed.
- the sill 12 may be configured with a vertical sealing surface 1211 facing the door body 13.
- the sill 12 may be provided with a downwardly extending rim 121, and the vertical sealing surface 1211 is formed. On the rim 121. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the sill sealing strip 122 abuts against the rim 121 and is fitted with the vertical sealing surface 1211.
- the sill sealing strip 122 When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the sill sealing strip 122 is pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211 by the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions. When the door body 13 opens the door opening 111, the door body 13 is disengaged from the sill 12. Specifically, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the door body 13 moves toward the rocker 12 in the inner and outer directions, and the weather strip 122 receives pressure from the door body 13 and the rocker 12, thereby pressing the rocker weather strip 122 against the vertical sealing surface. In order to achieve the purpose of sealing on the 1211, the sill sealing strip 122 can also increase the contact area between the sill sealing strip 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 by closely fitting with the vertical sealing surface 1211 to further improve the sealing effect.
- the interference amount of the sill sealing strip 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 in the inner and outer directions when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111 for the sill sealing strip 122 Can be 1-5mm. That is, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the amount of compression of the sill sealing strip 122 in the inner and outer directions may be 1-5 mm, so that the sill sealing strip 122 can be firmly pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211, thereby The sealing effect between the door sill 12 and the door body 13 is ensured.
- the amount of interference between the sill seal 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 in the inner and outer directions may be 2-4 mm. In a specific example of the present invention, the amount of interference between the sill seal 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 in the inner and outer directions may be 3 mm, thereby satisfying the sealing requirements of the low speed vehicle.
- the door body 13 may be provided with a sealing profile 136 on which the sill sealing strip 122 is mounted.
- the sill sealing strip 122 is mounted on the door body 13.
- the sealing profile 136 is mounted in the door body 13, and a portion of the sill sealing strip 122 extends into the entry body 13 to cooperate with the sealing profile 136, thereby not only ensuring the overall aesthetics of the door body 13, but also in the door body 13
- the sealing profile 136 can be provided with a card slot 1361.
- the sill sealing strip 122 is provided with a card head 1221.
- the card head 1221 is card-bonded and bonded in the card slot 1361.
- the chuck head 1221 can be interference fit in the card slot 1361, so that not only the sealing of the sealing profile 136 but also the mounting and dismounting of the chucking head 1221 and the sealing profile 136 can be facilitated.
- the sealing profile 136 is mounted in the door body 13.
- the sill sealing strip 122 includes a chuck head 1221 and a sealing portion 1222, wherein one end of the chuck head 1221 is adapted to be engaged in the card slot 1361, and sealed.
- the portion 1222 is connected to the other end of the chuck 1221, and the sill sealing strip 122 is fitted to the card slot 1361 by the chuck 1221 and pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211 by the sealing portion 1222.
- the cross section of the sealing portion 1222 in the inner and outer directions is formed in a ring shape, so that not only the sealing requirement but also the rigidity collision between the door body 13 and the rocker 12 during installation or movement can be avoided.
- the surface of the sill seal 122 facing the sill 12 may be configured in a zigzag shape whereby the sill seal 122 is pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211, thereby reducing the sill seal
- the door body 13 is The movement along this curve is about to close when it is in place, so the sill seal 122 on the door 13 will have some sliding friction with the sill 12.
- the serrated seal can effectively reduce the contact area and reduce the friction.
- the serrated zigzag texture may extend in the left and right direction. That is, the serrated zigzag texture can extend along the length of the sill 12, so that multiple sealing of the sill seal 122 can be achieved to further improve the sealing effect of the sill seal 122.
- the upper edge of the sill seal 122 is higher than the sill 12. Thereby, it is possible to avoid a bump between the door body 13 and the rocker 12 due to an accidental collision during the installation process, thereby preventing the paint surface of the door body 13 from being damaged, and ensuring the integrity of the paint surface of the door head.
- the upper edge height of the sill seal 122 may be slightly greater than the height of the sill 12.
- the door body 13 may be provided with a door frame seal on the rim.
- the door frame sealing ring is pressed between the door frame 11 and the door body 13 to seal the gap between the door frame 11 and the door body 13, thereby improving the sealing effect inside the body.
- the distance between the support wheel and the spacer cannot be changed by the change in the height of the door itself. If the distance between the support wheel and the block is adjusted to an interference value during assembly, the door panel may not be closed due to resistance. If the distance between the support wheel and the spacer is adjusted to the gap value, after the door is closed, the support wheel and the spacer are still not in contact with each other, and the door panel cannot be applied with force. Therefore, the above technique does not play a corresponding role in this case.
- the plug door 1 may further include a door body pressing mechanism 17 mounted on the door frame 11 and with the upper portion of the door body 13.
- the door body 13 When connected, the door body 13 is pressed down to the door frame 11 by the door body pressing mechanism 17 when the door opening 111 is closed.
- the door body 13 can be normally closed, and when the door body 13 is about to close the door opening 111, the door body pressing mechanism 17 cooperates with the door body 13 to press the door body 13 without the door body 13 moving upward. Therefore, the tight fit of the door body 13 and the door frame 11 can be ensured to ensure the sealing property of the door body 13, and the stability of the door body 13 can be ensured to improve the overall performance of the sliding door 1.
- a door body pressing mechanism 17 according to a specific embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the following.
- the door body pressing mechanism 17 may include a pressing seat assembly 171 and a pressing roller assembly 172 which is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13.
- the pressing support assembly 171 is formed with a pressing inclined surface 1714 which is disposed upward and inclined with respect to the horizontal direction, and the pressing roller assembly 172 is mounted on the door frame 11 in the process of closing the door opening 111 of the door body 13
- the pressing force of the pinch roller assembly 172 against the pressing ramp 1714 is gradually increased. Thereby, the pressing roller assembly 172 is pressed against the pressing slope 1714.
- the pressing roller assembly 172 has a downward pressure on the pressing inclined surface 1714, and the door body 13 passes through the pressing support.
- the assembly 171 is subjected to the pressing force from the pinch roller assembly 172 while being supported by the driving mechanism 20, thereby restricting the movement of the door body 13 in the vertical direction, achieving the stability and sealing of the door body 13, and
- the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, and the pressing force of the pressing roller assembly 172 against the pressing slope 1714 is gradually increased to further strengthen the stability of the door body 13 to make the door body 13 more stable.
- the pressing roller assembly 172 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the pressing support assembly 171 is mounted on the door body 13.
- the pressing roller assembly 172 is press-fitted with the pressing ramp 1714 on the pressing bracket assembly 171.
- the pressing bracket assembly 171 is relatively close to the pressing slope 1714.
- the pressing slope 1714 is inclined with respect to the horizontal direction.
- the pressing force between the pressing roller assembly 172 and the pressing inclined surface 1714 is larger, so that the door body 13 can be reliably pressed. It is pressed against the door frame 11 to restrict the movement of the door body 13 in the vertical direction to prevent the door body 13 from shaking in the vertical direction.
- the compression support assembly 171 may include a compression support 1711 and a compression block 1713, and the compression support 1711 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13.
- the pressing block 1713 is mounted on the pressing support 1711, whereby the pressing block 1713 is mounted on the door body 13 through the pressing support 1711, and the pressing inclined surface 1714 is formed on the pressing block 1713, and is pressed.
- the roller assembly 172 is pressed down against the pressing ramp 1714 to press fit with the compression block 1713 to press the door 13 against the door frame 11.
- the pressing support 1711 may be provided with a pressing slot 1712 extending in the left-right direction, and the pressing block 1713 is mounted on the lower wall of the pressing slot 1712.
- the pressing roller assembly 172 extends into the pressing slot 1712 and cooperates with the pressing ramp 1714 of the pressing block 1713.
- the roller of the pressing roller assembly 172 is pressed against the inclined surface 1714. Movable to cooperate with the door body 13 to move, the door body 13 is closed
- the pressing pad 1713 can be installed in the pressing slot 1712 by a countersunk screw, so that the pressing pad 1713 can be fixed in the pressing slot 1361 to prevent the pressing pad 1713 from being pressed. A flutter occurs in the slot 1712.
- the countersunk screw hole may be disposed at a lower portion of the pressing pad 1713, and the pressing pad 1713 may be mounted on the lower wall of the pressing card slot 1712 by a countersunk screw, thereby not only facilitating pressing the pad 1713 and pressing
- the connection of the holder 1711 and the pressing bevel 1714 are formed on the upper wall surface of the pressing pad 1713, whereby the smoothing of the pressing bevel 1714 can also be ensured so that the pressing roller assembly 172 can slide on the pressing bevel 1714.
- the thickness of the compression pad 1713 is gradually reduced to form a pressing bevel 1714 on the upper surface of the compression pad 1713.
- the thickness of the pressing block 1713 gradually increases in the moving direction of the pressing roller assembly 172, that is, the pressing inclined surface 1714 moves in the direction of the pressing roller assembly 172.
- the upper portion gradually extends obliquely upward, so that the distance between the pressing roller assembly 172 and the pressing inclined surface 1714 gradually decreases during the closing of the door opening 111 by the door body 13, and between the pressing block 1713 and the pressing roller assembly 172
- the pressing force is gradually increased, and the door body 13 is pressed downward by the pressing roller assembly 172, so that the door body 13 can be stabilized.
- the lower surface of the pressing block 1713 is horizontally disposed, thereby facilitating the matching of the pressing block 1713 with the lower wall of the pressing card slot 1712.
- the countersunk screw is disposed adjacent the highest point of the compression ramp 1714.
- the door body 13 is pressed against the pressing slope 1714, and when the door body 13 is moved to the highest point of the pressing slope 1714, the pressing force between the pressing roller assembly 172 and the pressing pad 1713 is maximized by the countersunk screw Adjacent to the highest point of the compression ramp 1714, the fixed connection of the compression block 1713 and the compression support 1711 can be further enhanced to improve stability.
- the compression support 1711 may be provided with an upper stop 1715 extending downward from the upper wall of the compression slot 1712 and a lower wall from the compression slot 1712.
- a lower stop 1716 that extends upward.
- the lower retaining teeth 1716 and the upper retaining teeth 1715 are spaced apart from each other in the up and down direction, and an opening communicating with the pressing slot 1712 is formed between the lower retaining teeth 1716 and the upper retaining teeth 1715, and one end of the pressing roller assembly 172 is extended.
- the other end of the pressing roller assembly 172 protrudes out of the opening and the pressing roller assembly is rotatable within the opening, whereby the upper slot 1715 and the lower blocking 1716 can be pressed against the slot.
- the pinch roller assembly 172 within the 1712 is restrained to prevent the pinch roller assembly 172 from disengaging from the pinch slot 1712.
- the pressure roller assembly 172 may include a compression bracket 1721 and a pressure roller 1722, the compression bracket 1721 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the pressure roller 1722 is rotatably mounted on the compression bracket 1721. Upper, thereby, the pressing roller 1722 is rotatably mounted on the door body 13 by the pressing bracket 1721, so that the pressing roller 1722 is relatively moved on the pressing slope 1714 when the pressing inclined surface 1714 is rotated. During the closing of the door opening 111 by the door body 13, the pressing roller 1722 moves against the pressing slope 1714 on the pressing slope 1714 and gradually presses the pressing slope 1714 downward.
- the sliding door 1 of the present invention is lowered by the driving mechanism 20, the internal space of the vehicle body is increased.
- the door and window 134 of the door body 13 can be made relatively large, when the door and window 134 is large. At the same time, the mass of the door and window 134 is increased, and a greater force is required for stabilization.
- the fixing method of the door and window 134 of the related art sliding door 1 has a small fixing strength, and the door and window 134 cannot be firmly attached to the door body 13.
- the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, an upper rib 132, and/or a lower rib 133 and a door 134.
- the door panel 131 is provided with a window.
- the door and window 134 is mounted on the door panel 131 and covers the window.
- the upper rib 132 is mounted on the door panel 131 and mates with the upper end of the door and window 134.
- the lower rib 133 is mounted on the door panel 131 and is adjacent to the window. The lower end cooperates.
- the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, an upper rib 132, and a door 134.
- the upper end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the upper reinforcing rib 132, and the fixing strength to the upper end of the door and window 134 is enhanced to improve the stability and safety of the entire door body 13.
- the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, a lower rib 133, and a door 134.
- the lower end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the lower reinforcing rib 133, and the fixing strength to the lower end of the door and window 134 is enhanced to improve the stability and safety of the entire door body 13.
- the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, an upper rib 132, a lower rib 133, and a door 134.
- the upper end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the upper reinforcing rib 132, and the lower end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the lower reinforcing rib 133, under the action of the upper reinforcing rib 132 and the lower reinforcing rib 133, Both ends of the door and window 134 can be secured to secure the door and window 134 to the window, thereby securely securing the door and window 134 to the door body 13.
- the door body 13 may be two, and both of the door bodies 13 may be provided with an upper reinforcing rib 132 and a lower reinforcing rib 133, and the doors and windows of the two door bodies 13
- the 134 is respectively coupled with the upper rib 132 and the lower rib 133 of the corresponding door body 13 to achieve stabilization of the door and window 134.
- the door and window 134 may include a window frame 1341 and a door glass 1344.
- the window frame 1341 is mounted on the door body 13.
- the upper end of the window frame 1341 is engaged with the upper reinforcing rib 132 and/or the lower end of the window frame 1341 and the lower reinforcing rib 133.
- the door glass 1344 is mounted on the window frame 1341. Thereby, the door glass 1344 is attached to the door body 13 through the window frame 1341, and the door glass 1344 can be protected not only by the window frame 1341 but also by the door glass 1344.
- the door glass 1344 can be mounted on the window frame 1341 to form the door and window 134, and then the door and window 134 is mounted on the door body 13, wherein the upper end of the window frame 1341 is fixedly connected with the upper reinforcing rib 132, and the lower end and the lower side of the window frame 1341 The ribs 133 are connected and fixed.
- the door body 13 may be provided with an upper reinforcing rib 132.
- the upper end of the window frame 1341 may be provided with an upper positioning groove 1342, and the upper reinforcing rib 132 is provided with an upper positioning protrusion 1321 protruding downward.
- the upper positioning protrusion 1321 is fitted in the upper positioning groove 1342 to position the upper end of the window sash 1341 in the inner and outer directions.
- the upper positioning protrusion 1321 is riveted in the upper positioning groove 1342, whereby the upper end of the door and window 134 is connected with the upper reinforcing rib 132 by the rivet connection of the upper positioning protrusion 1321 and the upper positioning groove 1342, thereby
- the fixing strength of the upper rib 132 and the window frame 1341 can be enhanced, and the stability of the upper end of the door frame 11 can be enhanced.
- the upper rib 132 may be welded to the door panel 131. Therefore, the connection and fixing of the upper reinforcing rib 132 and the door panel 131 can be achieved, and the fixing strength of the upper reinforcing rib 132 and the door body 13 can be enhanced.
- the door body 13 may be provided with a lower reinforcing rib 133.
- the lower end of the window frame 1341 may be provided with a lower positioning groove 1343, and the lower reinforcing rib 133 is provided with a lower positioning protrusion 1331 protruding upward.
- the positioning protrusion 1331 is fitted in the lower positioning groove 1343 to position the lower end of the window frame 1341 in the inner and outer directions.
- the lower positioning protrusion 1331 can be riveted in the lower positioning groove 1343 so that the lower positioning protrusion 1331 can be securely fixed in the lower positioning groove 1343.
- the lower reinforcing rib 133 is welded to the door panel 131, which not only ensures the connection strength between the lower reinforcing rib 133 and the door panel 131, but also simplifies the mounting step of the lower reinforcing rib 133 and the door panel 131.
- the door panel 131 is an aluminum honeycomb door panel 131.
- the aluminum honeycomb door panel 131 may be an aluminum honeycomb structure, and the aluminum frame welded together, the aluminum plate and the aluminum honeycomb are thermally bonded, and the aluminum plate is in the frame.
- the periphery has a bent edge to mechanically clamp the frame.
- the side of the door and window 134 is snapped onto the door panel 131 and bonded by a skin, and the structure is simple and convenient.
- the inner surface of the door panel 131 is provided with an inner handle and the outer surface is provided with an outer handle 135, whereby when the plug door 1 fails, the door panel can be opened by the outer handle 135 outside the door panel 131 131.
- the passenger in the vehicle body can be opened by the inner handle, so that both the inside and the outside of the door panel 131 can be realized by the handle.
- the corners of the door and window 134 can be configured to be rounded, which is not only beautiful, but also avoids excessive stress at the corners of the door and window 134.
- the inconvenience caused by the sharp corner can be avoided, and the door and window can be improved. 134 reliability and security.
- the plug door 1 may further include an isolation lock assembly 18 that can be used with the door opening 111 closed to lock the door body 13 in the event of a malfunction, a plug in the related art.
- an isolation lock assembly 18 that can be used with the door opening 111 closed to lock the door body 13 in the event of a malfunction, a plug in the related art.
- the isolation lock of the sliding door 1 is a mechanical isolation lock
- the door body 13 is locked, and the mechanical mechanism is used to restrict the movement of the locking tongue 183 to achieve the purpose of locking the door, and the structure is complicated and the sensitivity is poor.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 of the present invention is mounted on the door frame 11 and is coupled to the door body 13.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 is used to lock the door body 13 to close the door opening 111 and to provide a drive mechanism to the controller. 20 isolated signal to stop working.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 locks the door body 13 to close the door opening 111, and at the same time, can send an isolation signal to the controller, and the control drive mechanism 20 can stop working in time to make the door
- the body 13 cannot be opened to achieve the purpose of locking the door body 13, the structure is simple and the operation is convenient, and the door body 13 can be accurately and effectively controlled.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 includes an isolation lock support 181 and a lock tongue 183 and a travel switch 184.
- the isolation lock support 181 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the lock tongue 183 is movably mounted on the door body 13 between the locked position and the unlocked position, and the lock tongue 181 is located at the lock position and the isolation lock support 181.
- the locking tongue 183 is disengaged from the isolation locking support 181 when the locking tongue 183 is in the unlocking position to allow the door body 13 to open the door opening 111
- the travel switch 184 is mounted on the isolation lock support 181, and the locking tongue 183 is located In the locked position, the travel switch 184 is triggered by the lock tongue 183 and sends an isolation signal to the controller.
- the locking tongue 183 is in the unlocked position and is disengaged from the isolation lock support 181. At this time, the isolation lock assembly 18 has no locking effect on the door body 13, and the door body 13 is allowed to open or close normally. .
- the lock tongue 183 moves to the lock position and cooperates with the spacer lock seat 181, which isolates the lock tongue 183, thereby restricting the movement of the door body 13.
- the lock tongue 183 triggers the travel switch 184, the travel switch 184 sends an isolation signal to the control, and the controller controls the drive mechanism 20 to stop working, thereby, in the event of a fault, through the cooperation between the lock tongue 183 and the isolation lock, and the controller
- the driving mechanism 20 is stopped, so that the door body 13 cannot be opened by electric or manual means, and the purpose of closing the door body 13 to close the door opening 111 is achieved.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 of the present invention activates the travel switch 184 through the lock tongue 183, transmits the fault signal to the controller of the door, and locks the door body 13 by the controller.
- the structure is simple, the operation is convenient, and the accurate and effective operation can be accurately and effectively The door body 13 is controlled.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 can first be operated with a special tool such that the lock tongue 183 moves toward the isolation lock support 181 to cooperate with the isolation lock support 181, through isolation The lock support 181 cooperates with the lock tongue 183 to lock the door body 13.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 is opened by a special tool, and then the door is opened by electric or manual means.
- the isolation lock support 181 can be provided with a lock, and the lock tongue 183 is locked in the inner and outer directions when the lock position is in the locked position, and the lock tongue 183 is disengaged from the lock when the unlocked position is used.
- the locking tongue 183 engages and disengages with the stop of the lock by the engagement and disengagement of the stop of the lock.
- the locking tongue 183 is locked and locked, the movement of the locking tongue 183 in the inner and outer directions can be restricted by the locking buckle, thereby restricting the movement of the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions to lock the door body 13 to close the door opening 111.
- the locking buckle loses the stop function with the locking tongue 183.
- the isolation locking assembly 18 is used for unlocking the door body 13, and the door body 13 can open the door opening 111.
- the distance of the isolation lock support 181 from the door frame 11 in the left-right direction is adjusted by the number of U-shaped spacers therebetween.
- the isolation lock support 181 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the isolation lock support 181 and the door frame 11 are spaced apart in the left-right direction, and are assembled by U-shaped gaskets, by increasing or decreasing the U-shaped gasket.
- the number so that the distance between the isolation lock holder 181 and the door frame 11 in the left-right direction can be adjusted to adjust the position of the isolation lock support 181 in the left-right direction.
- the spacer lock seat 181 may be provided with a bracket longitudinal mounting hole 1811, and the bracket longitudinal mounting hole 1811 is fitted with a bracket longitudinal fastener 1812 for isolating the lock branch.
- the seat 181 is mounted on the door frame 11 by the support longitudinal fasteners 1812, and the support longitudinal mounting holes 1811 are waist-shaped holes to adjust the position of the isolation lock support 181 in the inner and outer directions. As shown in Fig.
- the longitudinal direction of the waist hole is arranged in the inner and outer directions, and the longitudinal fastener 1812 of the support fits in the waist hole and can move in the inner and outer directions in the waist hole, thereby not only achieving isolation
- the lock holder 181 is fixedly mounted, and the position of the spacer lock holder 181 in the inner and outer directions can be adjusted by adjusting the movement of the holder longitudinal fastener 1812 in the inner and outer directions in the waist hole.
- an isolation lock attachment plate 182 can be mounted on the isolation lock support 181, and a travel switch 184 is mounted on the isolation lock connection plate 182.
- the travel switch 184 can be mounted on the isolation lock support 181 by the isolation lock connection plate 182, thereby facilitating the installation and assembly of the travel switch 184 and the isolation lock support 181.
- the isolation lock connecting plate 182 may be provided with a connecting plate longitudinal mounting hole 1821, and the connecting plate longitudinal mounting hole 1821 is fitted with a connecting plate longitudinal fastener 1822, and the isolating locking connecting plate 182 passes the connecting plate longitudinal fastener 1822.
- Mounted on the isolation lock support 181, and the longitudinal longitudinal mounting holes 1821 of the connecting plate are waist-shaped holes to adjust the position of the isolation lock connecting plate 182 in the inner and outer directions.
- the waist hole formed by the longitudinal mounting hole 1821 of the connecting plate extends in the inner and outer directions, and the longitudinal fastener 1822 of the connecting plate can be moved in the inner and outer directions in the longitudinal mounting hole 1821 of the connecting plate for fine adjustment, thereby adjusting the isolation.
- the position of the lock connection in the inner and outer directions after adjusting the isolation lock connection plate 182 according to the installation requirements, the connection plate longitudinal fastener 1822 fastens the isolation lock connection plate 182 and the isolation lock support 181.
- the isolation lock connecting plate 182 may be provided with a connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823, and the travel switch 184 is mounted on the isolation lock connecting plate 182 by a connecting plate lateral fastener 1824 fitted in the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823.
- the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823 is a waist hole to adjust the position of the stroke switch 184 in the left-right direction, thereby not only fixing and fixing the stroke switch 184 to the isolation lock connecting plate 182, but also adjusting according to needs. The position of the stroke switch 184 in the left-right direction.
- the isolation lock connection plate 182 may include a transverse connection plate 1825 and a longitudinal connection plate 1826, which may be adjacent to the side of the lateral connection plate 1825 adjacent to the isolation lock support 181 in the left-right direction. The edges are formed to extend in the inner and outer directions.
- the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823 is disposed on the lateral connecting plate
- the travel switch 184 is mounted on the lateral connecting plate through the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823
- the connecting plate longitudinal mounting hole 1821 is disposed on the longitudinal connecting plate
- the isolation locking connecting plate 182 Mounted on the isolation lock support 181 by a longitudinal web.
- the trip switch 184 can be provided with an isolating lock swing arm 1841.
- the isolation lock swing arm 1841 is activated and the travel switch 184 sends an isolation signal to the controller.
- the locking tongue 183 moves toward the locked position and activates the isolating lock swing arm 1841 such that the travel switch 184 is triggered to issue an isolation signal to the controller, triggering the travel switch 184 by actuating the isolation lock swing arm 1841 Thereby facilitating the trigger connection of the locking tongue 183 with the travel switch 184.
- the isolating lock swing arm 1841 is provided with a rotatable isolating lock roller 1842.
- the locking tongue 183 is in contact with the isolating lock roller 1842 when in the locked position.
- the travel switch 184 can be triggered, and when the lock tongue 183 moves toward the lock position, the lock tongue 183 touches the isolation lock roller 1842 adjacent to the end of the isolation lock support 181, and the isolation lock roller 1842 rotates, thereby reducing the lock tongue 183 and
- the impact force between the isolation lock rollers 1842 can also reduce the pressing force of the lock tongue 183 on the isolation lock support 181.
- the first switch hole 1843 is provided on the travel switch 184.
- the first wire hole 1843 is passed to facilitate the wire connection of the stroke switch 184 to the controller.
- the isolation lock assembly 18 further includes an internal emergency release device 183 and an external emergency release device 185, the internal emergency release device 183 being located inside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions for The lock tongue 183 is moved from the inner side of the door body 13 to the unlocked position, and the external emergency unlocking device 185 is located outside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions for controlling the movement of the lock tongue 183 from the outer side of the door body 13 to the unlocked position.
- the internal emergency unlocking device 183 and the external emergency unlocking device 185 can be used to open the isolation lock assembly 18 from the inside or the outside of the vehicle body to control the movement of the locking tongue 183 to the unlocked position, thereby facilitating the release of the fault.
- the lower portion of the door body 13 is connected to the driving mechanism 20, and the movement of the lower portion of the door body 13 can be restricted by the driving mechanism 20, thereby ensuring the door body 13
- the mechanical resistance of the lower part, but the upper part of the door body 13 has no reliable force support point, the mechanical resistance of the upper part of the door body 13 is small, the door body 13 does not meet the standard static load requirement, and the passenger leans against the door body 13 when driving. risk.
- the plug door 1 may further include a fixed stop pin assembly 19 mounted on the top of the door frame 11 and connected to the top of the door body 13 for the door After the body 13 closes the door opening 111, the stopper door 13 moves. Thus, after the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the fixed stop pin assembly 19 is engaged with the stop of the top of the door body 13, thereby increasing the force support point of the top of the door body 13 and the top of the door frame 11, thereby improving the door body. The mechanical resistance of 13 further improves the reliability and safety of the door body 13 during driving.
- the fixed pin assembly 19 can include a block 191 that is mounted on the top of the door frame 11 and a stop pin 191 that is provided with a stop groove on which the stop pin 192 is mounted.
- the stopper pin 192 fits in the stopper groove, so that the door body 13 can be stopped to enhance the mechanical resistance of the top of the door body 13, and the stability and stability of the door body 13 are improved. Sex to meet the requirements of static load to better protect passenger safety.
- the stopper pin 192 is disengaged from the stopper groove, and at this time, the top of the door body 13 is separated from the top of the door frame 11, so that the door body 13 can open the door opening 111.
- the stop groove may extend in the horizontal direction and be inclined with respect to the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions, whereby the door body 13 is opposite to the extending direction of the stop groove when closing the door opening 111 and opening the door opening 111.
- the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions are tilted so as to be able to slide into or out of the stopper groove against the door body 13 to ensure consistency with the movement of the door body 13.
- the inclination direction of the stopper groove can be matched with the running trajectory when the door body 13 is opened or closed.
- the width of the stop groove may gradually increase from the inside of the stop groove to the outside of the stop groove. Therefore, the stopper pin 192 can smoothly slide into and out of the stop groove from the outside of the stopper groove, and the stopper pin 192 is also located in the inside of the stopper groove to facilitate the close cooperation of the stopper groove and the stopper pin 192, so that the stopper pin 192 stops.
- the retaining groove fits more securely. Further, when the stopper pin 192 slides into the inside of the stopper groove, the stopper pin 192 and the side wall of the stopper groove can have a certain pressing amount, so that the cooperation of the stopper pin 192 and the stopper groove is more firm and reliable.
- the inner and outer portions herein refer to the opposite stop pin 192 in the direction of movement of the stop groove, and the stop pin 192 slides from the outside of the stop groove into the interior of the stop groove.
- the two kinds of the stopper pins 192 may be two, and the two stopper pins 192 are respectively mounted on the two door bodies 13, and the two stopper grooves are two, and the two stopper grooves are respectively two.
- the two retaining pins 192 are respectively disposed at two ends of the insert block 191 in the left-right direction and symmetrically disposed, wherein the two retaining grooves are formed substantially in a figure-eight shape, thereby, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, Two stop pins 192 slide from the outside of the corresponding stop groove into the interior of the stop groove
- the notches of the stop groove extend to adjacent sides of the insert 191, as shown in FIG. 32, the notches of the stop groove are formed at the two corners of the insert 191, so that the stop pin 192 can Smoothly slide into the stop groove to prevent the stop pin 192 from cooperating with the stop groove due to the misalignment with the notch.
- the top of the door frame 11 may be provided with a block mounting bracket 112, and the insert block 191 is mounted on the block mounting bracket 112 to facilitate the installation and assembly of the block 191 and the door frame 11.
- the insert block 191 can be provided with a block mounting hole 1912.
- the insert block 191 is mounted on the block mounting frame 112 by the insert 191 fastener fitted in the block mounting hole 1912, and the block mounting hole 1912 It is a waist hole to adjust the position of the insert 191 in the inner and outer directions.
- the insert 191 fastener can be adjusted in the inner and outer directions in the insert mounting hole 1912, and the insert is fixed by adjusting the insert fastener.
- the position of the block mounting hole 1912 allows the position of the insert 191 to be adjusted in the inner and outer directions to better maintain consistency with the running motion of the door body 13.
- the insert fastener may be a bolt or a screw, etc., and the invention is not particularly limited.
- the insert block 191 may be provided with three insert mounting holes 1912, and the three insert mounting holes 1912 are spaced apart in the left-right direction, thereby reinforcing the insert 191 and the insert.
- the fixing strength between the mounting brackets 112 is such that the inserts 191 are relatively more secure.
- the bracket mounting bracket 112 can be provided with a bracket mounting hole 1121.
- the bracket mounting hole 1121 is fitted with a bracket fastener.
- the insert mounting bracket 112 is mounted on the door frame 11 through the bracket fastener, and the bracket mounting hole is 1121 is a waist hole to adjust the position of the insert mounting bracket 112 in the left and right direction.
- the longitudinal direction of the waist hole extends in the left-right direction
- the bracket fastener can be adjusted to move in the left-right direction in the waist hole
- the position of the bracket fastening hole 1121 can be adjusted by adjusting the position of the bracket fastener in the bracket mounting hole 1121
- the bracket fasteners can be fastened to fix the block mounting bracket 112 to the door frame 11.
- the block mounting bracket 112 may include a first horizontal mounting portion 1122, a vertical connecting portion 1123, and a second horizontal mounting portion 1124, the first horizontal mounting portion 1122 being mounted on the top of the door frame 11,
- the upper edge of the vertical connecting portion 1123 is connected to the first horizontal mounting portion 1122
- the second horizontal mounting portion 1124 is connected to the lower edge of the vertical connecting portion 1123
- the insert 191 is mounted on the second horizontal mounting portion 1124.
- the mounting assembly between the inserts 191, the insert 191 and the door frame 11 is facilitated.
- the block mounting bracket 112 may further include an inclined supporting portion 1125 connected to the second horizontal mounting portion 1124 and extending obliquely upward from the second horizontal mounting portion 1124, as shown in the figure.
- the inclined support portion 1125, the vertical connection portion 1123, and the second horizontal mounting portion 1124 are formed in a substantially triangular shape, whereby the strength of the insert mount 112 itself can be improved by providing the inclined support portion 1125.
- the top of the door frame 11 is provided with a supporting slanting 113, and the slanting supporting portion 1125 supports the inclined slanting sill 113, so that the mounting fit of the insert mounting bracket 112 and the door frame 11 can be enhanced to enhance the stability of the fitting of the insert mounting bracket 112 and the door frame 11. Sex.
- the stop pin 192 can include a stop pin 1921 and a stop pin 1922 that is mounted on the top of the door body 13 and that is rotatably mounted on the stop pin 1921.
- the pin roller 1922 is engaged in the stopper groove, and when the door body 13 opens the door hole 111, the pin roller 1922 is disengaged from the stopper groove.
- the pin roller 1922 slides into the stop groove and can rotate in the stop groove to move in the stop groove along the extending direction of the stop groove as the door body 13 moves.
- the stopper pin 192 moves with the door body 13 of the door body 13 to slide out of the stop groove, thereby rotating the stop pin roller 1922 in the stop groove to realize the movement of the opposite stop groove. Therefore, not only the movement of the stopper pin 192 in the stopper groove but also the friction between the stopper groove and the stopper pin 192 can be reduced.
- a drive mechanism 20 in accordance with an embodiment of the invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
- the drive mechanism 20 can include a mount 21, a longitudinal guide assembly 22 and a lateral drive assembly 26 mounted on a mount 21 that is mounted on the longitudinal guide assembly 22
- the controller communicates with the lateral drive assembly 26, the movement of the door body 13 in the left-right direction is driven by the lateral drive assembly 26, and the longitudinal guide assembly 22 is guided by the lateral drive when the door body 13 is moved in the left-right direction.
- the assembly 26 drives the door body 13 to move in both the inner and outer directions, whereby the door body 13 is movable in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction to open or close the door opening 111 under the action of the lateral drive assembly 26 and the longitudinal guide assembly 22.
- the fixing frame 21 is fixed to the bottom of the vehicle body for supporting and fixing the longitudinal guiding assembly 22,
- the lateral driving assembly 26 is a power source to drive the movement of the door body 13, and the longitudinal guiding assembly 22 has a guiding function to guide the door body 13 at Move in the inner and outer directions.
- the door body 13 is in transfer connection with the lateral drive assembly 26 and is in communication with the controller, the controller controls the lateral drive assembly 26 to drive the door body 13 to move in the left and right direction, and the lateral drive assembly 26 is mounted to the longitudinal guide assembly 22 for the door body 13 During the insertion and swinging action, the lateral drive assembly 26 can be guided by the longitudinal guide assembly 22 to move the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions.
- the door body 13 when the door body 13 starts to open, under the guiding action of the longitudinal guiding assembly 22 and the driving of the lateral driving assembly 26, the door body 13 first moves in the outer direction toward the outer direction of the vehicle body, and then moves in the left and right direction to open.
- the door opening 111 when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the door body 13 is first moved in the left-right direction to close the door body 13, and then under the guiding action of the longitudinal guiding assembly 22 and the driving of the lateral driving assembly 26, the door body 13 is inside and outside. Move in the direction to perform the insertion action.
- the fixing frame 21 may include a mounting bottom plate 211, a first side support 212, and a second side support 213.
- the two ends of the mounting bottom plate 211 are supported by the first side support 212 and the second side support 213, respectively.
- the longitudinal guide assembly 22 is mounted on the first side support 212 and the second side support 213.
- the first side support 212 is mounted at one end of the mounting bottom plate 211
- the second side support 213 is mounted at the other end of the mounting bottom plate 211, whereby the first side support 212 and the second side support 213 are respectively mounted on the mounting bottom plate 211 by the first side support 212
- the mounting base plate 211 can be supported at both ends to make the structure of the fixing frame 21 more stable.
- the mounting base plate 211 extends in the left-right direction, and the mounting bottom plate 211 can be mounted on the first side support 212 and the second side. Above the support 213.
- the longitudinal guide assembly 22 is mounted on the first side support 212 and the second side support 213, the lateral drive assembly 26 being mounted on the longitudinal guide assembly 22, the first side support 212 and the second side also supported to support the longitudinal direction to guide the assembly and
- the drive assembly 26 is laterally driven.
- the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate 211 may be provided with a plurality of pairs of bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111, and each pair of bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111 forms a wire groove 2112 on the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate 211. Therefore, the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211 can be improved not only by the plurality of bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111, but also the wire trough 2112 can be formed between each pair of reinforcing bars, and the wire harness can be routed and fixed by the wire trough 2112 of the mounting bottom plate 211. Therefore, there is no need to additionally add a wire trough 2112, which saves the space occupied by the wire harness on the fixing frame 21.
- the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 and the mounting bottom plate 211 may be a single piece, so that the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211 and the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 can be enhanced, and the mounting steps of the mounting bottom plate 211 and the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 can also be simplified. Further, the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 and the mounting bottom plate 211 may be an integrally extruded aluminum alloy piece. Thereby, the bending resistance of the mounting bottom plate 211 and the bearing capacity of both ends are increased to further improve the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211.
- the reinforcing ribs may be a plurality of pairs, and each pair of bottom plate reinforcing ribs 2111 extend along the length direction of the mounting bottom plate 211 to form a wire groove 2112 extending along the length direction of the mounting bottom plate 211.
- a plurality of pairs of the bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111 are spaced apart in the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211.
- a plurality of running grooves can be formed on the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate 211, and the plurality of wire drawing grooves 2112 are spaced apart along the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211, and The wiring of the drive mechanism 20 of the plug door 1 is facilitated. Further, a pair of the plurality of reinforcing ribs is located at the middle of the mounting bottom plate 211 in the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211.
- each pair of bottom plate stiffeners 2111 are spaced apart in the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211 such that the wire trough 2112 has an upwardly facing opening 2113.
- the wire harness can be inserted into the wire trough 2112 from the opening 2113 which is open upward from the wire trough 2112, thereby facilitating the wire trough 2112 to perform the routing.
- each pair of floor stiffeners 2111 can have a constricted edge 2114 that is located at the opening 2113 and that extends toward one another.
- the size of the opening 2113 of the constricting edge 2114 is smaller than the dimension of the wire trough 2112 in the left-right direction.
- the constricting edge 2114 is disposed at the upper end of the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111, and the constricted edges of each pair of the bottom plate reinforcing ribs 2111 extend toward each other along the direction 2114, and the contraction is extended along the extending direction of the 2114.
- the mouth edge 2114 may extend from the upper end of the bottom plate stiffener 2111 or may extend obliquely upward or downward with respect to the horizontal direction. For this reason, the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the opening size of the narrowing edge 2114 is smaller than that of the running groove 2112. The distance between the bottom plate reinforcements 2111 is sufficient.
- the wire trough 2112 is open at at least one of both ends in the longitudinal direction of the mounting bottom plate 211.
- both ends of the wire trough 2112 may be open, or only one of the two ends of the trough 2112 may be open, whereby the wire harness may pass through the open end of the trough 2112, thereby facilitating the routing of the trough 2112. .
- the mounting base 211 is provided with a second wire hole 2115 penetrating in the thickness direction thereof.
- a locking mechanism 267 is mounted on the mounting bottom plate 211, and a wire rope connecting the locking mechanism 267 and the internal and external emergency unlocking devices can pass through the second wire passing hole 2115.
- the mounting bracket 21 may further include a mounting seat 214 equipped with a connecting bolt 2141, and a nut of the connecting bolt 2141 is fitted in the cable trough 2112 to mount the mounting seat 214 on the mounting base plate. Above the 211. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide an extra mounting hole, which simplifies the structure of the mounting base 211 and facilitates the mounting of the mounting seat 214. As shown in FIGS. 38 to 40, the wire trough 2112 extends in the left-right direction, whereby the position of the mount 214 in the left-right direction can be adjusted as needed. Further, there may be a plurality of wire troughs 2112.
- the mounting seat 214 is equipped with a plurality of connecting bolts 2141.
- the nuts of the plurality of connecting bolts 2141 are respectively fitted to the plurality of wire troughs 2112, so that the mounting seat 214 and the mounting can be strengthened.
- the wire trough 2112 may be three, three wire troughs 2112 are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the mounting seat 214 may be provided with three pairs of connecting bolts 2141, three pairs of connections.
- the bolts 2141 are respectively engaged with the three wire troughs 2112, thereby firmly fixing the mount 214 to the mounting base 211.
- the mounting seat 214 may include a lower mounting plate 2143, a first upper mounting plate 2144, a second upper mounting plate 2145, a first connecting plate 2146, and a second connecting plate 2147, and the connecting bolt 2141 is assembled.
- the first upper mounting plate 2144 and the second upper mounting plate 2145 are located above the lower mounting plate 2143 and are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions
- the second connecting plate 2147 is connected to the lower mounting plate 2143 and the second upper mounting plate 2145.
- the first connecting plate 2146 and the second connecting plate 2147 are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions and are gradually separated from each other from bottom to top.
- a lateral drive assembly 26 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention is described below with reference to the drawings.
- the lateral drive assembly 26 may include a moving beam 261, a lateral rail 262, a lateral slider 263, a gantry 264, and a motor 265.
- the lateral rail 262 is mounted on the moving beam 261 and extends in the left-right direction, and the lateral slider 263 is movably fitted on the lateral rail 262 along the lateral rail 262.
- the bracket 264 is mounted on the lateral slider 263 and connected to the door body 13.
- the motor 265 is mounted on the moving beam 261 and is coupled to the gantry 264 by a transmission assembly 266. Therefore, the action of the motor 265 can drive the transmission assembly 266 to work, and the rotation movement of the motor 265 can be converted into a linear movement in the left-right direction through the transmission assembly 266, and the carriage 264 can be moved by the transmission assembly 266, and the carriage can be carried.
- the lateral slider 263 is connected to the lateral slider 263 and the door body 13, and the lateral slider 263 is mounted on the lateral rail 262 extending in the left-right direction.
- the lateral rail can restrict the movement of the carriage 264 in the left-right direction, and the lateral slider 263 drives the door.
- the frame 264 is moved to move the door body 13 in the left and right direction.
- the controller communicates with the motor 265 to control the start and stop of the motor 265.
- the motor 265 acts as a power source for the lateral drive assembly 26, whereby the controller controls the motor 265 to control the operation of the drive mechanism 20, for example, in the event of a fault, control
- the device can control the motor 265 to stop working, thereby causing the lateral drive assembly 26 to stop driving the door body 13 to close the door opening 111.
- the controller drives the motor 265 to operate, and the lateral drive assembly 26 drives the door body 13 to open the door opening 111.
- the transmission assembly 266 can include a drive toothed pulley 2661, a driven toothed pulley 2662, a drive belt 2663, and a belt clamp 2664.
- the drive gear pulley 2661 is drivingly coupled to the motor 265, and the driven gear pulley 2662.
- Rotatablely mounted on the moving beam 261 the driving toothed belt 2663 is sleeved on the driving toothed pulley 2661 and the driven toothed pulley 2662 and meshed with the driven toothed pulley 2661 and the driven toothed pulley 2662 respectively, the toothed belt clamp 2664 is disposed on the drive belt 2663 and is coupled to the gantry 264.
- the motor 265 is driven to drive the driving gear pulley 2661 to rotate, the driving gear pulley 2661 rotates to drive the transmission tooth belt 2663, and drives the driven toothed pulley 2662 to rotate, thereby realizing the transmission toothed belt 2663 in the driven toothed pulley 2662 and
- the driving gear pulley 2661 rotates, and the toothed belt clamp 2664 rotates with the driving tooth belt 2663, thereby driving the carrying frame 264 to move in the left-right direction, thereby driving the door body 13 to move in the left-right direction on the lateral rail 262.
- the door body 13 is two, and the two door bodies 13 are driven by the same driving mechanism 20, and the motor 265 directly drives the driving gear pulley 2661 to rotate to drive the driving belt 2663 and the slave.
- the movable toothed pulley 2662 is rotated, and the rotational motion of the motor 265 can be converted into the left and right direction required to move the door body 13 by the transmission toothed belt 2663.
- Two toothed belt clamps 2664 are disposed on the transmission toothed belt 2663. As shown in FIG.
- the two toothed belt clamps 2664 are disposed in the up and down direction, that is, one toothed belt clamp 2664 is disposed on the upper belt of the transmission toothed belt 2663, and the other is The toothed belt clamp 2664 is disposed on the lower tooth belt of the transmission tooth belt 2663.
- the transmission tooth belt 2663 rotates, the upper belt and the lower belt move in opposite directions in the left-right direction, thereby driving the two belt clamps 2664 at The left and right direction moves in the opposite direction.
- the two toothed belt clips 2664 are respectively fixedly connected to the two gantry frames 264, and the two carrying clips are respectively connected with the two door bodies 13 so as to drive the two door bodies 13 to rotate.
- the motor 265 drives the driving gear to rotate and drives the transmission belt 2663 to rotate.
- the two belt clamps 2664 move toward each other, thereby moving the two door bodies 13 toward each other to close the door opening 111.
- the motor 265 drives the driving gear to rotate, and drives the driving tooth belt 2663 to rotate.
- the two toothed belt clips 2664 are moved away from each other to drive the two door bodies 13 away from each other. The direction moves to open the door opening 111.
- the longitudinal drive assembly may include a longitudinal rail 23 mounted on the mounting bracket 21 and extending in the inner and outer directions, a longitudinal slider 24 and a linkage rail 25, the longitudinal slider 24 being movable along the length of the longitudinal rail 23 Fitted on the longitudinal rail 23, the moving beam 261 is connected to the longitudinal slider 24, whereby the direction of movement of the moving beam 261 can be restricted by the longitudinal guiding assembly 22, which is connected to the moving beam 261 and on the longitudinal rail 23 It is slidable so that the moving beam 261 can be guided by the longitudinal slider 24 to move along the length of the longitudinal rail 23.
- the linkage rail 25 is mounted on the fixing frame 21, and the carriage frame 264 is engaged with the linkage rail 25.
- the linkage rail 25 is moved in the inner and outer directions by guiding the carriage 264. Thereby, the steering movement of the door body 13 between the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction can be realized, so that the door body 13 can be inserted or swung out.
- the linkage rail 25 can be provided with a linkage guide 251 that cooperates with the gantry 264, and the gantry 264 can move along the extending direction of the linkage guide 251.
- the linear guide groove 251 may include a linear guide groove 2521 and a curved guide groove 2521.
- the linear guide groove 2521 extends in the left-right direction, and the curved guide groove 2531 communicates with the linear guide groove 2521 and gradually extends from the linear guide groove 2521 in the inner and outer directions.
- the gantry 264 is moved in the left-right direction, it is guided by the curved guide groove 2531 while moving in the inner and outer directions. Thereby, the switching movement of the door body 13 between the left and right directions and the inner and outer directions is achieved.
- the gantry 264 first cooperates with the linear guide groove 2521 to move in the left-right direction.
- the gantry 264 is moved to cooperate with the curved guide groove 2531, the gantry is curved.
- the gantry 264 is simultaneously moved in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction, and gradually moves in the inner and outer directions, and the door opening action is completed from the door body 13 to close the door opening 111.
- the door body 13 When the door body 13 is opened, the door body 13 first moves outward in the inner and outer directions under the guidance of the linkage rail 25, and when passing through the curved guide groove 2531, the door body 13 moves along the curved track of the curved guide groove 2531. Simultaneously moving in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction, after passing through the curved guide groove 2531, the door body 13 is moved in the left-right direction by the linear guide groove 2521.
- the linkage rail 25 may include a linear guide 252 and a curved guide 253.
- the linear guide 2521 is formed on the linear guide 252, and the curved guide groove 2531 is formed on the curved guide 253.
- the curved guide rail 253 is in contact with the linear guide rail 252, and the linear guide groove 2521 communicates with the curved guide groove 2531 to form the interlocking guide groove 251, so that the production process of the interlocking guide rail 25 can be simplified, and the structure is simple.
- the linear guide 252 is welded to the curved guide 253. Thereby, the reliability of the connection of the linear guide 252 to the curved guide 253 can be ensured. .
- the linear guide 252 may be provided with a first linear reinforcing rib 2522 and a second linear reinforcing rib 2523 which are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions.
- the linear guide groove 2521 is formed on the first straight reinforcing rib 2522 and the second straight reinforcing rib. Between 2523. Therefore, not only the structural strength of the linear guide 252 can be enhanced, the reliability of the linear guide 252 is improved, and the structure of the linear guide 252 is simplified, and the other configuration is not required to define the linear guide groove 2521.
- the first straight reinforcing rib 2522 and the second straight reinforcing rib 2523 may both be hollow members. Thereby, not only the structural strength of the linear guide 252 can be enhanced, but also materials can be saved and the cost can be reduced.
- first straight reinforcing rib 2522, the second straight reinforcing rib 2523 and the linear guide 252 are integrally extruded aluminum alloy members.
- the processing technology is simple, the finished product has good consistency and high stability, and the design of the reinforcing ribs improves the reliability of the linear guide 252;
- the curved guide rail 253 may be provided with a first curved rib 2532 and a second curved rib 2533 spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the curved guide groove 2531 is formed in the first curved reinforcement Between the rib 2532 and the second curved rib 2533, not only the structural strength of the curved guide 253 can be strengthened, the reliability of the curved guide 253 is improved, and the structure of the curved guide 253 is simplified, and other structures are not required to be defined.
- An arcuate guide groove 2531 is formed.
- first curved rib 2532 and the second curved rib 2533 are both hollow members, which can save material and reduce cost while ensuring structural strength. Further, the first curved rib 2532, the second curved rib 2533 and the curved guide 253 are integrally extruded aluminum alloy parts, the processing method is simple, the finished product has good consistency, high stability, and at the same time strengthening The design of the ribs increases the reliability of the curved guide rail 253.
- the guide rail 25 may be provided with a rail mounting hole, and the rail mounting hole is fitted with a rail fastener linkage rail 25 mounted on the fixing bracket 21 through the rail fastener, and the rail mounting hole is a waist
- the hole is shaped to adjust the position of the interlocking rail 25 in the left-right direction. Therefore, the linkage rail 25 can be pre-mounted on the fixing frame 21, and then the position of the rail fastener in the rail mounting hole can be adjusted according to the work requirement to adjust the position of the linkage rail 25 in the left-right direction, and finally through the guide rail.
- the firmware fixes the interlocking rail 25 to the holder 21.
- the gantry 264 may be provided with a guide roller 2641, and the guide roller 2641 is fitted in the interlocking guide 251.
- the guide roller 2641 is located inside the interlocking guide groove 251 and is in contact with the inner surface thereof.
- the plug door 1 may further include a latching mechanism 267 mounted on the mount 21 and coupled to the moving beam 261 for locking when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111 The position of the moving beam 261 is stopped and a lockout signal is issued to the controller to inform the motor 265 of the operation.
- the latching mechanism 267 includes a latching lock body 2671, a latching latch 2672, and a limit switch 2673.
- the latching lock body 2671 is mounted on the mounting bracket 21, and the latching latch 2672 is mounted on the moving beam 261.
- the limit switch 2673 is mounted on the fixing frame 21 and connected to the locking body 2671. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the locking bolt 2672 is locked by the locking body 2671 and the limit switch 2673 sends a blocking signal to the controller. .
- the lock lock body 2671 is mounted on the mounting base plate 211 of the drive mechanism 20 by bolts, and its position is fixed; the lock lock tongue 2672 is fixed on the moving beam 261, and moves linearly forward and backward with the moving beam 261; the lock lock tongue 2672 moves to the lock lock
- the card slot of the body 2671 is locked, and the latching lock body 2671 transmits a lock signal to the controller through the door closing limit switch 2673, and the controller controls the motor 265 to stop working.
- the plug door 1 may further include an internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 and an external emergency unlocking switch 2674, which is located inside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions.
- an internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 For releasing the lock lock body 2671 from the inner side of the door body 13 to release the lock lock tongue 183, so that the passenger can operate the internal emergency release switch 2674 in an emergency to open the door body 13.
- the internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 can be disposed on the protective cover to protect the internal emergency unlocking switch 2674. The passenger can break the protective cover operating emergency device of the internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 in an emergency, or the flight attendant can pass the special key. The internal emergency unlock switch 2674 is operated without damaging the glass cover.
- the external emergency unlocking switch 2675 is located outside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions for controlling the latching lock body to release the latching latch 2672 from the outside of the door body 13. Thereby, the emergency unlocking switch 2675 can be operated from the outside of the vehicle body to unlock and open the door body 13.
- the plug door 1 further includes a dust cover 22 that is disposed below the sill 12 and that houses a drive mechanism 20 for isolating the drive mechanism 20 from the external environment.
- the dust cover 22 can prevent dust in the external environment from entering the drive mechanism 20 and affect the use of the drive mechanism 20. At the same time, the dust cover 22 can also protect the drive mechanism 20 from damage and function as a protective cover.
- the dust cover 22 defines an upper surface and a dustproof chamber 221 which is open on one side surface in the inner and outer directions, and the drive mechanism 20 is located in the dustproof chamber 221.
- the upper surface of the dust cover 22 and the one side surface in the longitudinal direction are opened to facilitate the cover of the dust cover 22 on the driving mechanism 20.
- the structure of the dust cover 22 can be simplified, the production cycle is saved, and the production cost is reduced.
- the dust cover 22 includes a bottom plate 222, a lateral side plate 223, a first longitudinal side plate 224, and a second longitudinal side plate 225.
- the bottom plate 222 is located below the driving mechanism 20, and the bottom plate 222 can prevent dust from entering the driving mechanism 20 from the bottom.
- the bottom plate 222 has a first lateral edge 2221 and a second lateral edge 2225 extending in the left-right direction, respectively, and a first extending in the inner and outer directions respectively.
- the longitudinal edge 2226 and the second longitudinal edge 2227, the lateral side plate 223 is connected to the second lateral edge 2225 of the bottom plate 222 and extends upward from the second lateral edge 2225, and the lateral side plate 223 prevents dust on the side of the drive mechanism 20 from entering the drive mechanism.
- the lateral side plate 223 and the bottom plate 222 form a cover body with a right angle in cross section, which not only can better prevent dust from entering the drive mechanism 20, but also can define a larger space for the drive mechanism 20, thereby avoiding affecting the drive mechanism. 20 use.
- the first longitudinal side panels are respectively connected to the first longitudinal edge 2226 of the bottom plate 222 and one end of the lateral side panel 223, and the second longitudinal side panel 225 is connected to the second longitudinal edge 2227 of the bottom plate 222 and the other end of the lateral side panel 223, respectively.
- the first longitudinal side plate and the second longitudinal side plate are respectively connected with the lateral side plate 223 and the bottom plate 222 to define a dustproof cavity 221 which is open on the upper surface and one side surface in the inner and outer directions, and the drive mechanism 20 is located in the dustproof In the cavity 221, the driving mechanism 20 can be prevented from being contaminated with dust, thereby ensuring the normal use of the driving mechanism 20, thereby ensuring the normal use of the sliding door 1.
- the upper edge of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a horizontal flange 2231 extending toward the outside of the dustproof chamber 221.
- the horizontal flange 2231 can increase the structural strength of the lateral side plate 223.
- the horizontal flange 2231 can increase the contact area of the lateral side plate 223 with the threshold 12, thereby improving the dustproof effect of the dust cover 22.
- the upper surface of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a plurality of vertical mounting holes 2232.
- the lateral side plate 223 can be fixed to the sill 12 through the vertical mounting hole 2232 by screws or the like, thereby fixing the dust cover 22 to the sill 12, thereby improving the prevention.
- the reliability of the dust cover 22 is fixed.
- the horizontal side plate is provided with a plurality of vertical reinforcing ribs 2233, and the plurality of vertical mounting holes 2232 extend into the plurality of vertical reinforcing ribs 2233, respectively.
- the vertical reinforcing ribs 2233 can strengthen the structural strength of the lateral side plates 223, prevent the lateral side plates 223 from being deformed, the structural strength of the reinforcing ribs of the lateral side plates 223 is high, and the thickness of the lateral side plates 223 is large, and the vertical mounting holes 2232 extend to strengthen Within the ribs, it is possible to avoid a decrease in the structural strength of the lateral side plates 223 due to the opening of the vertical mounting holes 2232.
- the upper edge of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a horizontal flange 2231 extending to the outside of the dustproof chamber 221, and the upper surface of the horizontal flange 2231 is provided with six evenly distributed vertical directions.
- the mounting hole 2232, the lateral side plate 223 is provided with six vertical reinforcing ribs 2233 corresponding to the vertical mounting holes 2232, and the vertical mounting holes 2232 extend into the vertical reinforcing ribs 2233.
- the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a vertical flange 2222 extending toward the outside of the dustproof chamber 221.
- the vertical flange 2222 can increase the structural strength of the bottom plate 222.
- the vertical flange 2222 can increase the contact area between the bottom plate 222 and the threshold 12, and improve the dustproof effect of the dust cover 22.
- the surface of the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a plurality of horizontal mounting holes.
- the bottom plate 222 is provided with a plurality of horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224, and the plurality of horizontal mounting holes 2223 extend into the plurality of horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224, respectively.
- the horizontal reinforcing rib 2224 can strengthen the structural strength of the bottom plate 222, prevent the bottom plate 222 from being deformed, the structural strength of the reinforcing rib of the bottom plate 222 is high, and the thickness of the bottom plate 222 is large, and the horizontal mounting hole 2223 extends into the reinforcing rib, thereby avoiding the horizontal mounting hole 2223 causes the structural strength of the bottom plate 222 to decrease.
- the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a vertical flange 2222 extending toward the outside of the dustproof chamber 221, and the surface of the vertical flange 2222 is provided with six evenly distributed
- the horizontal mounting hole 2223 is provided with six horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224 corresponding to the horizontal mounting holes 2223, and the horizontal mounting holes 2223 extend into the horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224.
- the upper surface of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a first sealing strip (not shown), and the surface of the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a second sealing strip (not shown) ).
- the first sealing strip can increase the sealing between the lateral side plate 223 and the sill 12
- the second sealing strip can increase the sealing between the bottom plate 222 and the sill 12, so that dust can be prevented from entering the dustproof chamber 221 better. Thereby, the drive mechanism 20 is protected from dust and the normal use of the drive mechanism 20 is ensured.
- the corners of the outer surface of the dust cover 22 are chamfered. Thereby, stress concentration of the dust cover 22 can be avoided, thereby ensuring the structural strength of the dust cover 22, and at the same time, the sharp corners on the dust cover 22 can be prevented from interfering with other deconstructions.
- the dust cover 22 further includes a flip mechanism 226 that is detachably attached to the lateral side panel 223, the first longitudinal side panel 224, and the second longitudinal side panel 225, respectively.
- the connecting mechanism 226 is connected to the bottom plate 222, and the turning mechanism 226 drives the bottom plate 222 to reverse to open and close the dustproof chamber 221 from the bottom of the dust cover 22.
- the setting of the flip structure saves manpower and improves the automation of the plug door 1.
- the present invention is not limited thereto, and the bottom plate 222 may be fixedly connected to the lateral side plate 223, the first longitudinal side plate 224 and the second longitudinal side plate 225, respectively, the inverting mechanism 226 is connected to the bottom plate 222, and the turning mechanism 226 drives the entire dust cover. 22 flips to open or close the dust chamber 221 .
- the present invention also proposes a rail vehicle
- a rail vehicle includes a vehicle body, a sliding door 1 and a bogie, the sliding door 1 is mounted on the vehicle body and the driving mechanism 20 is located below the interior floor of the vehicle body, and the bogie is mounted at the bottom of the vehicle body .
- the sliding door 1 can open or close the car body, and the bogie can drive the car body to move along the track.
- the driving mechanism 20 of the plug door 1 is placed downward, so that the space inside the vehicle body is not required to be occupied, and the inside of the roof side of the vehicle body is saved.
- the space of the package, and the relative space inside the car body is increased, the space is more spacious, the net passing height of the door can be improved, and the door is improved based on the driving mechanism, and the stability and safety of the vehicle are also improved.
- the invention also proposes a rail transit system.
- a rail transit system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention includes a track and a rail vehicle that straddle the track and the tractor body travels along the track.
- the drive mechanism is placed lower, not only the space inside the vehicle is increased, but also the safety and reliability of the rail transit system are improved.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Civil Engineering (AREA)
- Structural Engineering (AREA)
- Power-Operated Mechanisms For Wings (AREA)
Abstract
A sliding plug door (1), wherein a door frame (11) of the sliding plug door (1) surroundingly forms a door opening (111). A doorsill (12) is arranged on the door frame (11); a door body (13) is movably mounted on the door frame (11) in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions so as to open and close the door opening (111); a drive mechanism (20) is positioned below the doorsill (12) and is connected to the door body (13) and is used for driving the door body (13) to move in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions; and a controller controls the drive mechanism (20). The sliding plug door (1) does not occupy space in a vehicle body, which relatively increases the space inside of the vehicle body. A rail vehicle having the sliding plug door (1), the sliding plug door (1) being installed on a vehicle body and the drive mechanism (20) being positioned below the floor inside of the vehicle body. A rail transit system rail, wherein a bogie of the rail vehicle which has the sliding plug door (1) is straddled on the rail and tows a vehicle body to travel along a route.
Description
本申请要求于2017年03月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710210583.4、发明名称为“塞拉门、具有其的轨道车辆和轨道交通系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application filed on March 31, 2017, the Chinese Patent Office, the application number is 201710210583.4, and the invention is entitled "Salmen, its rail vehicle and rail transit system". The citations are incorporated herein by reference.
本发明涉及车辆技术领域,尤其涉及一种塞拉门以及具有其的轨道车辆和轨道交通系统。The present invention relates to the field of vehicle technology, and in particular, to a sliding door and a rail vehicle and a rail transit system therewith.
相关技术的双扇电动塞拉门的驱动机构都安装于车体内部上方,起到连接和承载门扇重量并带动门扇实现开关门动作的作用。驱动机构位于车体内部上方的侧顶板内,占用了侧顶板内部的较多空间,使车内空间相对狭小拥挤,且入口处的通过高度也受到了限制,乘客的坐车体验相对狭窄拥挤。尤其是对于以观光游览为目的的单轨车型,给乘客舒适宽敞的坐车体验十分重要。The driving mechanism of the double-fan electric sliding door of the related art is installed above the interior of the vehicle body, and functions to connect and carry the weight of the door leaf and drive the door leaf to realize the operation of opening and closing the door. The driving mechanism is located in the side top plate above the interior of the vehicle body, occupies more space inside the side top plate, so that the interior space of the vehicle is relatively narrow and crowded, and the passing height at the entrance is also limited, and the passenger experience is relatively narrow and crowded. Especially for the monorail model for sightseeing, it is very important to give passengers a comfortable and spacious car experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明旨在至少解决现有技术中存在的技术问题之一。为此,本发明提出了一种塞拉门,所述塞拉门的驱动机构下置,可减小驱动机构在车体内的占用面积,相对使得车体内的空间增大。The present invention aims to solve at least one of the technical problems existing in the prior art. To this end, the present invention proposes a plug door in which the driving mechanism of the plug door is lowered, which can reduce the occupied area of the driving mechanism in the vehicle body, and relatively increase the space in the vehicle body.
本发明还提出了一种具有所述塞拉门的轨道车辆。The invention also proposes a rail vehicle having the plug door.
本发明还提出了一种具有所述的轨道车辆的轨道交通系统。The invention also proposes a rail transit system having the rail vehicle described.
根据本发明第一方面实施例的塞拉门,包括:门框,所述门框围绕成门洞;门槛,所述门槛设在所述门框上;门体,所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上可移动地安装在所述门框上以打开和关闭所述门洞;驱动机构,所述驱动机构位于所述门槛下方且与所述门体连接,用于驱动所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上移动;控制器,所述控制器控制所述驱动机构动作。A sliding door according to the first aspect of the present invention includes: a door frame, the door frame is surrounded by a door opening; a door sill, the door sill is disposed on the door frame; the door body, the door body is in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction Removably mounted on the door frame to open and close the door opening; a driving mechanism, the driving mechanism is located below the threshold and connected to the door body for driving the door body in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction Moving up; a controller that controls the drive mechanism to act.
根据本发明实施例的塞拉门,通过将驱动机构设在门槛的下方,从而不必占用车体内的空间,节约了车体侧顶板内部包裹的空间,而且相对使得车体内部的空间增加,更加宽敞,而且车门的净通过高度也能够得到提高,从而可适于配合采用加大的玻璃门窗,给乘客带来更加宽敞通透的乘车体验。According to the sliding door of the embodiment of the present invention, by installing the driving mechanism under the threshold, the space inside the vehicle body is not occupied, the space inside the roof of the vehicle body is saved, and the space inside the vehicle body is relatively increased, and It is spacious and the net height of the door can be increased, making it suitable for use with larger glass doors and windows, giving passengers a more spacious and transparent ride experience.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述塞拉门还包括:门体承重导向机构,所述门体承重导向机构安装在所述门框上且与所述门体的上部相连,所述门体通过所述门体承重导 向机构安装在所述门框上且在内外方向和左右方向上可移动。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the sliding door further includes: a door body load guiding mechanism, the door body weight guiding mechanism is mounted on the door frame and connected to an upper portion of the door body, and the door body passes The door body weight guiding mechanism is mounted on the door frame and is movable in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction.
可选地,所述门体承重导向机构包括:承重轨,所述承重轨安装在所述门体的上部;承重摆臂组件,所述承重摆臂组件可摆动地安装在所述门框上,所述承重摆臂组件配合在所述承重轨上,用于支撑所述承重轨及引导所述承重轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。Optionally, the door body load-bearing guiding mechanism comprises: a bearing rail, the load-bearing rail is mounted on an upper part of the door body; a load-bearing swing arm assembly, the load-bearing swing arm assembly is swingably mounted on the door frame, The load-bearing swing arm assembly is coupled to the load-bearing rail for supporting the load-bearing rail and guiding the load-bearing rail to move in the left-right direction and the inner and outer directions with the door body.
可选地,所述承重摆臂组件包括:承重摆臂,所述承重摆臂的第一端可枢转地安装在所述门框上;承重固定块,所述承重固定块可转动地安装在所述承重摆臂的第二端;承重滚轮,所述承重滚轮可旋转地安装在所述承重固定块上,所述承重滚轮配合在所述承重轨上,用于支撑所述承重轨;引导滚轮,所述引导滚轮可旋转地安装在所述承重固定块上,所述引导滚轮配合在所述承重轨上,用于引导所述承重轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。Optionally, the load-bearing swing arm assembly includes: a load-bearing swing arm, a first end of the load-bearing swing arm is pivotally mounted on the door frame; a load-bearing fixed block, the load-bearing fixed block is rotatably mounted on a second end of the load-bearing swing arm; a load-bearing roller rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block, the load-bearing roller being fitted on the load-bearing rail for supporting the load-bearing rail; guiding a roller, the guide roller is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block, and the guide roller is fitted on the load-bearing rail for guiding the load-bearing rail to move in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction with the door body .
可选地,所述承重摆臂组件还包括:导向轨,所述导向轨安装在所述门体的上部;导向摆臂组件,所述导向摆臂组件可摆动地安装在所述门框上,所述导向摆臂组件配合在所述导向轨上,用于引导所述导向轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。Optionally, the load-bearing swing arm assembly further includes: a guide rail installed at an upper portion of the door body; a guide swing arm assembly, the guide swing arm assembly is swingably mounted on the door frame, The guiding swing arm assembly is fitted on the guiding rail for guiding the guiding rail to move in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions with the door body.
进一步地,所述导向摆臂组件包括:导向摆臂,所述导向摆臂的第一端可枢转地安装在所述门框上;导向滚轮,所述导向滚轮可旋转地安装在所述导向摆臂的第二端,所述导向滚轮配合在所述导向轨上,用于引导所述导向轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。Further, the guiding swing arm assembly includes: a guiding swing arm, a first end of the guiding swing arm is pivotally mounted on the door frame; a guiding roller, the guiding roller is rotatably mounted on the guiding a second end of the swing arm, the guide roller is fitted on the guide rail for guiding the guide rail to move in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions with the door body.
可选地,所述承重轨包括:本体,所述本体安装在所述门体的上部,所述本体上设有承重导槽,所述引导滚轮可旋转地配合在所述承重导槽内,所述承重导槽的内壁上设有允许所述引导滚轮进出所述承重导槽的滚轮装配口;挡板,所述挡板可拆卸地安装在所述本体上且封盖所述滚轮装配口。Optionally, the load-bearing rail comprises: a body, the body is mounted on an upper part of the door body, the body is provided with a load-bearing guide groove, and the guide roller is rotatably fitted in the load-bearing guide groove, The inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove is provided with a roller assembly opening for allowing the guide roller to enter and exit the load-bearing guide groove; the baffle is detachably mounted on the body and covers the roller assembly opening .
进一步地,所述本体具有向所述承重导槽的外部水平延伸的水平沿,所述承重滚轮配合在所述水平沿的下表面上。Further, the body has a horizontal edge extending horizontally to the outside of the load bearing channel, the load bearing roller being fitted on a lower surface of the horizontal edge.
可选地,所述导向轨包括:水平部,所述水平部安装在所述门体的上部;竖直部,所述竖直部与所述水平部相连且从所述水平部向下延伸,多个所述导向滚轮在内外方向上分布于所述竖直部的两侧;第一止挡部,所述第一止挡部设在所述水平部的一端或所述竖直部的一端,用于止挡所述导向滚轮从所述竖直部的所述一端脱离所述竖直部;第二止挡部,所述第二止挡部设在所述水平部的另一端或所述竖直部的另一端,用于止挡所述导向滚轮从所述竖直部的所述另一端脱离所述竖直部。Optionally, the guide rail comprises: a horizontal portion mounted on an upper portion of the door body; a vertical portion connected to the horizontal portion and extending downward from the horizontal portion a plurality of the guide rollers are distributed on both sides of the vertical portion in an inner and outer direction; a first stop portion, the first stop portion being disposed at one end of the horizontal portion or the vertical portion One end for stopping the guide roller from the one end of the vertical portion from the vertical portion; a second stop portion, the second stop portion being provided at the other end of the horizontal portion or The other end of the vertical portion is configured to stop the guide roller from being separated from the vertical portion from the other end of the vertical portion.
可选地,所述门体的上部设有第一型材,所述第一型材上构造有第一水平装配面、第二水平装配面和竖直装配面,所述第一水平装配面和所述第二水平装配面分别朝下 设置且所述第二水平装配面位于所述第一水平装配面下方,所述竖直装配面的上沿与所述第一水平装配面相连且下沿与所述第二水平装配面相连;所述本体的顶壁安装在所述第一水平装配面,所述本体的一侧壁与所述竖直装配面配合,所述水平沿与所述第二水平装配面配合。Optionally, the upper portion of the door body is provided with a first profile, and the first profile is configured with a first horizontal assembly surface, a second horizontal assembly surface and a vertical assembly surface, the first horizontal assembly surface and the The second horizontal mounting surface is disposed downwardly and the second horizontal mounting surface is located below the first horizontal mounting surface, the upper edge of the vertical mounting surface is connected to the first horizontal mounting surface and the lower edge is The second horizontal mounting surface is connected; the top wall of the body is mounted on the first horizontal mounting surface, a side wall of the body is mated with the vertical mounting surface, the horizontal edge and the second Horizontal assembly surface fit.
进一步地,所述门体的上部设有第二型材,所述第二型材上构造有朝下设置的第三水平装配面,所述导向轨安装在所述第三水平装配面。Further, an upper portion of the door body is provided with a second profile, and the second profile is configured with a third horizontal fitting surface disposed downward, and the guide rail is mounted on the third horizontal fitting surface.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述门体的朝向所述门槛的表面上设有门槛密封条,所述门体关闭所述门洞时所述门槛密封条在内外方向上被所述门体压紧在所述门槛。According to some embodiments of the present invention, a threshold sealing strip is disposed on a surface of the door body facing the threshold, and the door sealing strip is pressed by the door body in an inner and outer direction when the door body closes the door opening Close to the threshold.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述塞拉门还包括:门体压紧机构,所述门体压紧机构安装在所述门框上且与所述门体的上部相连,所述门体关闭所述门洞时被所述门体压紧机构向下压紧在所述门框上。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the plug door further includes: a door body pressing mechanism mounted on the door frame and connected to an upper portion of the door body, the door body being closed The door opening is pressed down on the door frame by the door body pressing mechanism.
可选地,所述门体压紧机构包括:压紧支座组件,所述压紧支座组件安装在所述门体的上部,所述压紧支座组件上构造有压紧斜面,所述压紧斜面朝向上方且相对于水平方向倾斜设置;压紧滚轮组件,所述压紧滚轮组件安装在所述门框上,在所述门体关闭所述门洞的过程中所述压紧滚轮组件对所述压紧斜面的压紧力逐渐增大。Optionally, the door body pressing mechanism comprises: a pressing support assembly, the pressing support assembly is mounted on an upper portion of the door body, and the pressing support assembly is configured with a pressing inclined surface, The pressing bevel is oriented upward and inclined with respect to the horizontal direction; the roller assembly is pressed, the pressing roller assembly is mounted on the door frame, and the pressing roller assembly is in the process of closing the door opening by the door body The pressing force to the pressing bevel gradually increases.
可选地,所述压紧支座组件包括:压紧支座,所述压紧支座安装在所述门体的上部;压紧垫块,所述压紧垫块安装在所述压紧支座上,所述压紧斜面形成在所述压紧垫块上。Optionally, the pressing support assembly comprises: a pressing support, the pressing support is mounted on an upper portion of the door body; pressing the pad, the pressing pad is mounted on the pressing On the support, the pressing slope is formed on the pressing block.
可选地,所述压紧滚轮组件包括:压紧支架,所述压紧支架安装在所述门框上;压紧滚轮,所述压紧滚轮可旋转地安装在所述压紧支架上,在所述门体关闭所述门洞的过程中所述压紧滚轮对所述压紧斜面的压紧力逐渐增大。Optionally, the pressure roller assembly includes: a pressing bracket, the pressing bracket is mounted on the door frame; a pressing roller, the pressing roller is rotatably mounted on the pressing bracket, The pressing force of the pressing roller to the pressing slope gradually increases during the closing of the door hole by the door body.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述门体包括:门板,所述门板上设有窗口;门窗,所述门窗安装在门板上且封盖所述窗口;上加强筋,所述上加强筋安装在所述门板上且与所述门窗的上端配合;和/或下加强筋,所述下加强筋安装在所述门板上且与所述窗口的下端配合。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the door body includes: a door panel, the door panel is provided with a window; a door and a window, the door and window are mounted on the door panel and the window is closed; the upper rib, the upper rib is installed Engaging on the door panel and with the upper end of the door and window; and/or a lower rib mounted on the door panel and mating with the lower end of the window.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述塞拉门还包括:隔离锁组件,所述隔离锁组件安装在所述门框上且与所述门体相连,所述隔离锁组件用于锁止所述门体关闭所述门洞并向所述控制器发出使所述驱动机构停止工作的隔离信号。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the plug door further includes: an isolation lock assembly mounted on the door frame and connected to the door body, the isolation lock assembly for locking the The door closes the door opening and sends an isolation signal to the controller to stop the drive mechanism from operating.
可选地,所述隔离锁组件包括:隔离锁支座,所述隔离锁支座安装在所述门框上;锁舌,所述锁舌在锁止位置和解锁位置之间可移动地安装在所述门体上,所述锁舌位于所述锁止位置时与所述隔离锁支座配合以锁止所述门体关闭所述门洞,所述锁舌位于所述解锁位置时脱离所述隔离锁支座以将允许所述门体打开所述门洞;行程开关, 所述行程开关安装在所述隔离锁支座上,所述锁舌位于所述锁止位置时,所述行程开关被所述锁舌触发并向所述控制器发出所述隔离信号。Optionally, the isolation lock assembly includes: an isolation lock support, the isolation lock support is mounted on the door frame; a lock tongue, the lock tongue is movably mounted between the locked position and the unlocked position The door body cooperates with the isolation lock support to lock the door body to close the door hole when the lock tongue is in the locking position, and the lock tongue is disengaged when the lock tongue is in the unlocked position Isolating the lock holder to allow the door body to open the door opening; the travel switch, the travel switch is mounted on the isolation lock support, and the travel switch is located when the lock tongue is in the locked position The bolt triggers and sends the isolation signal to the controller.
进一步地,所述隔离锁组件还包括:内部紧急解锁装置,所述内部紧急解锁装置在内外方向上位于所述门体的内侧,用于从所述门体的内侧控制所述锁舌移动至所述解锁位置;外部紧急解锁装置,所述外部紧急解锁装置在内外方向上位于所述门体的外侧,用于从所述门体的外侧控制所述锁舌移动至所述解锁位置。Further, the isolation lock assembly further includes: an internal emergency unlocking device located inside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling movement of the lock tongue from an inner side of the door body to The unlocking position; an external emergency unlocking device located outside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling movement of the locking tongue to the unlocking position from an outer side of the door body.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述塞拉门还包括:固定挡销组件,所述固定挡销组件安装在所述门框的顶部且与所述门体的顶部相连,用于在所述门体关闭所述门洞后止挡所述门体移动。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the plug door further includes: a fixed stop pin assembly mounted on a top of the door frame and connected to a top of the door body for the door After the body closes the door opening, the door body is stopped.
可选地,所述固定挡销组件包括:嵌块,所述嵌块安装在所述门框的顶部,所述嵌块上设有止挡槽;挡销,所述挡销安装在所述门体的顶部,所述门体关闭所述门洞后所述挡销配合在所述止挡槽内,所述门体打开所述门洞时所述挡销脱离所述止挡槽。Optionally, the fixed stop pin assembly comprises: a block, the block is mounted on a top of the door frame, the block is provided with a stop groove; a stop pin, the stop pin is mounted on the door The top of the body, the stop pin fits in the stop groove after the door body closes the door hole, and the stop pin disengages from the stop groove when the door body opens the door hole.
进一步地,所述挡销包括:挡销座,所述挡销座安装在所述门体的顶部;挡销滚轮,所述挡销滚轮可旋转地安装在所述挡销座上,所述门体关闭所述门洞后所述挡销滚轮配合在所述止挡槽内,所述门体打开所述门洞时所述挡销滚轮脱离所述止挡槽。Further, the pin includes: a pin seat mounted on a top of the door body; a pin roller, the pin roller being rotatably mounted on the pin seat, After the door body closes the door hole, the pin roller is engaged in the stopping groove, and the pin roller is disengaged from the stopping groove when the door body opens the door hole.
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述驱动机构包括:固定架;纵向引导组件,所述纵向引导组件安装在所述固定架上;横向驱动组件,所述横向驱动组件安装在所述纵向引导组件上且与所述门体传动连接,所述控制器与所述横向驱动组件通讯,所述门体在左右方向上的移动由所述横向驱动组件驱动,所述门体在左右方向上移动时所述纵向引导组件通过引导所述横向驱动组件而带动所述门体同时在内外方向上移动。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the drive mechanism includes: a fixed frame; a longitudinal guide assembly on which the longitudinal guide assembly is mounted; a lateral drive assembly on which the lateral drive assembly is mounted And communicating with the door body, the controller is in communication with the lateral driving component, the movement of the door body in the left-right direction is driven by the lateral driving component, and the door body moves in the left-right direction The longitudinal guiding assembly drives the door body to move in both the inner and outer directions by guiding the lateral driving assembly.
可选地,所述固定架包括:第一侧支撑和第二侧支撑,所述纵向引导组件安装在所述第一侧支撑和所述第二侧支撑上;安装底板,所述安装底板的两端分别与所述第一侧支撑和所述第二侧支撑相连。Optionally, the fixing frame comprises: a first side support and a second side support, the longitudinal guiding assembly is mounted on the first side support and the second side support; a mounting bottom plate, the mounting bottom plate Both ends are connected to the first side support and the second side support, respectively.
进一步地,所述安装底板的上表面设有若干对底板加强筋,每对所述底板加强筋在所述安装底板的上表面形成走线槽。Further, the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate is provided with a plurality of pairs of bottom plate reinforcing ribs, and each pair of the bottom plate reinforcing ribs forms a wire groove on the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate.
进一步地,所述固定架还包括:安装座,所述安装座上装配有连接螺栓,所述连接螺栓的螺帽配合在所述走线槽内以将所述安装座安装在所述安装底板的上方。Further, the fixing frame further includes: a mounting seat, the mounting seat is equipped with a connecting bolt, and a nut of the connecting bolt is fitted in the wire trough to mount the mounting seat on the mounting bottom plate Above.
可选地,所述横向驱动组件包括:运动横梁;横向导轨,所述横向导轨安装在所述运动横梁上且沿左右方向延伸;横向滑块,所述横向滑块沿所述横向导轨可移动地配合在所述横向导轨上;携门架,所述携门架安装在所述横向滑块上且与所述门体相连;电机,所述电机安装在所述运动横梁上且通过传动组件与所述携门架相连,所述控制器与所述电机通讯。Optionally, the lateral drive assembly comprises: a moving beam; a transverse rail mounted on the moving beam and extending in a left-right direction; and a lateral slider movable along the lateral rail Cooperating on the lateral rail; carrying a gantry mounted on the lateral slider and connected to the door body; and a motor mounted on the moving beam and passing through the transmission component Connected to the gantry, the controller is in communication with the motor.
可选地,所述传动组件包括:主动齿带轮,所述主动齿带轮传动连接在所述电机上;从动齿带轮,所述从动齿带轮可旋转地安装在所述运动横梁上;传动齿带,所述传动齿带套设在所述主动齿带轮和所述从动齿带轮上且分别于所述主动齿带轮和所述从动齿带轮啮合;齿带夹,所述齿带夹设在所述传动齿带上且与所述携门架相连。Optionally, the transmission assembly includes: a driving gear pulley, the driving gear pulley is drivingly connected to the motor; a driven gear pulley, the driven gear pulley is rotatably mounted on the movement a transmission toothed belt, the transmission toothed belt is sleeved on the driving toothed belt pulley and the driven toothed belt pulley and meshed with the driven toothed belt pulley and the driven toothed belt pulley respectively; A belt clip is disposed on the transmission toothed belt and connected to the gantry.
可选地,所述纵向引导组件包括:纵向导轨,所述纵向导轨安装在所述固定架上且沿内外方向延伸;纵向滑块,所述纵向滑块沿所述纵向导轨的长度方向可移动地配合在所述纵向导轨上,所述运动横梁与所述纵向滑块相连;联动导轨,所述联动导轨安装在所述固定架上,所述携门架与所述联动导轨配合,所述携门架在左右方向上移动时所述联动导轨通过引导所述携门架同时在内外方向上移动。Optionally, the longitudinal guiding assembly comprises: a longitudinal rail mounted on the fixing frame and extending in an inner and outer direction; a longitudinal sliding block, the longitudinal sliding block being movable along a length of the longitudinal guiding rail Cooperating on the longitudinal rail, the moving beam is connected to the longitudinal slider; the linkage rail is mounted on the fixing bracket, and the bracket is matched with the linkage rail, When the gantry is moved in the left-right direction, the linkage rail moves in the inner and outer directions by guiding the gantry.
进一步地,所述联动导轨上设有与所述携门架配合的联动导槽,所述联动导槽包括:直线导槽,所述直线导槽沿左右方向延伸;弧形导槽,所述弧形导槽与所述直线导槽连通且从所述直线导槽逐渐延伸呈内外方向,所述携门架在左右方向上移动时通过被所述弧形导槽引导而同时在内外方向上移动。Further, the linkage rail is provided with a linkage guide groove that cooperates with the gantry, the linkage guide groove includes: a linear guide groove, the linear guide groove extends in a left-right direction; an arc-shaped guide groove, An arcuate guide groove communicates with the linear guide groove and gradually extends from the linear guide groove in an inner and outer direction, and the carriage is guided by the arcuate guide groove while moving in the left and right direction while being in the inner and outer directions mobile.
可选地,所述塞拉门还包括:闭锁机构,所述闭锁机构安装在固定架上且与所述运动横梁相连,所述锁闭机构用于在所述门体关闭所述门洞时锁止所述运动横梁的位置并向所述控制器发出使所述电机通知工作的闭锁信号。Optionally, the sliding door further includes: a locking mechanism mounted on the fixing frame and connected to the moving beam, the locking mechanism is configured to lock when the door body closes the door opening Stopping the position of the moving beam and issuing a blocking signal to the controller to notify the motor of the operation.
进一步地,所述闭锁机构包括:闭锁锁体,所述闭锁锁体安装在所述固定架上;闭锁锁舌,所述闭锁锁舌安装在所述运动横梁上;限位开关,所述限位开关安装在所述固定架上且与所述闭锁锁体相连,所述门体关闭所述门洞时,所述闭锁锁舌被所述闭锁锁体锁止,所述限位开关向所述控制器发出所述闭锁信号。Further, the locking mechanism includes: a locking lock body, the locking lock body is mounted on the fixing frame; a locking bolt, the locking locking tongue is mounted on the moving beam; a limit switch, the limit a position switch is mounted on the fixing bracket and connected to the locking lock body. When the door body closes the door opening, the locking bolt is locked by the locking lock body, and the limit switch is The controller issues the blocking signal.
进一步地,所述塞拉门还包括:内部紧急解锁开关,所述内部紧急解锁开关在内外方向上位于所述门体的内侧,用于从所述门体的内侧控制所述闭锁锁体释放所述闭锁锁舌;外部紧急解锁开关,所述外部紧急解锁开关在内外方向上位于所述门体的外侧,用于从所述门体的外侧控制所述闭锁锁体释放所述闭锁锁舌。Further, the sliding door further includes: an internal emergency unlocking switch, the internal emergency unlocking switch is located inside the door body in an inner and outer direction, and is configured to control the release lock body release from an inner side of the door body The latching latch; an external emergency unlocking switch, the outer emergency unlocking switch being located outside the door body in the inner and outer directions for controlling the latching lock body from the outer side of the door body to release the latching latching tongue .
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述塞拉门还包括:防尘罩,所述防尘罩设在所述门槛下方且罩设所述驱动机构,用于将所述驱动机构与外部环境隔离。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the sliding door further includes: a dust cover disposed under the threshold and covering the driving mechanism for isolating the driving mechanism from an external environment .
根据本发明的一些实施例,所述门体为两个,两个所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上可移动地安装在所述门框以共同打开和关闭所述门洞,所述驱动机构同时驱动两个所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上移动。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the door body is two, and the two door bodies are movably mounted on the door frame in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction to jointly open and close the door opening, the driving mechanism At the same time, the two door bodies are driven to move in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions.
可选地,两个所述门体的相对侧沿上分别设有中空的护指胶条。Optionally, the opposite side edges of the two door bodies are respectively provided with hollow finger strips.
根据本发明第二方面实施例的轨道车辆,包括车体、塞拉门和转向架,塞拉门安装在车体上且驱动机构位于车体的车内地板下方,转向架安装在车体的底部。通过塞拉 门可打开或关闭车体,通过转向架可带动车体沿轨道移动。A rail vehicle according to an embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention includes a vehicle body, a sliding door and a bogie, the sliding door is mounted on the vehicle body and the driving mechanism is located below the inner floor of the vehicle body, and the bogie is mounted on the vehicle body. bottom. The sliding door can be used to open or close the car body, and the bogie can drive the car body to move along the track.
由此,根据根据本发明实施例的轨道车辆,通过设置上述实施例的塞拉门,塞拉门的驱动机构下置,从而不必占用车体内的空间,节约了车体侧顶板内部包裹的空间,而且相对使得车体内部的空间增加,更加宽敞,车门的净通过高度也能够得到提高,而且基于驱动机构下置对车门进行了改进,同时也提高了车辆的稳固性和安全性。Thus, according to the rail vehicle according to the embodiment of the present invention, by providing the plug door of the above embodiment, the driving mechanism of the plug door is placed downward, so that the space inside the vehicle body is not required to be occupied, and the space wrapped inside the roof side of the vehicle body is saved. Moreover, the space inside the vehicle body is increased and the space is increased, the net passing height of the door can be improved, and the door is improved based on the driving mechanism, and the stability and safety of the vehicle are also improved.
根据本发明第三方面实施例的轨道交通系统包括轨道和轨道车辆,转向架跨座在轨道上且牵引车体沿所述轨道行驶。A rail transit system according to an embodiment of the third aspect of the present invention includes a rail and a rail vehicle that straddle the rail and the tractor body travels along the rail.
由此,根据本发明实施例的轨道交通系统,通过设置上述实施例的轨道车辆,驱动机构下置,不仅车辆内的空间增大,同时也提高了轨道交通系统的安全性和可靠性。Thus, according to the rail transit system of the embodiment of the present invention, by providing the rail vehicle of the above embodiment, the drive mechanism is placed lower, not only the space inside the vehicle is increased, but also the safety and reliability of the rail transit system are improved.
本发明的附加方面和优点将在下面的描述中部分给出,部分将从下面的描述中变得明显,或通过本发明的实践了解到。The additional aspects and advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows.
本发明的上述和/或附加的方面和优点从结合下面附图对实施例的描述中将变得明显和容易理解,其中:The above and/or additional aspects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent and readily understood from
图1是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门框的结构示意图;1 is a schematic structural view of a door frame of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图2是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的一个角度的结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural view of an angle of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图3是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的另一个角度的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural view of another angle of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图4是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的主视图;Figure 4 is a front elevational view of a plug door in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图5是图4中B部的放大图;Figure 5 is an enlarged view of a portion B of Figure 4;
图6是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门体承重导向机构的结构示意图;6 is a schematic structural view of a door body load-bearing guiding mechanism of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图7是图4中沿A-A部的剖视图;Figure 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line A-A of Figure 4;
图8是根据图7中C部的放大图;Figure 8 is an enlarged view of a portion C according to Figure 7;
图9是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重摆臂组件的结构示意图;9 is a schematic structural view of a load-bearing swing arm assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图10是根据实施例的塞拉门的承重摆臂组件的立体图;Figure 10 is a perspective view of a load-bearing swing arm assembly of a sliding door in accordance with an embodiment;
图11是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的导向轨的结构示意图;11 is a schematic structural view of a guide rail of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图12是根据实施例的塞拉门的承重轨的挡板的结构示意图;12 is a schematic structural view of a baffle of a load bearing rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment;
图13是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重轨与承重滚轮配合的结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic view showing the structure of a load-bearing rail of a plug door and a load-bearing roller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图14是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重轨与承重滚轮和引导滚轮配合的结构示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic view showing the structure of a load-bearing rail of a plug door in cooperation with a load-bearing roller and a guide roller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图15是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重轨一个角度的结构示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic view showing the structure of a load-bearing rail of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图16是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重轨另一个角度的结构示意图;Figure 16 is a structural schematic view showing another angle of a load-bearing rail of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图17是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重轨的第一型材和第二型材一个实施例的结构示意图;17 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of a first profile and a second profile of a load bearing rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图18是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的承重轨的第一型材和第二型材一个实施例的结构示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic view showing the structure of an embodiment of a first profile and a second profile of a load-bearing rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图19是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的剖视图;Figure 19 is a cross-sectional view of a plug door in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention;
图20是图19中D部的放大图;Figure 20 is an enlarged view of a portion D of Figure 19;
图21是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门槛密封条的结构示意图;21 is a schematic structural view of a sill seal of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图22是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门体压紧机构的结构示意图;;Figure 22 is a schematic structural view of a door body pressing mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图23是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门体压紧机构的压紧垫块和压紧斜面配合的一个角度的结构示意图;23 is a schematic structural view showing an angle at which a pressing block of a door body pressing mechanism of a plug door and a pressing slope are fitted according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图24是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门体压紧机构的压紧垫块和压紧斜面配合的另一个角度的结构示意图;Figure 24 is a structural schematic view showing another angle of the pressing block of the door body pressing mechanism of the sliding door and the pressing slope according to the embodiment of the present invention;
图25是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的部分结构示意图;Figure 25 is a partial structural view of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图26是图25中E部的放大图;Figure 26 is an enlarged view of a portion E of Figure 25;
图27是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的部分结构示意图;Figure 27 is a partial structural view of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图28是图27中F部的放大图;Figure 28 is an enlarged view of a portion F of Figure 27;
图29是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的隔离锁支座的结构示意图;29 is a schematic structural view of an isolation lock support of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图30是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的隔离锁连接板的结构示意图;30 is a schematic structural view of an isolation lock connecting plate of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图31是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的固定挡销的结构示意图;31 is a schematic structural view of a fixed stop pin of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图32是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的固定挡销的爆炸图;Figure 32 is an exploded view of a fixed stop pin of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图33是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的一个方向的剖视图;Figure 33 is a cross-sectional view of one direction of the plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图34是图33中G部的放大图;Figure 34 is an enlarged view of a portion G in Figure 33;
图35是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门窗的下端的部分结构示意图;35 is a partial structural schematic view showing a lower end of a door and a window of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图36是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的门窗的上端的部分结构示意图;Figure 36 is a partial structural view showing the upper end of a door and a window of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图37是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的驱动机构的结构示意图;37 is a schematic structural view of a driving mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图38是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的驱动机构的爆炸图;Figure 38 is an exploded view of a drive mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图39是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的安装底板的一个实施例的的结构示意图;39 is a schematic structural view of an embodiment of a mounting bottom plate of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图40是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的安装底板的另一个实施例的的结构示意图;40 is a schematic structural view of another embodiment of a mounting bottom plate of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图41是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的安装座的结构示意图;41 is a schematic structural view of a mounting seat of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图42是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的联动导轨的一个角度的结构示意图;42 is a schematic structural view of an angle of a linkage guide of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图43是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的联动导轨的另一个角度结构示意图;43 is another perspective structural view of a linkage rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图44是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的联动导轨的横截面的结构示意图;Figure 44 is a schematic structural view showing a cross section of a linked rail of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图45是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的下部驱动机构和防尘罩的结构示意图;Figure 45 is a schematic structural view of a lower driving mechanism and a dust cover of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图46是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的防尘罩的结构示意图;Figure 46 is a schematic structural view of a dust cover of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图47是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的防尘罩的立体图;Figure 47 is a perspective view of a dust cover of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图48是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的固定挡销组件的结构示意图;Figure 48 is a schematic structural view of a fixed pin assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图49是根据本发明的一个实施例的塞拉门的驱动机构的结构示意图;Figure 49 is a schematic structural view of a driving mechanism of a plug door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图50是根据本发明的另一个实施例的塞拉门的驱动机构的结构示意图;Figure 50 is a schematic structural view of a driving mechanism of a plug door according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图51是根据本发明的另一个实施例的塞拉门的闭锁锁体和闭锁锁舌的结构示意图;Figure 51 is a schematic view showing the structure of a lock body and a lock bolt of a plug door according to another embodiment of the present invention;
图52是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的传动组件的结构示意图;Figure 52 is a schematic structural view of a transmission assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图53是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的横向驱动组件的结构示意图;53 is a schematic structural view of a lateral drive assembly of a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图54是根据本发明实施例的塞拉门的固定架的结构示意图。Figure 54 is a schematic view showing the structure of a holder for a sliding door according to an embodiment of the present invention.
附图标记:Reference mark:
1:塞拉门;1: the sliding door;
11:门框;11: the door frame;
111:门洞,1111:上部空间,1112:下部空间;111: door opening, 1111: upper space, 1112: lower space;
112:嵌块安装架,1121:支架安装孔,1122:第一水平安装部,1123:竖直连接部,1124:第二水平安装部,1125:倾斜支撑部;112: insert mounting bracket, 1121: bracket mounting hole, 1122: first horizontal mounting portion, 1123: vertical connecting portion, 1124: second horizontal mounting portion, 1125: inclined supporting portion;
113:支撑斜楞;113: support slanting;
12:门槛,121:挡沿,1211:竖直密封面,122:门槛密封条,1221:卡头,1222:密封部;12: threshold, 121: retaining edge, 1211: vertical sealing surface, 122: sill sealing strip, 1221: chuck, 1222: sealing portion;
13:门体;13: the door body;
131:门板;131: door panel;
132:上加强筋,1321:上定位凸起;132: upper reinforcing rib, 1321: upper positioning protrusion;
133:下加强筋,1331:下定位凸起;133: lower rib, 1331: lower positioning bulge;
134:门窗,1341:窗框,1342:上定位槽,1343:下定位槽,1344:门玻璃;134: doors and windows, 1341: window frame, 1342: upper positioning groove, 1343: lower positioning groove, 1344: door glass;
135:外把手;135: outer handle;
136:密封型材,1361:卡槽;136: sealing profile, 1361: card slot;
14:门体承重导向机构;14: door body weight guiding mechanism;
141:承重轨;141: load-bearing rail;
1410:本体,1411:承重导槽,1412:滚轮装配口,1413:水平沿,1414:第一挡片,1415:第二挡片;1410: body, 1411: load-bearing guide groove, 1412: roller assembly port, 1413: horizontal edge, 1414: first flap, 1415: second flap;
142:挡板,1421:安装部,1422:安装舌,1423加强筋,1424:封堵部;142: baffle, 1421: mounting portion, 1422: mounting tongue, 1423 stiffener, 1424: plugging portion;
143:承重摆臂组件;143: load-bearing swing arm assembly;
1431:承重摆臂,14311:承重转轴,14312:承重轴套;1431: load-bearing swing arm, 14311: load-bearing shaft, 14312: bearing bushing;
1432:承重固定块;1432: load-bearing fixed block;
1433:承重滚轮;1433: load bearing roller;
1434:引导滚轮;1434: Guide wheel;
144:导向轨;144: guide rail;
1441:水平部;1441: horizontal part;
1442:竖直部;1442: vertical section;
1443:第一止挡部;1443: a first stop;
1444:第二止挡部;1444: a second stop;
145:导向摆臂组件;145: a guiding swing arm assembly;
1451导向摆臂,14451:导向轴套;1451 guide swing arm, 14451: guide bushing;
1452:导向滚轮;1452: guide roller;
146:摆臂支座;146: swing arm support;
1461:摆臂轴,1462:上安装耳,1463:下安装耳,1464:限位耳;1461: swing arm shaft, 1462: upper mounting ears, 1463: lower mounting ears, 1464: limit ears;
15:第一型材;15: the first profile;
151:第一弧形部;151: a first curved portion;
152:第一装配部,1521:第一水平装配面,1522:型材加强筋,1523:上镂空腔;152: first assembly part, 1521: first horizontal assembly surface, 1522: profile reinforcement rib, 1523: upper jaw cavity;
153:第二装配部,1531:第二水平装配面,1532:竖直装配面,1533:下镂空腔;153: second fitting portion, 1531: second horizontal fitting surface, 1532: vertical fitting surface, 1533: lower jaw cavity;
16:第二型材;16: second profile;
161:第二弧形部;161: a second curved portion;
162:第二型材的第三装配部,1621:第二型材的水平装配面;162: a third fitting portion of the second profile, 1621: a horizontal mounting surface of the second profile;
163:水平伸出部;163: horizontal extension;
164:支撑部,1641:第二型材的第三装配部与第二弧形部之间的镂空腔;164: a support portion, 1641: a cavity between the third fitting portion of the second profile and the second curved portion;
17:门体压紧机构;17: door body pressing mechanism;
171:压紧支座组件,1711:压紧支座,1712:压紧卡槽,1713:压紧垫块,1714:压紧斜面,1715:上挡牙,1716:下挡牙;171: Pressing the support assembly, 1711: Pressing the support, 1712: Pressing the slot, 1713: Pressing the block, 1714: Pressing the bevel, 1715: Upper stop, 1716: Lower stop;
172:压紧滚轮组件,1721:压紧支架,1722:压紧滚轮,;172: Press the roller assembly, 1721: Press the bracket, 1722: Press the roller;
18:隔离锁组件;18: isolation lock assembly;
181:隔离锁支座,1811:支座纵向安装孔,1812:支座纵向紧固件;181: Isolation lock support, 1811: support longitudinal mounting hole, 1812: support longitudinal fastener;
182:隔离锁连接板,1821:连接板纵向安装孔,1822:连接板纵向紧固件,1823: 连接板横向安装孔,1824:连接板横向紧固件,1825:横向连接板,1826:纵向连接板182: Isolation lock connection plate, 1821: longitudinal mounting hole for connecting plate, 1822: longitudinal fastener for connecting plate, 1823: transverse mounting hole for connecting plate, 1824: transverse fastener for connecting plate, 1825: transverse connecting plate, 1826: longitudinal Connection plate
183:锁舌;183: lock tongue;
184:行程开关,1841:隔离锁摆臂,1842:隔离锁滚轮,1843:第一过线孔;184: travel switch, 1841: isolation lock swing arm, 1842: isolation lock roller, 1843: first through hole;
183:内部紧急解锁装置;183: internal emergency unlocking device;
185:外部紧急解锁装置;附图1,全文替换185: external emergency unlocking device; Figure 1, full text replacement
19:固定挡销组件;19: fixed stop pin assembly;
191:嵌块,1911:止挡槽,1912:嵌块安装孔;191: insert, 1911: stop groove, 1912: insert mounting hole;
192:挡销,1921:挡销座,1922:挡销滚轮;192: stop pin, 1921: pin stop, 1922: pin roller;
20:驱动机构;20: drive mechanism;
21:固定架;21: fixed frame;
211:安装底板,2111:底板加强筋,2112:走线槽,2113:开口,2114:缩口沿,2115:第二过线孔;211: mounting the bottom plate, 2111: bottom plate stiffener, 2112: wire trough, 2113: opening, 2114: shrinking edge, 2115: second through hole;
212:第一侧支撑;212: first side support;
213:第二侧支撑(附图38、37标注错误);213: The second side support (Fig. 38, 37 is marked incorrectly);
214:安装座,2141:连接螺栓,2143:下安装板,2144:第一上安装板,2145:第二上安装板,2146:第一连接板,2147:第二连接板;214: mount, 2141: connecting bolt, 2143: lower mounting plate, 2144: first upper mounting plate, 2145: second upper mounting plate, 2146: first connecting plate, 2147: second connecting plate;
23:纵向导轨;23: longitudinal rail;
24:纵向滑块;24: longitudinal slider;
25:联动导轨;25: linkage rail;
251:联动导槽,252:直线导轨,2521:直线导槽,2522:第一直线加强筋,2523:第二直线加强筋,253:弧形导轨,2531:弧形导槽,2532:第一弧形加强筋,附图43标注错误2533:第二弧形加强筋;251: Linkage guide, 252: Linear guide, 2521: Linear guide, 2522: First straight rib, 2523: Second straight rib, 253: Curved guide, 2531: Curved guide, 2532: An arcuate rib, Figure 43 is labeled error 2533: a second curved rib;
26:横向驱动组件;26: a lateral drive assembly;
261:运动横梁;261: moving beam;
262:横向导轨,262: transverse rail,
263:横向滑块;263: horizontal slider;
264:携门架,2641:导轨滚轮;264: carrying the gantry, 2641: rail rollers;
265:电机;265: motor;
266:传动组件,2661:主动齿轮,2662:从动齿轮,2663:传动齿带,2664:齿带夹;266: drive assembly, 2661: drive gear, 2662: driven gear, 2663: drive belt, 2664: toothed belt clamp;
267:闭锁机构,2671:闭锁锁体,2672:闭锁锁舌,2673:限位开关,2674: 内部紧急解锁开关,2675:外部紧急解锁开关;267: Locking mechanism, 2671: Locking lock body, 2672: Locking lock tongue, 2673: Limit switch, 2674: Internal emergency unlocking switch, 2675: External emergency unlocking switch;
22:防尘罩;22: dust cover;
221:防尘腔;221: dust chamber;
222:底板,2221:第一横向边沿,2222:竖向翻边,2223:水平安装孔,2224:水平加强筋,2225:第二横向边沿,2226:第一纵向边沿,2227:第二纵向边沿,222: bottom plate, 2221: first lateral edge, 2222: vertical flange, 2223: horizontal mounting hole, 2224: horizontal stiffener, 2225: second lateral edge, 2226: first longitudinal edge, 2227: second longitudinal edge ,
223:横向侧板,2231:水平翻边,2232:竖向安装孔,2233:竖向加强筋;223: lateral side panel, 2231: horizontal flange, 2232: vertical mounting hole, 2233: vertical stiffener;
224:第一纵侧板;224: a first longitudinal side plate;
225:第二纵侧板;225: a second longitudinal side plate;
226:翻转机构;226: flipping mechanism;
227:护指胶条。227: Finger finger strip.
下面详细描述本发明的实施例,所述实施例的示例在附图中示出,其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的元件或具有相同或类似功能的元件。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,仅用于解释本发明,而不能理解为对本发明的限制。The embodiments of the present invention are described in detail below, and the examples of the embodiments are illustrated in the drawings, wherein the same or similar reference numerals are used to refer to the same or similar elements or elements having the same or similar functions. The embodiments described below with reference to the accompanying drawings are intended to be illustrative of the invention and are not to be construed as limiting.
在本发明的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”“内”、“外”、“轴向”、“径向”、“周向”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本发明和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本发明的限制。此外,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本发明的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In the description of the present invention, it is to be understood that the terms "center", "longitudinal", "transverse", "length", "width", "thickness", "upper", "lower", "front", " After, "Left", "Right", "Vertical", "Horizontal", "Top", "Bottom", "Inside", "Outside", "Axial", "Radial", "Circumferential", etc. The orientation or positional relationship of the indications is based on the orientation or positional relationship shown in the drawings, and is merely for the convenience of the description of the invention and the simplified description, rather than indicating or implying that the device or component referred to has a specific orientation, in a specific orientation. The construction and operation are therefore not to be construed as limiting the invention. Furthermore, features defining "first" and "second" may include one or more of the features, either explicitly or implicitly. In the description of the present invention, "a plurality" means two or more unless otherwise stated.
在本发明的描述中,需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以具体情况理解上述术语在本发明中的具体含义。In the description of the present invention, it should be noted that the terms "installation", "connected", and "connected" are to be understood broadly, and may be fixed or detachable, for example, unless otherwise explicitly defined and defined. Connected, or integrally connected; can be mechanical or electrical; can be directly connected, or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, can be the internal communication of the two components. The specific meaning of the above terms in the present invention can be understood in a specific case by those skilled in the art.
下面参考附图描述根据本发明实施例的塞拉门1。A plug door 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
如图1-图4所示,根据本发明一个实施例的塞拉门1包括门框11、门槛12、门体13、驱动机构20和控制器。As shown in FIGS. 1 to 4, a sliding door 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a door frame 11, a door sill 12, a door body 13, a drive mechanism 20, and a controller.
本领域的技术人员可以理解的是,本发明中的内外方向指的是车体的内外的方向,即朝向车体的内部的方向和朝向车体的外部的方向,左右方向指沿门框11的宽度的方 向,如附图所示。It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the inner and outer directions in the present invention refer to the inner and outer directions of the vehicle body, that is, the direction toward the inside of the vehicle body and the direction toward the outside of the vehicle body, and the left and right directions refer to the door frame 11 The direction of the width is as shown in the drawing.
具体地,门框11围绕成门洞111,门槛12设在门框11上,并将门洞111分隔成上部空间1111和下部空间1112,其中,上部空间1111位于门槛12的上方且与车体的内部相通以适于乘客穿过,下部空间1112位于门槛12的下方且不占用车体的内部空间。Specifically, the door frame 11 is surrounded by a door opening 111 which is disposed on the door frame 11 and divides the door opening 111 into an upper space 1111 and a lower space 1112, wherein the upper space 1111 is located above the threshold 12 and communicates with the interior of the vehicle body. Suitable for passengers to pass through, the lower space 1112 is located below the threshold 12 and does not occupy the interior space of the vehicle body.
门体13在内外方向和左右方向上可移动地安装在门框11上以打开和关闭门洞111,驱动机构20位于门槛12下方且与门体13连接,用于驱动门体13在内外方向和左右方向上移动,控制器(图未示出)与驱动机构20通讯,用于控制驱动机构20。例如,门洞111被打开时,控制器可以控制驱动机构20驱动门体13先沿内外方向朝向车体的外部移动,然后驱动门体13沿左右方向并朝向远离门洞111的方向移动以打开门体13。门洞111关闭时,驱动机构20可先驱动门体13沿左右方向朝向门洞111移动,然后沿内外方向朝向车体内部的方向移动以关闭门洞111。The door body 13 is movably mounted on the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction to open and close the door opening 111. The driving mechanism 20 is located below the door sill 12 and connected to the door body 13 for driving the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and left and right. Moving in the direction, a controller (not shown) is in communication with the drive mechanism 20 for controlling the drive mechanism 20. For example, when the door opening 111 is opened, the controller may control the driving mechanism 20 to drive the door body 13 to move toward the outside of the vehicle body in the inner and outer directions, and then drive the door body 13 to move in the left-right direction and away from the door opening 111 to open the door body. 13. When the door opening 111 is closed, the driving mechanism 20 can first drive the door body 13 to move toward the door opening 111 in the left-right direction, and then move in the direction toward the inside of the vehicle body in the inner and outer directions to close the door opening 111.
驱动机构20位于门槛12的下方且与下部空间1112对应,相比现有技术将驱动机构20设在车体内部的上方,本发明的塞拉门1通过将驱动机构20设在门槛12的下方,不仅能够实现承载门体13和驱动门体13沿内外方向和左右方向移动的作用,也节省了车体顶部的空间,使得车体内部更加宽敞,而且车门的净高度可以提高,为了配合车体的整体造型,可采用相对较大的门玻璃1344,以给乘客带来更加宽敞通透的坐车体验。The driving mechanism 20 is located below the threshold 12 and corresponds to the lower space 1112. The driving mechanism 20 of the present invention is disposed below the interior of the vehicle body, and the sliding door 1 of the present invention is disposed under the threshold 12 by the driving mechanism 20. The utility model can not only realize the movement of the carrying door body 13 and the driving door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, but also save the space at the top of the vehicle body, so that the interior of the vehicle body is more spacious, and the net height of the door can be improved, in order to cooperate with the vehicle. The overall shape of the body can be used with a relatively large door glass 1344 to give passengers a more spacious and transparent car experience.
由此,根据本发明实施例的塞拉门1,通过将驱动机构20设在门槛12的下方,从而不必占用车体内的空间,节约了车体侧顶板内部包裹的空间,而且相对使得车体内部的空间增加,更加宽敞,而且车门的净通过高度也能够得到提高,从而可适于配合采用加大的玻璃门窗134,给乘客带来更加宽敞通透的乘车体验。Thus, the sliding door 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention, by providing the driving mechanism 20 under the sill 12, does not need to occupy the space inside the vehicle body, saves space for wrapping inside the roof side of the vehicle body, and relatively makes the vehicle body The interior space is increased, the floor space is increased, and the net height of the door can be increased, so that it can be adapted to use the enlarged glass doors and windows 134 to provide passengers with a more spacious and transparent ride experience.
在本发明的一些实施例中,如图1-图3所示,门体13可以为两个,两个门体13在内外方向和左右方向上可移动地安装在门框11以共同打开和关闭门洞111,驱动机构20同时驱动两个门体13在内外方向和左右方向上移动。即通过两个门体13可同时沿左右方向和内外方向移动以打开或封闭门洞111。In some embodiments of the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 1-3, the door body 13 may be two, and the two door bodies 13 are movably mounted on the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions to open and close together. The door opening 111 and the drive mechanism 20 simultaneously drive the two door bodies 13 to move in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions. That is, the door opening 111 can be opened or closed by moving the two door bodies 13 simultaneously in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions.
具体地,当打开门体13时,驱动机构20可驱动两个门体13先沿内外方向朝向车体的外部移动,然后驱动机构20同时驱动两个门体13沿左右方向分别朝向相反的方向移动以打开门洞111。门洞111关闭时,驱动机构20可先驱动门体13沿左右方向分别朝着朝向彼此的方向移动,即驱动机构20驱动两个门体13均朝向门洞111方向移动,然后驱动两个门体13同时沿内外方向朝向车体内部的方向移动以关闭门洞111。可选地,两个门体13的相对侧沿上可分别设有中空的护指胶条227,护指胶条227具 有一定的弹性作用,从而在两个门体13封闭时,可防止乘客被门体13夹住而受伤。Specifically, when the door body 13 is opened, the driving mechanism 20 can drive the two door bodies 13 to first move toward the outside of the vehicle body in the inner and outer directions, and then the driving mechanism 20 simultaneously drives the two door bodies 13 in opposite directions in the left and right directions. Move to open the door opening 111. When the door opening 111 is closed, the driving mechanism 20 can first drive the door bodies 13 to move toward each other in the left-right direction, that is, the driving mechanism 20 drives the two door bodies 13 to move toward the door opening 111, and then drives the two door bodies 13 At the same time, it moves in the direction of the inner and outer directions toward the inside of the vehicle body to close the door opening 111. Optionally, the opposite side edges of the two door bodies 13 can be respectively provided with hollow finger strips 227, and the finger strips 227 have a certain elastic function, so that the passengers can be prevented when the two door bodies 13 are closed. It was caught by the door body 13 and was injured.
在本发明的一些实施例中,塞拉门1还可以包括门体承重导向机构14,门体承重导向机构14安装在门框11上且与门体13的上部相连,门体13通过门体承重导向机构14安装在门框11上且在内外方向和左右方向上可移动。也就是说,通过承重导向机构14可引导门体13的上部在内外方向和左右方向上移动,同时也可承受门体13的部分重力,即门体承重导向机构14不仅具有导向作用还具有承重作用。In some embodiments of the present invention, the plug door 1 may further include a door body load guiding mechanism 14 mounted on the door frame 11 and connected to the upper portion of the door body 13, and the door body 13 is loaded by the door body. The guide mechanism 14 is mounted on the door frame 11 and is movable in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction. That is to say, the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided by the load-bearing guiding mechanism 14 to move in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction, and at the same time, the partial gravity of the door body 13 can be received, that is, the door body-loading guiding mechanism 14 not only has a guiding effect but also has a bearing capacity. effect.
而相关技术的驱动机构上置的塞拉门具有门体导向机构,门体的导向机构即门体的下摆臂,安装在门体的下方,在门体进行打开或关闭门洞的动作时,下摆臂只能保证门体下部的打开或关闭的门洞的动作,而下摆臂本身不承受门体的重量。同时对比相关技术的驱动机构上置的塞拉门,驱动机构受到的是门体的拉力,而本发明的驱动机构20下置的塞拉门1驱动机构20受到的是压力,两种驱动机构20安装的方式导致了驱动机构20受力性质的变化。The sliding door on the driving mechanism of the related art has a door guiding mechanism, and the guiding mechanism of the door body, that is, the lower arm of the door body, is installed under the door body, and the hem is opened when the door body opens or closes the door opening. The arm can only guarantee the action of opening or closing the door opening in the lower part of the door body, and the hem arm itself does not bear the weight of the door body. At the same time, compared with the sliding door of the driving mechanism of the related art, the driving mechanism receives the pulling force of the door body, and the driving mechanism 20 of the sliding door 1 disposed under the driving mechanism 20 of the present invention receives the pressure, and the two driving mechanisms The manner in which the 20 is mounted results in a change in the force characteristics of the drive mechanism 20.
而且在相同的门洞111净开度以及净通过高度下,驱动机构20下置的塞拉门1的门体13体积比驱动机构20上置的塞拉门1门体13重量要大,驱动机构20下置的塞拉门1的驱动机构20起到支撑门体13重力的作用,因此驱动机构20下置的塞拉门1的驱动机构20受到的力更大。由此,通过设置门体承重导向机构14,门体承重导向机构14导向的同时能够承重,分担了驱动机构20所承受的压力,减少了驱动机构20承受到的压力,从而可保护驱动机构20的稳定性和安全性,提高驱动机构20的运行效果。Moreover, under the same opening degree of the door opening 111 and the net passing height, the door body 13 of the sliding door 1 under the driving mechanism 20 is larger than the door body 13 of the driving mechanism 20, and the driving mechanism is large. The driving mechanism 20 of the lower sliding door 1 20 serves to support the weight of the door body 13, so that the driving mechanism 20 of the sliding door 1 placed under the driving mechanism 20 receives a greater force. Thus, by providing the door body weight guiding mechanism 14, the door body weight guiding mechanism 14 can be guided while being loaded, and the pressure received by the driving mechanism 20 is shared, thereby reducing the pressure received by the driving mechanism 20, thereby protecting the driving mechanism 20. The stability and safety of the drive mechanism 20 are improved.
在如图4所示的示例中,门体承重导向机构14可以为两个,两个门体承重导向机构14分别设在门框11的相对两侧,两个门体13分别通过对应的门体承重导向机构14安装在门框11上,每个门体承重导向机构14分别对对应的门体13具有承重和导向的作用,每个门体13在内外方向和左右方向上均可移动。In the example shown in FIG. 4, the door body weight guiding mechanism 14 may be two, and the two door body weight guiding mechanisms 14 are respectively disposed on opposite sides of the door frame 11, and the two door bodies 13 respectively pass through the corresponding door bodies. The load-bearing guiding mechanism 14 is mounted on the door frame 11, and each of the door-weight bearing guiding mechanisms 14 has a bearing and guiding effect on the corresponding door body 13, and each of the door bodies 13 is movable in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction.
下面参考附图描述根据本发明具体实施例的门体承重导向机构14。A door body load bearing guide mechanism 14 according to an embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
结合图4-图7所示,在本发明的一些实施例中,门体承重导向机构14可以包括承重轨141、承重摆臂组件143、导向轨144和导向摆臂组件145。As shown in connection with Figures 4-7, in some embodiments of the present invention, the door load bearing guide 14 can include a load bearing rail 141, a load bearing swing arm assembly 143, a guide rail 144, and a steering swing arm assembly 145.
承重轨141安装在门体13的上部,承重摆臂组件143在内外方向上可摆动地安装在门框11上,承重摆臂组件143配合在承重轨141上,用于支撑承重轨141及引导承重轨141随门体13在左右方向上移动。具体地,门体13通过承重轨141与门体承重导向机构14安装配合。如图7所示,承重轨141可以安装在门体13的上部且沿左右方向延伸,当然可以理解的是,承重轨141也可以相对左右方向在上下方向上具有倾斜度,即承重轨141可引导门体13在左右方向上移动,使得能够门体13在左右方向上具有位移即可。承重摆臂组件143安装在门框11上且适于与承重轨141配合,驱动机构20 驱动门体13运动时,承重摆臂组件143能够引导门体13的上部配合运动,例如,承重摆臂组件143在承重轨141上可沿左右方向移动且在门框11上沿内外方向可摆动,由此,承重摆臂组件143可引导门体13沿内外方向和左右方向移动,而且门体13通过承重轨141可部分支撑在承重摆臂组件143上,以分担驱动机构20的压力,即承重摆臂组件143和承重轨141不仅具有导向的作用且能够承载门体13。承重摆臂组件143可将承重的重量传递至门框11,从而可提高塞拉门1结构的稳定性。The load-bearing rail 141 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13. The load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is swingably mounted on the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions, and the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is fitted on the load-bearing rail 141 for supporting the load-bearing rail 141 and guiding the load-bearing The rail 141 moves in the left-right direction with the door body 13. Specifically, the door body 13 is fitted and fitted to the door body load-bearing guide mechanism 14 via the load-bearing rail 141. As shown in FIG. 7 , the load-bearing rails 141 can be installed on the upper portion of the door body 13 and extend in the left-right direction. It is understood that the load-bearing rails 141 can also have an inclination in the up-and-down direction with respect to the left-right direction, that is, the load-bearing rails 141 can be The guide door body 13 is moved in the left-right direction so that the door body 13 can be displaced in the left-right direction. The load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is mounted on the door frame 11 and is adapted to cooperate with the load-bearing rail 141. When the drive mechanism 20 drives the door body 13 to move, the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 can guide the upper joint movement of the door body 13, for example, the load-bearing swing arm assembly The 143 is movable in the left-right direction on the load-bearing rail 141 and is swingable in the inner and outer directions on the door frame 11, whereby the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 can guide the door body 13 to move in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction, and the door body 13 passes through the load-bearing rail. The 141 can be partially supported on the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 to share the pressure of the drive mechanism 20, that is, the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 and the load-bearing rail 141 not only have a guiding effect but can carry the door body 13. The load bearing swing arm assembly 143 can transfer the weight of the load bearing to the door frame 11, so that the stability of the structure of the plug door 1 can be improved.
在本发明的一些示例中,如图9所示,承重摆臂组件143可以包括承重摆臂1431、承重固定块1432、承重滚轮1433和引导滚轮1434,承重摆臂1431的第一端可枢转地安装在门框11上,以使承重摆臂1431的第二端在内外方向上可摆动,承重固定块1432可转动地安装在承重摆臂1431的第二端,其中承重固定块1432的转动轴线沿上下方向延伸。这样,在门体13移动时,通过枢转承重摆臂1431和转动承重固定块1432,从而可对承重摆臂组件143进行适当调节以使得门体13的上部和下部的运动能够保持一致性,同时通过承重滚轮1433与承重轨141的配合从而可对门体13的上部进行导向。In some examples of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 9, the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 may include a load-bearing swing arm 1431, a load-bearing fixed block 1432, a load-bearing roller 1433, and a guide roller 1434. The first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is pivotable. The ground frame 11 is mounted on the door frame 11 such that the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is swingable in the inner and outer directions, and the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is rotatably mounted on the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431, wherein the rotation axis of the load-bearing fixing block 1432 Extends in the up and down direction. Thus, when the door body 13 is moved, by pivoting the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the rotation load-bearing fixing block 1432, the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 can be appropriately adjusted so that the movement of the upper and lower portions of the door body 13 can be kept uniform. At the same time, the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided by the cooperation of the load bearing roller 1433 and the load bearing rail 141.
例如,驱动机构20驱动门体13沿内外方向移动或门体3在内外方向和左右方向上转向进行转向移动(即本领域人员可以理解的门体13进行塞入或摆出动作)时,承重摆臂1431的第一端(即与所述门框11相连的一端)可进行枢转以使得承重摆臂1431的第二端绕上下方向可摆动以相对门框11在内外方向上发生位移并配合,门体13下部的运动,而且承重固定块1432也可绕上下方向转动以进一步地配合门体13下部的运动。For example, when the driving mechanism 20 drives the door body 13 to move in the inner and outer directions or the door body 3 is turned in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction to perform the steering movement (that is, the door body 13 can be understood to be inserted or swung out by a person skilled in the art), the load bearing body 20 The first end of the swing arm 1431 (ie, the end connected to the door frame 11) is pivotable such that the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 is swingable in the up-and-down direction to be displaced and matched with respect to the door frame 11 in the inner and outer directions. The lower portion of the door body 13 is moved, and the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is also rotatable in the up-and-down direction to further cooperate with the movement of the lower portion of the door body 13.
承重滚轮1433可旋转地安装在承重固定块1432上,承重滚轮1433配合在承重轨141上用于支撑承重轨141,由此,通过承重滚轮1433可承载承重轨141,以承受门体13的部分重力,减小门体13在驱动机构20上的压力。同时在门体13移动时,承重滚轮1433也可紧贴承重轨141移动,从而保证与门体13运动的一致性,避免承重滚轮1433滑出承重轨141。The load-bearing roller 1433 is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block 1432, and the load-bearing roller 1433 is fitted on the load-bearing rail 141 for supporting the load-bearing rail 141, whereby the load-bearing rail 143 can be carried by the load-bearing roller 1433 to bear the portion of the door body 13. Gravity reduces the pressure of the door body 13 on the drive mechanism 20. At the same time, when the door body 13 is moved, the load-bearing roller 1433 can also move against the load-bearing rail 141, thereby ensuring the consistency with the movement of the door body 13, and preventing the load-bearing roller 1433 from sliding out of the load-bearing rail 141.
引导滚轮1434可旋转地安装在承重固定块1432上,引导滚轮1434配合在承重轨141上,用于引导承重轨141随着门体13在左右方向上移动。也就是说,引导滚轮1434具有配合导向作用,承重摆臂组件143通过引导滚轮1434与承重轨141配合。引导滚轮1434始终配合在承重轨141内且沿承重轨141的延伸方向可移动,具体地,引导滚轮1434自身可转动以与承重轨141配合相对承重轨141沿承重轨141移动。The guide roller 1434 is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block 1432, and the guide roller 1434 is fitted on the load-bearing rail 141 for guiding the load-bearing rail 141 to move in the left-right direction with the door body 13. That is, the guide roller 1434 has a mating guiding action, and the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 is engaged with the load-bearing rail 141 by the guide roller 1434. The guide roller 1434 is always fitted in the load-bearing rail 141 and is movable along the extending direction of the load-bearing rail 141. Specifically, the guide roller 1434 itself is rotatable to cooperate with the load-bearing rail 141 to move along the load-bearing rail 141 with respect to the load-bearing rail 141.
如图7和图8所示,引导滚轮1434在内外方向上位于承重轨141的侧部。引导滚轮1434配合在承重轨141内且与承重轨141的内壁面配合以能够沿着承重轨141移动, 由此,驱动机构20驱动门体13移动时,引导滚轮1434可转动以沿承重轨141的长度方向移动,从而可对门体13的上部进行导向。As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the guide roller 1434 is located at the side of the load-bearing rail 141 in the inner and outer directions. The guide roller 1434 fits within the load-bearing rail 141 and cooperates with the inner wall surface of the load-bearing rail 141 to be movable along the load-bearing rail 141. Thus, when the drive mechanism 20 drives the door body 13 to move, the guide roller 1434 can be rotated to follow the load-bearing rail 141. The length direction is moved so that the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided.
在如图9和图10所示的示例中,承重滚轮1433和引导滚轮1434可分别为两个,两个引导滚轮1434竖直地设在承重固定块1432上且适于与承重轨141的侧部配合,两个承重滚轮1433安装在承重固定块1432的侧部且适于配合在承重轨141的下方以承载承重轨141,由此,两个引导滚轮1434可使得承重摆臂组件143能够随着门体13移动,同时两个承重滚轮1433紧贴承重轨141的下端面,以使得承重摆臂组件143能够与承重轨141的本体1410运动一致。In the example shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the load bearing roller 1433 and the guide roller 1434 may be two, respectively, and the two guide rollers 1434 are vertically disposed on the load-bearing fixing block 1432 and adapted to be side with the load-bearing rail 141. In cooperation, two load-bearing rollers 1433 are mounted on the side of the load-bearing fixing block 1432 and adapted to fit under the load-bearing rail 141 to carry the load-bearing rail 141, whereby the two guide rollers 1434 can enable the load-bearing swing arm assembly 143 to follow The door body 13 is moved while the two load bearing rollers 1433 abut against the lower end surface of the load bearing rail 141 to enable the load bearing swing arm assembly 143 to move in conformity with the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141.
进一步地,承重摆臂1431的第二端可设有承重转轴14311,承重固定块1432上设有承重转轴孔(图未示出),承重转轴14311可转动地配合在承重转轴孔内,由此,承重固定块1432可沿承重转轴14311转动以调节承重滚轮1433的位置,以有利于承重滚轮1433与引导门体13上的承重轨141移动。Further, the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 may be provided with a load-bearing rotating shaft 14311. The load-bearing fixed block 1432 is provided with a load-bearing rotating shaft hole (not shown), and the bearing-bearing rotating shaft 14311 is rotatably fitted in the bearing-bearing rotating shaft hole, thereby The load-bearing fixing block 1432 is rotatable along the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 to adjust the position of the load-bearing roller 1433 to facilitate the movement of the load-bearing roller 1433 and the load-bearing rail 141 on the guiding door body 13.
如图9和图10所示,承重转轴14311可沿上下方向设置,承重固定块1432通过承重转轴孔和承重转轴14311的配合安装在承重摆臂1431的第二端且绕承重转轴14311的中心轴线可转动。As shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 can be disposed in the up-and-down direction, and the load-bearing fixing block 1432 is mounted on the second end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 by the cooperation of the bearing-weight rotating shaft hole and the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 and around the central axis of the bearing-weight rotating shaft 14311. It can be rotated.
更进一步地,承重摆臂1431通过摆臂轴端挡圈在上下方向上对承重转轴14311进行限位,从而可加强承重摆臂1431与承重转轴14311的连接强度,防止承重转轴14311在上下方向上移动,保证承重转轴14311结构的稳定性。Further, the load-bearing swing arm 1431 limits the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311 in the up-and-down direction by the swing arm shaft end retaining ring, thereby enhancing the connection strength between the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the load-bearing rotating shaft 14311, and preventing the bearing-weight rotating shaft 14311 from being in the up-and-down direction. Move to ensure the stability of the load-bearing shaft 14311 structure.
在本发明的一些示例中,承重滚轮1433可以为多个且沿承重轨141的长度方向间隔设置,引导滚轮1434为多个且沿承重轨141的长度方向间隔设置。通过多个承重滚轮1433可避免受力过于集中,有利于应力分散,通过多个引导滚轮1434一方面有利于随着门体13沿左右方向和内外方向移动,另一方面,在门体13动作的过程中也有利于引导轨轮与承重轨141的紧密配合。In some examples of the present invention, the load-bearing rollers 1433 may be plural and spaced apart along the length direction of the load-bearing rails 141, and the guide rollers 1434 are plural and spaced apart along the length direction of the load-bearing rails 141. The plurality of load-bearing rollers 1433 can avoid excessive stress and facilitate stress dispersion. On the one hand, the plurality of guide rollers 1434 facilitate the movement of the door body 13 in the left-right direction and the inner and outer directions, and on the other hand, the door body 13 moves. The process also facilitates the tight fit of the guide rail and the load bearing rail 141.
如图9和图10所示,多个承重滚轮1433可转动地设在承重固定块1432的侧壁面上且沿承重轨141的长度方向间隔开设置,承重轨141的一侧壁可止抵多个承重滚轮1433,多个承重滚轮1433可承载承重轨141,多个引导滚轮1434设在承重固定块1432的上表面且配合在承重轨141内,门体13进行打开或关闭门洞111动作时,多个引导滚轮1434转动以沿承重轨141的长度方向移动。在如图8和图9所示的示例中,承重滚轮1433和引导滚轮1434可以分别为两个。As shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, a plurality of load-bearing rollers 1433 are rotatably disposed on the side wall surfaces of the load-bearing fixing blocks 1432 and spaced apart along the longitudinal direction of the load-bearing rails 141, and one side wall of the load-bearing rails 141 can be offset. The load-bearing rollers 1433, the plurality of load-bearing rollers 1433 can carry the load-bearing rails 141, and the plurality of guide rollers 1434 are disposed on the upper surface of the load-bearing fixing block 1432 and fit in the load-bearing rails 141. When the door body 13 opens or closes the door opening 111, The plurality of guide rollers 1434 are rotated to move along the length of the load bearing rail 141. In the example shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the load bearing roller 1433 and the guide roller 1434 may be two, respectively.
在本发明的一些具体实施例中,承重摆臂组件143还可以包括导向轨144和导向摆臂组件145。In some embodiments of the invention, the load bearing swing arm assembly 143 can also include a guide rail 144 and a steering swing arm assembly 145.
导向轨144安装在门体13的上,导向摆臂组件145可摆动地安装在门框11上,导 向摆臂组件145配合在导向轨144上,用于引导导向轨144随着门体13在左右方向和内外方向上移动。由此,驱动机构20驱动门体13转动时,通过导向轨144与导向摆臂组件145的可引导门体13在左右方向和内外方向上移动。The guide rail 144 is mounted on the door body 13. The swing arm assembly 145 is swingably mounted on the door frame 11, and the guide swing arm assembly 145 is fitted on the guide rail 144 for guiding the guide rail 144 with the door body 13 on the left and right. Move in the direction and inside and outside directions. Thereby, when the drive mechanism 20 drives the door body 13 to rotate, the guide door body 13 of the guide swing arm assembly 145 is moved in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction by the guide rail 144.
具体地,导向轨144设在门体13的上部且沿左右方向延伸,导向摆臂组件145与导向轨144配合且沿导向轨144的长度方向可移动。由此,导向摆臂组件145沿左右方向可移动地配合在导向轨144内且沿内外方向可摆动,这样,门体13沿内外方向移动时,导向摆臂组件145沿内外方向摆动,门体13沿左右方向移动时,导向摆臂组件145配合在导向轨144且相对导向轨144沿左右方向移动,由此,从而在门体13打开或关闭时,通过导向轨144和导向摆臂组件145可实现对门体13沿内外方向和左右方向的导向作用。Specifically, the guide rail 144 is provided at an upper portion of the door body 13 and extends in the left-right direction, and the guide swing arm assembly 145 is engaged with the guide rail 144 and is movable along the length direction of the guide rail 144. Thereby, the guide swing arm assembly 145 is movably fitted in the guide rail 144 in the left-right direction and swingable in the inner and outer directions, so that when the door body 13 moves in the inner and outer directions, the swing arm assembly 145 swings in the inner and outer directions, the door body When moving in the left-right direction, the guide swing arm assembly 145 is fitted to the guide rail 144 and moved relative to the guide rail 144 in the left-right direction, thereby passing through the guide rail 144 and the guide swing arm assembly 145 when the door body 13 is opened or closed. The guiding action of the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction can be achieved.
在本发明的一些示例中,导向摆臂组件145可以包括导向摆臂1451和导向滚轮1452,导向摆臂1451的第一端可枢转地安装在门框11上,导向滚轮1452可旋转地安装在导向摆臂1451的第二端,导向滚轮1452配合在导向轨144上,用于引导导向轨144随门体13在左右方向和内外方向上移动。In some examples of the invention, the steering swing arm assembly 145 can include a steering swing arm 1451 that is pivotally mounted on the door frame 11 and a guide roller 1452 that is rotatably mounted on the door frame 1452 At a second end of the guiding arm 1451, a guiding roller 1452 is fitted on the guiding rail 144 for guiding the guiding rail 144 to move in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction with the door body 13.
具体地,导向轨144沿左右方向延伸,导向摆臂1451的第一端可枢转地安装在门框11上以使得导向摆臂1451的第二端在内外方向上可以移动,导向滚轮1452安装在导向摆臂1451的第二端且可随着导向摆臂1451的第二端可移动,导向滚轮1452与导向轨144配合且可沿导向轨144的长度方向移动。从而可引导门体13的上部在左右方向和内外方向上移动。Specifically, the guide rail 144 extends in the left-right direction, and the first end of the guiding swing arm 1451 is pivotally mounted on the door frame 11 such that the second end of the guiding swing arm 1451 can move in the inner and outer directions, and the guiding roller 1452 is mounted on The second end of the swing arm 1451 is movable and movable along with the second end of the guide swing arm 1451. The guide roller 1452 is engaged with the guide rail 144 and is movable along the length of the guide rail 144. Thereby, the upper portion of the door body 13 can be guided to move in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions.
如图8-图10所示,导向滚轮1452竖直地设在导向摆臂1451的上表面上且绕上下方向可转动导向滚轮与导向轨144配合时,导向滚轮1452在内外方向上位于导向轨144的侧部。由此,导向摆臂1451的第二端沿内外方向上摆动从而使得导向滚轮1452沿内外方向移动,导向滚轮1452配合在导向轨144上,从而引导导向轨144在内外方向上移动,门体13在左右方向上移动时,导向滚轮1452在导向轨144内转动以沿导向轨144的长度方向移动。As shown in FIG. 8 to FIG. 10, the guide roller 1452 is vertically disposed on the upper surface of the guide swing arm 1451, and when the rotatable guide roller is engaged with the guide rail 144 in the up and down direction, the guide roller 1452 is located on the guide rail in the inner and outer directions. Side of 144. Thereby, the second end of the guiding swing arm 1451 is swung in the inner and outer directions to move the guiding roller 1452 in the inner and outer directions, and the guiding roller 1452 is fitted on the guiding rail 144, thereby guiding the guiding rail 144 to move in the inner and outer directions, the door body 13 When moving in the left-right direction, the guide roller 1452 is rotated within the guide rail 144 to move along the length of the guide rail 144.
可选地,导向滚轮1452可以为多个且在内外方向上分布于导向轨144的两侧。从而通过两侧的多个导向滚轮1452可对出导向轨144进行限位,以使得导向轨144可沿自身的长度方向移动,由此在导向轨144和导向滚轮1452的配合下可引导门体13的上部移动。在如图9和图10所示的示例中,导向滚轮1452可以为三个,三个导向滚轮1452在内外方向上位于导向轨144的两侧,其中导向轨144一侧可设有一个导向滚轮1452,导向轨144的另一侧可设有两个导向滚轮1452,从而可导向滚轮1452可与导向轨144的两侧面配合以使得导向滚轮1452转动时可沿导向轨144的长度方向可移 动。Alternatively, the guide rollers 1452 may be plural and distributed on both sides of the guide rail 144 in the inner and outer directions. Thus, the guide rails 144 can be restrained by a plurality of guide rollers 1452 on both sides, so that the guide rails 144 can be moved along their own lengths, thereby guiding the door body with the cooperation of the guide rails 144 and the guide rollers 1452. The upper part of 13 moves. In the example shown in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10, the guide rollers 1452 may be three, and the three guide rollers 1452 are located on both sides of the guide rail 144 in the inner and outer directions, wherein a guide roller may be disposed on one side of the guide rail 144. 1452, the other side of the guide rail 144 may be provided with two guide rollers 1452 so that the guide rollers 1452 can cooperate with the two sides of the guide rail 144 to allow the guide roller 1452 to be movable along the length of the guide rail 144 when rotated.
可选地,门框11上可设有摆臂支座146,承重摆臂1431的第一端和导向摆臂1451的第一端分别可枢转地安装在摆臂支座146上。这样,在门体13沿内外方向和左右方向移动时,承重摆臂1431的第一端和导向摆臂1451的第一端可枢转以适于配合门体13在内外方向和左右方向移动,而且也方便承重摆臂1431和导向摆臂1451与门框11的安装。Optionally, the door frame 11 may be provided with a swing arm support 146. The first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the first end of the guide swing arm 1451 are pivotally mounted on the swing arm support 146, respectively. Thus, when the door body 13 moves in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the first end of the guide swing arm 1451 are pivotable to fit the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction. Moreover, the mounting of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the guide swing arm 1451 and the door frame 11 is also facilitated.
在本发明的一些具体示例中,摆臂支座146上可设有沿上下方向延伸的摆臂轴1461,承重摆臂1431的第一端设有承重轴套14312,导向摆臂1451的第一端设有导向轴套14451,承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451分别可枢转地套设在摆臂轴1461上。通过承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451与摆臂轴1461的可枢转连接,从而可实现承重摆臂1431的第一端与摆臂支座146的沿上下方向的可枢转连接,以及导向摆臂1451与摆臂支座146的沿上下方向的可枢转连接。In some specific examples of the present invention, the swing arm support 146 may be provided with a swing arm shaft 1461 extending in the up and down direction. The first end of the load bearing swing arm 1431 is provided with a bearing sleeve 14312, and the first guide arm 1451 is provided. The end is provided with a guiding bushing 14451, and the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 are pivotally sleeved on the swing arm shaft 1461, respectively. Through the pivotal connection of the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 and the swing arm shaft 1461, the pivotal connection of the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the swing arm support 146 in the up-and-down direction and the guiding can be realized. The swing arm 1451 is pivotally coupled to the swing arm support 146 in the up and down direction.
如图9和图10所示,承重摆臂1431与导向摆臂1451在上下方向上可对应设置。承重摆臂1431设在导向摆臂1451的正上方,承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451均设在摆臂轴1461上,由此,导向摆臂1451和承重摆臂1431可沿同一轴线转动,以有利于对门体13承重导向的导向作用。As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the load-bearing swing arm 1431 and the guide swing arm 1451 can be disposed correspondingly in the up-and-down direction. The load-bearing swing arm 1431 is disposed directly above the guide swing arm 1451, and the load-bearing sleeve 14312 and the guide sleeve 14451 are both disposed on the swing arm shaft 1461. Thereby, the guide swing arm 1451 and the load-bearing swing arm 1431 can rotate along the same axis. The guiding effect is favorable for guiding the weight of the door body 13.
可选地,摆臂支座146上可设有上安装耳1462和下安装耳1463,上安装耳1462设在下安装耳1463的上方且上安装耳1462和下安装耳1463沿上下方向间隔开设置,摆臂轴1461的上端安装在上安装耳1462上且下端安装在下安装耳1463上。通过上安装耳1462可对摆臂轴1461的上端进行限位,通过下安装耳1463可对摆臂轴1461的下端进行限位,从而可在上下方向上对摆臂轴1461进行限位,以实现对摆臂轴1461的安装固定,提高摆臂轴1461的稳定性和可靠性导向摆臂1451的第一端和承重摆臂1431的第一端安装在上安装耳1462和下安装耳1463之间。Optionally, the swing arm support 146 may be provided with an upper mounting lug 1462 and a lower mounting lug 1463. The upper mounting lug 1462 is disposed above the lower mounting lug 1463 and the upper mounting lug 1462 and the lower mounting lug 1463 are spaced apart in the up and down direction. The upper end of the swing arm shaft 1461 is mounted on the upper mounting lug 1462 and the lower end is mounted on the lower mounting lug 1463. The upper end of the swing arm shaft 1461 can be limited by the upper mounting ear 1462, and the lower end of the swing arm shaft 1461 can be limited by the lower mounting ear 1463, so that the swing arm shaft 1461 can be limited in the up and down direction, The mounting and fixing of the swing arm shaft 1461 is realized, and the stability and reliability of the swing arm shaft 1461 are improved. The first end of the swing arm 1451 and the first end of the load-bearing swing arm 1431 are mounted on the upper mounting ear 1462 and the lower mounting ear 1463. between.
进一步地,摆臂支座146上可设有位于上安装耳1462和下安装耳1463之间的限位耳1464,承重轴套14312位于上安装耳1462和下安装耳1463中的一个与限位耳1464之间,导向轴套14451位于上安装耳1462和下安装耳1463中的另一个与限位耳1464之间。由此,通过限位耳1464可将承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451间隔开,以分别对承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451进行限位,从而防止承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451在上下方向上窜动,也可避免承重轴套14312和导向轴套14451之间接触而发生摩擦或碰撞。Further, the swing arm support 146 can be provided with a limit ear 1464 between the upper mounting ear 1462 and the lower mounting ear 1463. The bearing bushing 14312 is located in the upper mounting ear 1462 and the lower mounting ear 1463. Between the ears 1464, the guide bushing 14451 is located between the other of the upper mounting ears 1462 and the lower mounting ears 1463 and the limiting ears 1464. Thus, the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 can be spaced apart by the limiting ear 1464 to limit the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451, respectively, thereby preventing the bearing bushing 14312 and the guiding bushing 14451 from being Tilting in the up and down direction also avoids friction or collision between the bearing bushing 14312 and the guide bushing 14451.
可选地,上安装耳1462可通过上摆臂轴端挡圈在上下方向上对摆臂轴1461的上端进行限位,下安装耳1463通过下摆臂轴端挡圈在上下方向上对摆臂轴1461的下端进 行限位。从而通过上摆臂轴端挡圈和下摆臂轴端挡圈的配合可在上下方向上对摆臂轴1461进行限位,以防止摆臂轴1461在上下方向上晃动,加强对摆臂轴1461的上下两端的固定强度,提高稳定性。其中,上摆臂轴端挡圈可设在上安装耳1462的上方且止抵上安装耳1462的上表面,下摆臂轴端挡圈设在下安装耳1463的下方且止抵下安装耳1463的下表面。Optionally, the upper mounting ear 1462 can limit the upper end of the swing arm shaft 1461 in the up and down direction by the upper swing arm shaft end retaining ring, and the lower mounting ear 1463 passes the swing arm axial end retaining ring in the up and down direction to the swing arm. The lower end of the shaft 1461 is limited. Therefore, the swing arm shaft 1461 can be restrained in the up and down direction by the cooperation of the upper swing arm shaft end retaining ring and the lower swing arm shaft end retaining ring to prevent the swing arm shaft 1461 from shaking in the up and down direction, and the swing arm shaft 1461 is reinforced. The fixed strength of the upper and lower ends improves stability. Wherein, the upper swing arm shaft end retaining ring may be disposed above the upper mounting lug 1462 and abutting against the upper surface of the upper mounting lug 1462, and the lower swing arm shaft end retaining ring is disposed below the lower mounting lug 1463 and the lower mounting lug 1463 lower surface.
下面参考附图描述根据本发明具体实施例的承重轨141。A load bearing rail 141 according to an embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图12-图16所示,根据本发明一个实施例的承重轨141可以包括本体1410和挡片。As shown in Figures 12-16, a load bearing rail 141 in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention can include a body 1410 and a flap.
本体1410安装在门体13的上部,本体1410上设有承重导槽1411,引导滚轮1434可旋转地配合在承重导槽1411内,承重导槽1411的内壁上设有允许引导滚轮1434进出承重导槽1411的滚轮装配口1412,挡板142可拆卸地安装在本体1410上且封盖滚轮装配口1412。The body 1410 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13. The body 1410 is provided with a load-bearing guide groove 1411. The guide roller 1434 is rotatably fitted in the load-bearing guide groove 1411. The inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 is provided with a guide roller 1434 for guiding and guiding. The roller assembly opening 1412 of the slot 1411 is detachably mounted on the body 1410 and covers the roller assembly opening 1412.
相关技术的塞拉门的导轨,由于滚轮与导轨安装困难,有可能存在安装误差,需要先将引导轨轮安装在导轨上,然后将引导滚轮和引导摆臂安装在门框上,此时就是很难将很多的零部件调整到合适的位置,导致在调整的过程中操作复杂,安装困难。Related art sliding door rails, due to the difficulty in mounting the roller and the guide rail, there may be installation errors, it is necessary to first install the guide rail wheel on the guide rail, and then install the guide roller and the guiding swing arm on the door frame, which is very It is difficult to adjust a large number of components to a suitable position, resulting in complicated operation and difficulty in installation during the adjustment process.
而本发明实施例的承重轨141,通过在承重导槽1411的侧壁上设有滚轮装配口1412,可允许引导滚轮1434适于通过滚轮装配口1412进出承重导槽1411,挡板142可拆卸地设在滚轮装配口1412以适于打开或封闭滚轮装配口1412。这样在塞拉门1的装配过程中,引导滚轮1434可穿过滚轮装配口1412进入承重导槽1411,然后通过挡板142封闭滚轮装配口1412,使得引导滚轮1434能够顺利进入承重导槽1411方便引导滚轮1434的安装,在拆卸引导滚轮1434时,可先将滚轮装配口1412拆卸下来,然后将引导滚轮1434从滚轮装配口1412引出,从而方便引导滚轮1434与承重轨141的拆卸。The load bearing rail 141 of the embodiment of the present invention, by providing the roller assembly opening 1412 on the side wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411, allows the guide roller 1434 to be adapted to enter and exit the load-bearing guide groove 1411 through the roller assembly opening 1412, and the shutter 142 is detachable. The roller assembly opening 1412 is adapted to open or close the roller assembly opening 1412. Thus, during the assembly process of the plug door 1, the guide roller 1434 can enter the load-bearing guide groove 1411 through the roller assembly opening 1412, and then the roller assembly opening 1412 is closed by the baffle 142, so that the guide roller 1434 can smoothly enter the load-bearing guide groove 1411. When the guide roller 1434 is disassembled, the roller assembly opening 1412 can be detached first, and then the guide roller 1434 can be taken out from the roller assembly opening 1412, thereby facilitating the disassembly of the guide roller 1434 and the load-bearing rail 141.
在本发明的一些实施例中,挡板142还可以包括安装部1421和封堵部1424,安装部1421可拆卸地安装在本体1410上,封堵部1424设在安装部1421上且填充在滚轮装配口1412内。由此,通过安装部1421可将挡板142可拆卸地安装在本体1410上,挡板142安装在本体1410上时,封堵部1424与滚轮装配口1412相对且可填充滚轮装配口1412。如图12所示,安装部1421可以为两个,两个安装部1421分别设在挡板142的两端。封堵部1424设在两个安装部1421之间,两个安装部1421分别配合在承重轨141的位于滚轮装配口1412的长度方向的两侧的部分上。从而可加强挡板142和本体1410的连接强度。In some embodiments of the present invention, the baffle 142 may further include a mounting portion 1421 and a clogging portion 1424. The mounting portion 1421 is detachably mounted on the body 1410. The clogging portion 1424 is disposed on the mounting portion 1421 and is filled with the roller. Inside the assembly port 1412. Thus, the baffle 142 can be detachably mounted on the body 1410 by the mounting portion 1421, and when the baffle 142 is mounted on the body 1410, the occluding portion 1424 is opposite to the roller fitting opening 1412 and can fill the roller fitting opening 1412. As shown in FIG. 12, the mounting portion 1421 may be two, and the two mounting portions 1421 are respectively disposed at both ends of the baffle 142. The blocking portion 1424 is provided between the two mounting portions 1421, and the two mounting portions 1421 are respectively fitted to portions of the load-bearing rail 141 on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the roller fitting opening 1412. Thereby, the connection strength of the shutter 142 and the body 1410 can be enhanced.
可选地,封堵部1424的朝向承重导槽1411的内部的表面可与承重导槽1411的内 壁平齐。由此,引导滚轮1434在承重导槽1411内转动并沿承重槽的长度方向移动时,从而可保证引导滚轮1434与承重导槽1411的内侧壁的紧密接触,有利于引导滚轮1434在承重导槽1411内的平稳移动。Alternatively, the surface of the damming portion 1424 facing the interior of the load bearing channel 1411 may be flush with the inner wall of the load bearing channel 1411. Thereby, when the guiding roller 1434 rotates in the bearing channel 1411 and moves along the length direction of the bearing groove, the tight contact between the guiding roller 1434 and the inner side wall of the bearing channel 1411 can be ensured, which is beneficial to guiding the roller 1434 in the bearing channel. Smooth movement within 1411.
可选地,安装部1421的长度可大于滚轮装配口1412的长度,安装部1421的宽度大于滚轮装配口1412的高度。可以理解的是,将挡板142安装在滚轮装配口1412时,安装部1421的长度方向与滚轮装配口1412的长度方向一致,安装部1421的宽度与滚轮装配口1412的高度配合,由此,通过安装部1421完全封闭滚轮装配口1412,同时也方便安装部1421与本体1410的连接。Alternatively, the length of the mounting portion 1421 may be greater than the length of the roller fitting opening 1412, and the width of the mounting portion 1421 is greater than the height of the roller fitting opening 1412. It can be understood that when the baffle 142 is mounted on the roller fitting opening 1412, the longitudinal direction of the mounting portion 1421 is aligned with the longitudinal direction of the roller fitting opening 1412, and the width of the mounting portion 1421 is matched with the height of the roller fitting opening 1412, thereby The roller fitting opening 1412 is completely closed by the mounting portion 1421, and the connection of the mounting portion 1421 to the body 1410 is also facilitated.
进一步地,封堵部1424的长度可小于安装部1421的长度且与滚轮装配口1412的长度适配,封堵部1424的宽度小于安装部1421的宽度且与滚轮装配口1412的宽度适配,滚轮装配口1412的深度与封堵部1424的厚度适配。由此可保证封堵部1424能够填充在滚轮装配口1412内,同时也能够使得封堵部1424的朝向承重导槽1411的内部的表面可与承重导槽1411的内壁平齐,而且封堵部1424的朝向承重导槽1411的内部的表面可与承重导槽1411的内壁的两个平面间的间隙很小,引导滚轮1434在封堵部1424的朝向承重导槽1411的内部的表面与承重导槽1411的内壁滚动时,在两个平面的临界处几乎无噪音。Further, the length of the occluding portion 1424 may be smaller than the length of the mounting portion 1421 and the length of the roller fitting opening 1412, and the width of the occluding portion 1424 is smaller than the width of the mounting portion 1421 and is adapted to the width of the roller fitting opening 1412. The depth of the roller assembly opening 1412 is adapted to the thickness of the occluding portion 1424. Therefore, it can be ensured that the occluding portion 1424 can be filled in the roller fitting opening 1412, and at the same time, the surface of the damming portion 1424 facing the inside of the load-bearing guiding groove 1411 can be flush with the inner wall of the bearing-bearing guiding groove 1411, and the occluding portion The inner surface of the 1424 facing the load-bearing guide groove 1411 may have a small gap with the two planes of the inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411, and the surface of the guide roller 1434 at the inner portion of the damming portion 1424 facing the load-bearing guide groove 1411 and the load-bearing guide When the inner wall of the groove 1411 rolls, there is almost no noise at the critical points of the two planes.
在本发明的一些示例中,如图12所示,安装部1421的两端可分别设有安装舌1422,安装舌1422通过螺纹紧固件可拆卸地安装在本体1410上。从而保证安装部1421与本体1410的固定强度。可以理解的是,螺纹紧固件可以为螺钉、螺栓等,对此本发明并不作特殊限定,安装舌1422通过螺纹紧固件能够可拆卸地固定在本体1410上即可。为了增强安装部1421的结构强度,如图15和图16,安装舌1422的背向本体1410的表面上可设有加强筋1423,从而可加强挡板142的结构强度,也可加强安装部1421与本体1410的固定强度。In some examples of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 12, both ends of the mounting portion 1421 may be respectively provided with mounting tongues 1422, and the mounting tongues 1422 are detachably mounted on the body 1410 by threaded fasteners. Thereby, the fixing strength of the mounting portion 1421 and the body 1410 is ensured. It can be understood that the threaded fasteners can be screws, bolts, etc., and the invention is not particularly limited. The mounting tongue 1422 can be detachably fixed to the body 1410 by a threaded fastener. In order to enhance the structural strength of the mounting portion 1421, as shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, the surface of the mounting tongue 1422 facing away from the body 1410 may be provided with reinforcing ribs 1423, so that the structural strength of the baffle 142 may be strengthened, and the mounting portion 1421 may be reinforced. The fixed strength with the body 1410.
在本发明的一些示例中,滚轮装配口1412可邻近本体1410的端部设置。从而可减小滚轮在承重轨141内转动时的噪音。例如,滚轮转配口1421可设在门体13关闭时引导滚轮1434所在的一端,由于在门体13即将关到位的时候,关门速度会降低,滚轮装配口1412邻近本体1410的端部设置从而能够减弱引导滚轮1434在封堵部1424的朝向承重导槽1411的内部的表面与承重导槽1411的内壁间隔处滚动的噪音。In some examples of the invention, the roller mounting opening 1412 can be disposed adjacent the end of the body 1410. Thereby, the noise when the roller is rotated in the load bearing rail 141 can be reduced. For example, the roller adapter port 1421 can be disposed at the end where the roller 1434 is guided when the door body 13 is closed. Since the door closing speed is lowered when the door body 13 is about to be closed, the roller assembly opening 1412 is disposed adjacent to the end of the body 1410. The noise of the guide roller 1434 rolling at the interval between the surface of the damming portion 1424 facing the inside of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 and the inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 can be weakened.
在本发明的一些实施例中,本体1410可具有向承重导槽1411的外部水平延伸的水平沿1413,承重滚轮1433配合在水平沿1413的下表面上。换言之,本体1410的水平沿1413止抵在承重滚轮1433上且由承重滚轮1433承载,承重滚轮1433沿本体1410的水平沿1413的长度方向滚动。In some embodiments of the invention, the body 1410 can have a horizontal edge 1413 that extends horizontally outwardly of the load bearing channel 1411, and the load bearing roller 1433 fits over the lower surface of the horizontal edge 1413. In other words, the horizontal edge 1413 of the body 1410 rests on the load bearing roller 1433 and is carried by the load bearing roller 1433, and the load bearing roller 1433 rolls along the length of the horizontal edge 1413 of the body 1410.
在本发明的一些实施例中,本体1410的一端设有用于止挡引导滚轮1434从本体1410的一端脱出承重导槽1411的第一挡片1414,本体1410的另一端设有用于止挡引导滚轮1434从本体1410的另一端脱出承重导槽1411的第二挡片1415。由此,通过第一挡片1414和第二挡片1415可分别封堵承重导槽1411的两端,引导滚轮1434在承重导槽1411内滚动时,通过第一挡片1414和第二挡片1415可防止引导滚轮1434从承重导槽1411的两端脱离。In some embodiments of the present invention, one end of the body 1410 is provided with a first blocking piece 1414 for stopping the guiding roller 1434 from the one end of the body 1410, and the other end of the body 1410 is provided with a stop guiding roller. The second flap 1415 of the load bearing channel 1411 is removed from the other end of the body 1410. Thereby, the two ends of the load-bearing guide groove 1411 can be respectively blocked by the first blocking piece 1414 and the second blocking piece 1415, and the guiding roller 1434 passes through the first blocking piece 1414 and the second blocking piece when rolling in the bearing-bearing guiding groove 1411. 1415 prevents the guide roller 1434 from being detached from both ends of the load bearing guide 1411.
下面参考附图描述根据本发明具体实施例的导向轨144。 Guide rails 144 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention are described below with reference to the drawings.
结合7、图8、图11、图17和图18所示,根据本发明一个实施例的导向轨144包括水平部1441、竖直部1442、第一止挡部1443和第二止挡部1444。As shown in connection with FIG. 8, FIG. 8, FIG. 17, FIG. 17, and FIG. 18, the guide rail 144 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a horizontal portion 1441, a vertical portion 1442, a first stop portion 1443, and a second stop portion 1444. .
具体地,水平部1441安装在门体13的上部,竖直部1442与水平部1441相连且从水平部1441向下延伸,多个导向滚轮1452在内外方向上分布于竖直部1442的两侧,由此,导向轨144通过水平部1441安装在门体13上,竖直部1442与水平部1441竖直设置,通过多个导向滚轮1452可对竖直部1442的两侧进行限位,其中设在竖直部1442的内外方向上两侧的多个导向滚轮1452分别可沿竖直部1442的两侧的侧面的左右方向滚动。可选地,导向滚轮1452与两侧的导向滚轮1452之间可间隔有一定的间隙,这样在门体13在内外方向和左右方向之间转向移动时,通过间隙可适于门体13转向移动时做适应性的调整,使得门体13运动更加顺利平稳。Specifically, the horizontal portion 1441 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13, the vertical portion 1442 is connected to the horizontal portion 1441 and extends downward from the horizontal portion 1441, and the plurality of guide rollers 1452 are distributed on both sides of the vertical portion 1442 in the inner and outer directions. Thereby, the guide rail 144 is mounted on the door body 13 through the horizontal portion 1441, and the vertical portion 1442 and the horizontal portion 1441 are vertically disposed, and the two sides of the vertical portion 1442 can be restricted by the plurality of guide rollers 1452, wherein The plurality of guide rollers 1452 provided on both sides in the inner and outer directions of the vertical portion 1442 are respectively rotatable in the left-right direction of the side faces of the both sides of the vertical portion 1442. Optionally, the guide roller 1452 and the guide rollers 1452 on the two sides may be spaced apart by a certain gap, so that when the door body 13 is steered between the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, the through gap can be adapted to the door body 13 to move. When making adaptive adjustments, the movement of the door body 13 is smoother and smoother.
如图11所示,第一止挡部1443设在水平部1441的一端或竖直部1442的一端,用于止挡导向滚轮1452从竖直部1442的一端脱离竖直部1442,第二止挡部1444设在水平部1441的另一端或竖直部1442的另一端,用于止挡导向滚轮1452从竖直部1442的另一端脱离竖直部1442。由此,通过第一止挡部1443和第二止挡部1444可防止滚轮从导向轨144的两端脱离。As shown in FIG. 11, the first stopping portion 1443 is provided at one end of the horizontal portion 1441 or one end of the vertical portion 1442 for stopping the guide roller 1452 from the one end of the vertical portion 1442 from the vertical portion 1442, the second stop The stopper 1444 is provided at the other end of the horizontal portion 1441 or the other end of the vertical portion 1442 for stopping the guide roller 1452 from the other end of the vertical portion 1442 from the vertical portion 1442. Thereby, the roller can be prevented from being detached from both ends of the guide rail 144 by the first stopper portion 1443 and the second stopper portion 1444.
根据本发明的一些实施例,门体13的上部可设有第一型材15,第一型材15上构造有第一水平装配面1521、第二水平装配面1531和竖直装配面1532,第一水平装配面1521和第二水平装配面1531分别朝下设置且第二水平装配面1531位于第一水平装配面1521下方,竖直装配面1532的上沿与第一水平装配面1521相连且下沿与第二水平装配面1531相连。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the upper portion of the door body 13 may be provided with a first profile 15 on which the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 and the vertical fitting surface 1532 are formed, first The horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 are respectively disposed downward and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 is located below the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, and the upper edge of the vertical fitting surface 1532 is connected to the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the lower edge It is connected to the second horizontal fitting surface 1531.
在如图17和图18所示的示例中,第一型材15的第一水平装配面1521、竖直装配面1532和第二水平装配面1531可形成为大体Z字形,其中竖直装配面1532分别与第一水平装配面1521和第二水平装配面1531垂直设置,第一水平装配面1521和第二水平装配面1531分别与竖直装配面1532的上下两端相连且分别竖直装配面1532的沿上下方向的两侧。In the example shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, the vertical fitting surface 1532, and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 of the first profile 15 may be formed in a substantially zigzag shape, wherein the vertical fitting surface 1532 Separately disposed with the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531, respectively, the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 are respectively connected to the upper and lower ends of the vertical fitting surface 1532 and respectively vertically assembled surfaces 1532 On both sides of the up and down direction.
本体1410的顶壁安装在第一水平装配面1521上,本体1410的一侧壁与竖直装配面1532配合,水平沿1413与第二水平装配面1531配合。由此,本体1410通过顶壁与第一水平装配面1521的配合安装在第一型材15上,并通过分别与竖直装配面1532、第二水平装配面1531的配合,从而可增强本体1410与第一型材15的配合安装的结构强度,也可提高本体1410与门体13安装的稳定性。The top wall of the body 1410 is mounted on a first horizontal mounting surface 1521, a side wall of the body 1410 mates with a vertical mounting surface 1532, and a horizontal edge 1413 mates with a second horizontal mounting surface 1531. Thereby, the body 1410 is mounted on the first profile 15 by the cooperation of the top wall and the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, and by the cooperation with the vertical fitting surface 1532 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531, respectively, the body 1410 can be reinforced. The structural strength of the mating mounting of the first profile 15 also enhances the stability of the mounting of the body 1410 and the door body 13.
相关技术的塞拉门1上没有涉及与导轨匹配的型材,从而不利于导轨与门体13的配合安装,本发明的塞拉门1通过设置第一型材15,通过承重轨141的本体1410与第一型材15的第一水平装配面1521、第二水平装配面1531和竖直装配面1532的配合安装,使得承重轨141的本体1410牢靠、稳定地安装在门体13上,而且第一型材15和第二型材16还具有一定的导向作用以方便承重轨141的安装,The related art of the plug door 1 does not involve a profile matching the guide rail, thereby being disadvantageous for the fitting installation of the guide rail and the door body 13. The plug door 1 of the present invention passes through the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141 by providing the first profile 15 The first horizontal mounting surface 1521 of the first profile 15 is fitted with the second horizontal mounting surface 1531 and the vertical mounting surface 1532 such that the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141 is securely and stably mounted on the door body 13, and the first profile The 15 and the second profile 16 also have a certain guiding function to facilitate the installation of the load-bearing rail 141.
在本发明的一些具体示例中,如图17和图18所示,第一型材15可以包括第一弧形部151、第一装配部152和第二装配部153,第一弧形部151安装在门体13的上部,第一装配部152设在第一弧形部151上,第一水平装配面1521形成在第一装配部152上。第二装配部153设在第一弧形部151上且连接在第一弧形部151的下方,竖直装配面1532和第二水平装配面1531形成在第二装配部153上。由此,通过第一弧形部151、第一装配部152和第二装配部153的配合以限定出适于与承重轨141的本体1410配合装配的第一水平装配面1521、竖直装配面1532和第二水平装配面1531。In some specific examples of the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the first profile 15 may include a first curved portion 151, a first fitting portion 152, and a second fitting portion 153, the first curved portion 151 being mounted In the upper portion of the door body 13, the first fitting portion 152 is provided on the first curved portion 151, and the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 is formed on the first fitting portion 152. The second fitting portion 153 is provided on the first curved portion 151 and is connected below the first curved portion 151, and the vertical fitting surface 1532 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531 are formed on the second fitting portion 153. Thereby, the first horizontal fitting surface 1521 and the vertical fitting surface suitable for fitting with the body 1410 of the load-bearing rail 141 are defined by the cooperation of the first curved portion 151, the first fitting portion 152 and the second fitting portion 153. 1532 and a second horizontal mounting surface 1531.
在如图17和图18所示的示例中,第一弧形部151邻近门体13的一侧的外壁面的弧度与门体13的弧度的相匹配以适于将第一弧形部151安装在门体13上,第一装配部152和第二装配部153均设在第一弧形部151的位于门体13内部的一侧的内壁面上,第一装配部152的第一水平装配面1521形成在第一装配部152的下部且朝向下方,竖直装配面1532形成在第二装配部153的朝向门体13内部的方向,第二水平装配面1531形成在第二装配部153的下部且朝向下方,本体1410通过与第一水平装配面1521、竖直装配面1532和第二水平装配面1531配合以安装在第一型材15上,从而方便承重轨141的本体1410与门体13的安装装配。第一装配部152的可邻近第二装配部153的上端设置,从而使得第一型材15的结构更加紧凑,也适于与承重轨141的本体1410配合。In the example shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the curvature of the outer wall surface of the first curved portion 151 adjacent to one side of the door body 13 matches the curvature of the door body 13 to be adapted to the first curved portion 151. Mounted on the door body 13, the first fitting portion 152 and the second fitting portion 153 are both disposed on the inner wall surface of the first curved portion 151 on the side inside the door body 13, the first level of the first fitting portion 152 A fitting surface 1521 is formed at a lower portion of the first fitting portion 152 and faces downward, a vertical fitting surface 1532 is formed in a direction of the second fitting portion 153 toward the inside of the door body 13, and a second horizontal fitting surface 1531 is formed at the second fitting portion 153. The lower portion and downwardly facing, the body 1410 is fitted to the first profile 15 by being engaged with the first horizontal fitting surface 1521, the vertical fitting surface 1532 and the second horizontal fitting surface 1531, thereby facilitating the body 1410 and the door body of the load-bearing rail 141. 13 installation and assembly. The upper end of the first fitting portion 152 may be disposed adjacent to the second fitting portion 153 such that the structure of the first profile 15 is more compact and is also adapted to engage the body 1410 of the load bearing rail 141.
可选地,第一装配部152的背向第一水平装配面1521的表面上可设有若干型材加强筋1522。从而可加强第一装配部152的结构强度,进而提高第一型材15的结构强度。Optionally, a plurality of profile ribs 1522 may be provided on the surface of the first fitting portion 152 facing away from the first horizontal fitting surface 1521. Thereby, the structural strength of the first fitting portion 152 can be enhanced, thereby improving the structural strength of the first profile 15.
可选地,第一装配部152与第一弧形部151之间可形成有上镂空腔1523,从而可简化第一型材15的结构且可降低第一型材15的材料成本,同时也可减少驱动机构20承重。如图17和图18所示,第二装配部153与第一弧形部151之间也形成有下镂空 腔1533。从而也可进一步地降低第一型材15的材料成本,可减少驱动机构20承重。Alternatively, an upper jaw cavity 1523 may be formed between the first fitting portion 152 and the first curved portion 151, so that the structure of the first profile 15 can be simplified and the material cost of the first profile 15 can be reduced, and the material cost can also be reduced. The drive mechanism 20 is load bearing. As shown in Figs. 17 and 18, a lower hollow cavity 1533 is also formed between the second fitting portion 153 and the first curved portion 151. Thereby, the material cost of the first profile 15 can be further reduced, and the load-bearing mechanism 20 can be reduced in weight.
在本发明的一些实施例中,门体13的上部还设有第二型材16,第二型材16上构造有朝下设置的水平装配面1621,导向轨144安装在水平装配面1621上。由此,通过第二型材16与导向轨144的配合安装可将导向轨144安装在门体13上,不仅方便导向轨144的安装,也可提高导向轨144与门体13的装配强度,同时第二型材16还具有一定的引导作用,使得施工者能够明确导向轨144的安装位置。In some embodiments of the invention, the upper portion of the door body 13 is further provided with a second profile 16 on which is disposed a horizontally mounted surface 1621 disposed downwardly, the guide rails 144 being mounted on the horizontal mounting surface 1621. Thereby, the guide rail 144 can be mounted on the door body 13 by the fitting installation of the second profile 16 and the guide rail 144, which not only facilitates the installation of the guide rail 144, but also improves the assembly strength of the guide rail 144 and the door body 13, and at the same time, The second profile 16 also has a certain guiding effect so that the constructor can specify the mounting position of the guide rails 144.
可选地,第一型材15和第二型可一体成型。从而可简化第一型材15和第二型材16安装步骤,方便第一型材15和第二型材16的安装。当然可以理解的是,第一型材15和第二型材16可以分体设置,由此,可简化第一型材15和第二型材16的模具结构,方便加工且工艺简单方便,同时也可降低成本。Alternatively, the first profile 15 and the second profile may be integrally formed. Thereby, the mounting steps of the first profile 15 and the second profile 16 can be simplified, facilitating the installation of the first profile 15 and the second profile 16. It can be understood that the first profile 15 and the second profile 16 can be arranged separately, thereby simplifying the die structure of the first profile 15 and the second profile 16, facilitating processing and simple and convenient process, and also reducing cost. .
在本发明的一些实施例中,第二型材16可以包括第二弧形部161、第三装配部162和水平伸出部163,其中第二弧形部161安装在门体13的上部,第三装配部162设在第二弧形部161上,水平装配面1621形成在第三装配部162上,水平伸出部163设在第二弧形部161的下沿。由此,导向轨144通过与水平装配面1621的配合安装在第三装配部162上,水平伸出部163沿水平方向朝向背向门体13的一侧延伸,水平伸出部163适于与门体13的其它结构配合。可选地,第三装配部162与第二弧形部161之间可形成有镂空腔1641。从而可减少第二型材16的材料成本,也可降低第二型材16的重量,以减少驱动机构20的压力。In some embodiments of the present invention, the second profile 16 may include a second curved portion 161, a third fitting portion 162, and a horizontal protrusion portion 163, wherein the second curved portion 161 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13, The three fitting portions 162 are provided on the second curved portion 161, the horizontal fitting surface 1621 is formed on the third fitting portion 162, and the horizontal protruding portion 163 is provided on the lower edge of the second curved portion 161. Thereby, the guide rail 144 is mounted on the third fitting portion 162 by cooperation with the horizontal fitting surface 1621, and the horizontal projecting portion 163 extends in the horizontal direction toward the side facing away from the door body 13, and the horizontal projecting portion 163 is adapted to The other structure of the door body 13 is matched. Optionally, a cavity 1641 may be formed between the third mounting portion 162 and the second curved portion 161. Thereby, the material cost of the second profile 16 can be reduced, and the weight of the second profile 16 can also be reduced to reduce the pressure of the drive mechanism 20.
如图17和图18所示,第二弧形部161的朝向门体13的一侧的外壁面的弧度与门体13的背向外部的一侧的弧度相匹配以适于将第二弧形部161安装配合在门体13上,第三装配部162设在第二弧形部161的上部,第三装配部162的下表面形成为水平装配面1621,导向轨144的上端与水平装配面1621配合安装。As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the curvature of the outer wall surface of the side of the second curved portion 161 facing the door body 13 matches the curvature of the side of the door body 13 facing away from the outside to fit the second arc. The shape portion 161 is fitted and fitted on the door body 13, the third fitting portion 162 is disposed at an upper portion of the second curved portion 161, and the lower surface of the third fitting portion 162 is formed as a horizontal fitting surface 1621, and the upper end of the guide rail 144 is horizontally assembled. Face 1621 is fitted with the installation.
如图17和图18所示,第二型材16还可以包括支撑部164,支撑部164设在第三装配部162和水平伸出部163之间,支撑部164的上沿与第二弧形部161相连且下沿与水平伸出部163相连。由此,支撑部164支撑在第二弧形部161和水平伸出部163之间,从而可加强第三装配部162、水平伸出部163和第二弧形部161之间的结构强度。As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the second profile 16 may further include a support portion 164 disposed between the third fitting portion 162 and the horizontal projection portion 163, the upper edge of the support portion 164 and the second curved shape. The portions 161 are connected and the lower edge is connected to the horizontal projection 163. Thereby, the support portion 164 is supported between the second curved portion 161 and the horizontal projecting portion 163, so that the structural strength between the third fitting portion 162, the horizontal projecting portion 163, and the second curved portion 161 can be enhanced.
相关技术的密封条仅适用于驱动机构安装在门洞上方的塞拉门,当驱动机构安装在下车体时,门体长度加长,门槛高度不变,相关技术的密封形式已不能满足上车体内密封的要求,同时门体与门槛之间会存在一定的缝隙,密封效果差。The related art sealing strip is only suitable for the sliding door of the driving mechanism installed above the door hole. When the driving mechanism is installed in the lower body, the length of the door body is lengthened, the height of the door sill is constant, and the sealing form of the related art can not meet the sealing inside the body. The requirement is that there will be a certain gap between the door body and the door sill, and the sealing effect is poor.
在本发明的一些实施例中,如图19-图21所示,门体13的朝向门槛12的表面上可设有门槛密封条122,门体13关闭门洞111时门槛密封条122在内外方向上被门体13压紧在门槛12。具体地,门槛密封条122可具有一定的弹性,在门体13关闭门洞111 时,门槛密封条122在内外方向上受到挤压并压紧在门体13和门槛12之间以密封门体13和门槛12。从而可实现对门体13和门槛12之间缝隙的密封,防止车体内发生漏风,同时密封件也可具有一定的缓冲作用,以减小门体13关闭门槛12时与门槛12之间的冲击力。In some embodiments of the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 19-21, the door body 13 may be provided with a sill sealing strip 122 on the surface facing the sill 12, and the sill sealing strip 122 is in the inner and outer directions when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111. The upper door is pressed against the threshold 12 by the door body 13. Specifically, the sill sealing strip 122 may have a certain elasticity. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the sill sealing strip 122 is pressed in the inner and outer directions and pressed between the door body 13 and the sill 12 to seal the door body 13. And the threshold 12. Therefore, the gap between the door body 13 and the door sill 12 can be sealed to prevent air leakage in the vehicle body, and the sealing member can also have a certain buffering effect to reduce the impact force between the door body 13 and the sill 12 when the door sill 12 is closed. .
在本发明的一些实施例中,门槛12上可构造有朝向门体13的竖直密封面1211,可选地,门槛12上可设有向下延伸的挡沿121,竖直密封面1211形成在挡沿121上。门体13关闭门洞111时,门槛密封条122抵在挡沿121上且与竖直密封面1211配合密封。In some embodiments of the present invention, the sill 12 may be configured with a vertical sealing surface 1211 facing the door body 13. Alternatively, the sill 12 may be provided with a downwardly extending rim 121, and the vertical sealing surface 1211 is formed. On the rim 121. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the sill sealing strip 122 abuts against the rim 121 and is fitted with the vertical sealing surface 1211.
门体13关闭门洞111时门槛密封条122在内外方向上被门体13压紧在竖直密封面1211上,在门体13打开门洞111时,门体13与门槛12脱离。具体地,门体13关闭门洞111时,门体13沿内外方向朝向门槛12移动,密封条122受到了来自门体13和门槛12的压力,从而使得门槛密封条122压紧在竖直密封面1211上以实现密封的目的,同时门槛密封条122通过与竖直密封面1211紧密配合也可增加门槛密封条122与竖直密封面1211的接触面积,以进一步提高密封效果。When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the sill sealing strip 122 is pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211 by the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions. When the door body 13 opens the door opening 111, the door body 13 is disengaged from the sill 12. Specifically, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the door body 13 moves toward the rocker 12 in the inner and outer directions, and the weather strip 122 receives pressure from the door body 13 and the rocker 12, thereby pressing the rocker weather strip 122 against the vertical sealing surface. In order to achieve the purpose of sealing on the 1211, the sill sealing strip 122 can also increase the contact area between the sill sealing strip 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 by closely fitting with the vertical sealing surface 1211 to further improve the sealing effect.
为了进一步保证门槛密封条122与竖直密封面1211的密封效果,对于门槛密封条122而言,门体13关闭门洞111时,门槛密封条122与竖直密封面1211在内外方向上的干涉量可为1-5mm。也就是说,门体13关闭门洞111时,门槛密封条122在内外方向的压缩量可以为1-5mm,以使得门槛密封条122能够牢牢地压紧在竖直密封面1211上,从而可保证门槛12和门体13之间的密封效果。可选地,门槛密封条122与竖直密封面1211在内外方向上的干涉量可以为2-4mm。在本发明的一个具体示例中,门槛密封条122与竖直密封面1211在内外方向上的干涉量可以为3mm,从而可满足低速车的密封要求。In order to further ensure the sealing effect of the sill sealing strip 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211, the interference amount of the sill sealing strip 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 in the inner and outer directions when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111 for the sill sealing strip 122 Can be 1-5mm. That is, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the amount of compression of the sill sealing strip 122 in the inner and outer directions may be 1-5 mm, so that the sill sealing strip 122 can be firmly pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211, thereby The sealing effect between the door sill 12 and the door body 13 is ensured. Alternatively, the amount of interference between the sill seal 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 in the inner and outer directions may be 2-4 mm. In a specific example of the present invention, the amount of interference between the sill seal 122 and the vertical sealing surface 1211 in the inner and outer directions may be 3 mm, thereby satisfying the sealing requirements of the low speed vehicle.
在本发明的一些实施例中,门体13上可设有密封型材136,门槛密封条122安装在密封型材136上。从而有利于门槛密封条122安装在门体13上。如图20所示,密封型材136安装在门体13内,门槛密封条122的部分伸入门体13内与密封型材136配合,从而不仅可保证门体13的整体美观度,而且在门体13关闭门洞111时,也可防止由于密封型材136导致的门体13关闭门洞111时密封型材136与门槛12密封不严紧。In some embodiments of the invention, the door body 13 may be provided with a sealing profile 136 on which the sill sealing strip 122 is mounted. Thereby, the sill sealing strip 122 is mounted on the door body 13. As shown in FIG. 20, the sealing profile 136 is mounted in the door body 13, and a portion of the sill sealing strip 122 extends into the entry body 13 to cooperate with the sealing profile 136, thereby not only ensuring the overall aesthetics of the door body 13, but also in the door body 13 When the door opening 111 is closed, it is also possible to prevent the sealing profile 136 from being tightly sealed from the rocker 12 when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111 due to the sealing profile 136.
可选地,密封型材136上可设有卡槽1361,门槛密封条122上设有卡头1221,卡头1221卡合并粘接在卡槽1361内。通过卡头1221与卡槽1361的配合,从而可避免门槛密封条122与门槛12发生摩擦时而发生窜动。可选地,如图20所示,卡头1221可以过盈配合在卡槽1361内,从而不仅能够实现对密封型材136的密封,也可方便卡 头1221与密封型材136的安装拆卸。Optionally, the sealing profile 136 can be provided with a card slot 1361. The sill sealing strip 122 is provided with a card head 1221. The card head 1221 is card-bonded and bonded in the card slot 1361. By the engagement of the chuck head 1221 with the card slot 1361, it is possible to prevent the slamming of the sill seal 122 from rubbing against the sill. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 20, the chuck head 1221 can be interference fit in the card slot 1361, so that not only the sealing of the sealing profile 136 but also the mounting and dismounting of the chucking head 1221 and the sealing profile 136 can be facilitated.
如图19和图20所示,密封型材136安装在门体13内,门槛密封条122包括卡头1221和密封部1222,其中,卡头1221的一端适于卡合在卡槽1361内,密封部1222与在卡头1221的另一端相连,门槛密封条122通过卡头1221与卡槽1361配合安装,并通过密封部1222压紧在竖直密封面1211。在如图21示的示例中。密封部1222在内外方向上的横截面形成为环形,从而不仅能够满足密封的要求,也可避免门体13在安装或移动过程中与门槛12之间的刚性冲撞。As shown in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20, the sealing profile 136 is mounted in the door body 13. The sill sealing strip 122 includes a chuck head 1221 and a sealing portion 1222, wherein one end of the chuck head 1221 is adapted to be engaged in the card slot 1361, and sealed. The portion 1222 is connected to the other end of the chuck 1221, and the sill sealing strip 122 is fitted to the card slot 1361 by the chuck 1221 and pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211 by the sealing portion 1222. In the example shown in FIG. The cross section of the sealing portion 1222 in the inner and outer directions is formed in a ring shape, so that not only the sealing requirement but also the rigidity collision between the door body 13 and the rocker 12 during installation or movement can be avoided.
在本发明的一些具体示例中,门槛密封条122的朝向门槛12的表面可构造成锯齿状,由此,门槛密封条122压紧在竖直密封面1211上时,从而可减小门槛密封条122挤压式与竖直密封面1211的接触面积,从而减小摩擦力。具体地,由于塞拉门1的自身特性,门体13在关闭和打开门洞111时,其运动轨迹中包含一段曲线,即在沿内外方向和左右方向之间转换移动时,而门体13在即将关闭到位时即沿着这段曲线进行运动,因此门体13上的门槛密封条122会与门槛12产生一定的滑动摩擦。干涉量和接触面积越大摩擦力就越大,关门需要的力也就越大,锯齿状的密封条可以有效地减小接触面积,以及减小摩擦力。In some specific examples of the invention, the surface of the sill seal 122 facing the sill 12 may be configured in a zigzag shape whereby the sill seal 122 is pressed against the vertical sealing surface 1211, thereby reducing the sill seal The contact area of the 122 squeeze type with the vertical sealing surface 1211, thereby reducing the friction. Specifically, due to the self-characteristics of the plug door 1, when the door body 13 closes and opens the door opening 111, its movement track contains a curve, that is, when switching between the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, the door body 13 is The movement along this curve is about to close when it is in place, so the sill seal 122 on the door 13 will have some sliding friction with the sill 12. The larger the amount of interference and the contact area, the greater the friction, and the greater the force required to close the door. The serrated seal can effectively reduce the contact area and reduce the friction.
可选地,锯齿状的锯齿纹理可沿左右方向延伸。即锯齿状的锯齿纹理可沿门槛12的长度方向延伸,从而可实现门槛密封条122的多重密封,以进一步地提高门槛密封条122的密封效果。Alternatively, the serrated zigzag texture may extend in the left and right direction. That is, the serrated zigzag texture can extend along the length of the sill 12, so that multiple sealing of the sill seal 122 can be achieved to further improve the sealing effect of the sill seal 122.
在本发明的一些具体示例中,如图20所示,门槛密封条122的上沿高于门槛12。由此,从而可以避免在安装过程中门体13和门槛12之间的由于误碰撞而产生磕碰,防止门体13的漆面被破坏,保证了门头漆面的完整。可选地,门槛密封条122的上沿高度可略大于门槛12的高度。In some specific examples of the invention, as shown in FIG. 20, the upper edge of the sill seal 122 is higher than the sill 12. Thereby, it is possible to avoid a bump between the door body 13 and the rocker 12 due to an accidental collision during the installation process, thereby preventing the paint surface of the door body 13 from being damaged, and ensuring the integrity of the paint surface of the door head. Alternatively, the upper edge height of the sill seal 122 may be slightly greater than the height of the sill 12.
在本发明的一些具体实施例中,门体13的边沿上可套装有门框密封圈。门体13关闭门洞111时,门框密封圈挤压在门框11和门体13之间,以对门框11和门体13之间的间隙进行密封,提高陈体内部的密封效果。In some embodiments of the invention, the door body 13 may be provided with a door frame seal on the rim. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the door frame sealing ring is pressed between the door frame 11 and the door body 13 to seal the gap between the door frame 11 and the door body 13, thereby improving the sealing effect inside the body.
相关技术的塞拉门,门体在即将关好时会发生一个竖直向上的运动,使得支撑轮和垫块发生干涉,从而被施加了一个竖直向下的力,限制其竖直方向的运动。在门体即将打开时,门体会向下运动微小的距离,使得支撑轮与垫块分离。In the related art sliding door, when the door body is about to be closed, a vertical upward movement occurs, causing the support wheel and the spacer to interfere, thereby applying a vertical downward force to limit the vertical direction thereof. motion. When the door is about to open, the door will move downward a small distance, so that the support wheel is separated from the block.
而对于在垂直方向上不发生运动的塞拉门,无法通过门体自身高度的变化来改变支撑轮和垫块之间的距离。若在装配时将支撑轮和垫块之间的距离调节成干涉值,则在门板会因受到阻力而无法关闭。若将支撑轮和垫块之间的距离调节成间隙值,则门关好后,支撑轮和垫块之间仍然是不接触的,无法给门板施加力。因此,上述技术在这 种情况不能起到相应的作用。For a sliding door that does not move in the vertical direction, the distance between the support wheel and the spacer cannot be changed by the change in the height of the door itself. If the distance between the support wheel and the block is adjusted to an interference value during assembly, the door panel may not be closed due to resistance. If the distance between the support wheel and the spacer is adjusted to the gap value, after the door is closed, the support wheel and the spacer are still not in contact with each other, and the door panel cannot be applied with force. Therefore, the above technique does not play a corresponding role in this case.
在本发明的一些实施例中,如图1和图4所示,塞拉门1还可以包括门体压紧机构17,门体压紧机构17安装在门框11上且与门体13的上部相连,门体13关闭门洞111时被门体压紧机构17向下压紧在门框11上。由此,从而使得门体13能够正常关闭,而且在门体13即将关好门洞111时,门体压紧机构17与门体13配合以压紧门体13而可不需要门体13向上移动,从而可保证门体13与门框11的紧密配合以保证门体13的密封性,也可保证了门体13的稳定性,以提高塞拉门1的综合性能。In some embodiments of the present invention, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 4, the plug door 1 may further include a door body pressing mechanism 17 mounted on the door frame 11 and with the upper portion of the door body 13. When connected, the door body 13 is pressed down to the door frame 11 by the door body pressing mechanism 17 when the door opening 111 is closed. Thereby, the door body 13 can be normally closed, and when the door body 13 is about to close the door opening 111, the door body pressing mechanism 17 cooperates with the door body 13 to press the door body 13 without the door body 13 moving upward. Therefore, the tight fit of the door body 13 and the door frame 11 can be ensured to ensure the sealing property of the door body 13, and the stability of the door body 13 can be ensured to improve the overall performance of the sliding door 1.
下面参考描述根据本发明具体实施例的门体压紧机构17。A door body pressing mechanism 17 according to a specific embodiment of the present invention will now be described with reference to the following.
在本发明的一个实施例中,如图22所示,门体压紧机构17可以包括压紧支座组件171和和压紧滚轮组件172,压紧支座组件171安装在门体13的上部,压紧支座组件171上构造有压紧斜面1714,压紧斜面1714朝向上方且相对于水平方向倾斜设置,压紧滚轮组件172安装在门框11上,在门体13关闭门洞111的过程中压紧滚轮组件172对压紧斜面1714的压紧力逐渐增大。由此,压紧滚轮组件172压紧在压紧斜面1714上,在门体13关闭门洞111时,压紧滚轮组件172对压紧斜面1714具有向下的压力,门体13通过压紧支座组件171受到了来自压紧滚轮组件172的挤压力,同时受到驱动机构20的支撑力,从而限制了门体13在竖直方向的运动,实现了门体13的稳固以及密封,而且随着门体13关闭门洞111,压紧滚轮组件172对压紧斜面1714的压紧力逐渐增大以进一步地加强对门体13的稳定左右,使得门体13更加的稳固。In one embodiment of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 22, the door body pressing mechanism 17 may include a pressing seat assembly 171 and a pressing roller assembly 172 which is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13. The pressing support assembly 171 is formed with a pressing inclined surface 1714 which is disposed upward and inclined with respect to the horizontal direction, and the pressing roller assembly 172 is mounted on the door frame 11 in the process of closing the door opening 111 of the door body 13 The pressing force of the pinch roller assembly 172 against the pressing ramp 1714 is gradually increased. Thereby, the pressing roller assembly 172 is pressed against the pressing slope 1714. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the pressing roller assembly 172 has a downward pressure on the pressing inclined surface 1714, and the door body 13 passes through the pressing support. The assembly 171 is subjected to the pressing force from the pinch roller assembly 172 while being supported by the driving mechanism 20, thereby restricting the movement of the door body 13 in the vertical direction, achieving the stability and sealing of the door body 13, and The door body 13 closes the door opening 111, and the pressing force of the pressing roller assembly 172 against the pressing slope 1714 is gradually increased to further strengthen the stability of the door body 13 to make the door body 13 more stable.
具体地,压紧滚轮组件172安装在门框11上,压紧支座组件171安装在门体13上,在门体13关闭门洞111的过程中,压紧支座组件171随门体13移动,压紧滚轮组件172与压紧支座组件171上的压紧斜面1714压紧配合,随着门体13朝向关闭好门洞111的位置移动,压紧支座组件171相对可在压紧斜面1714上移动,压紧斜面1714相对于水平方向倾斜设置,随着门体13逐渐关闭门洞111,压紧滚轮组件172与压紧斜面1714之间的挤压力越大,从而可将门体13可靠地压紧在门框11上以限制门体13在竖直方向上的移动,以防止门体13沿竖直方向发生晃动。Specifically, the pressing roller assembly 172 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the pressing support assembly 171 is mounted on the door body 13. During the closing of the door opening 111 by the door body 13, the pressing support assembly 171 moves with the door body 13, The pressing roller assembly 172 is press-fitted with the pressing ramp 1714 on the pressing bracket assembly 171. As the door body 13 moves toward the position where the door opening 111 is closed, the pressing bracket assembly 171 is relatively close to the pressing slope 1714. Moving, the pressing slope 1714 is inclined with respect to the horizontal direction. As the door body 13 gradually closes the door opening 111, the pressing force between the pressing roller assembly 172 and the pressing inclined surface 1714 is larger, so that the door body 13 can be reliably pressed. It is pressed against the door frame 11 to restrict the movement of the door body 13 in the vertical direction to prevent the door body 13 from shaking in the vertical direction.
如图22-图24所示,在本发明的一些具体示例中,压紧支座组件171可以包括压紧支座1711和压紧垫块1713,压紧支座1711安装在门体13的上部,压紧垫块1713安装在压紧支座1711上,由此压紧垫块1713通过压紧支座1711安装在门体13上,压紧斜面1714形成在压紧垫块1713上,压紧滚轮组件172向下压紧压紧斜面1714配合,从而与压紧垫块1713挤压配合以将门体13压紧在门框11上。As shown in FIGS. 22-24, in some specific examples of the present invention, the compression support assembly 171 may include a compression support 1711 and a compression block 1713, and the compression support 1711 is mounted on the upper portion of the door body 13. The pressing block 1713 is mounted on the pressing support 1711, whereby the pressing block 1713 is mounted on the door body 13 through the pressing support 1711, and the pressing inclined surface 1714 is formed on the pressing block 1713, and is pressed. The roller assembly 172 is pressed down against the pressing ramp 1714 to press fit with the compression block 1713 to press the door 13 against the door frame 11.
可选地,压紧支座1711上可设有沿左右方向延伸的压紧卡槽1712,压紧垫块1713安装在压紧卡槽1712的下壁上。压紧滚轮组件172伸入压紧卡槽1712内且与压紧垫 块1713的压紧斜面1714配合,门体13关闭门洞111的过程中,压紧滚轮组件172的滚轮在压紧斜面1714上可移动以配合门体13移动,在门体13关闭Optionally, the pressing support 1711 may be provided with a pressing slot 1712 extending in the left-right direction, and the pressing block 1713 is mounted on the lower wall of the pressing slot 1712. The pressing roller assembly 172 extends into the pressing slot 1712 and cooperates with the pressing ramp 1714 of the pressing block 1713. During the process of closing the door opening 111 by the door body 13, the roller of the pressing roller assembly 172 is pressed against the inclined surface 1714. Movable to cooperate with the door body 13 to move, the door body 13 is closed
进一步地,压紧垫块1713可通过沉头螺钉安装在压紧卡槽1712内,从而可将压紧垫块1713固定在压进卡槽1361内,以防止压紧垫块1713在压紧卡槽1712内发生窜动。其中,沉头螺钉孔可设在压紧垫块1713的下部,压紧垫块1713可通过沉头螺钉安装在压紧卡槽1712的下壁上,从而不仅方便压紧垫块1713与压紧支座1711的连接,而且压紧斜面1714形成在压紧垫块1713的上壁面上,由此也能够保证压紧斜面1714的光滑以使得压紧滚轮组件172可在压紧斜面1714上滑动。Further, the pressing pad 1713 can be installed in the pressing slot 1712 by a countersunk screw, so that the pressing pad 1713 can be fixed in the pressing slot 1361 to prevent the pressing pad 1713 from being pressed. A flutter occurs in the slot 1712. Wherein, the countersunk screw hole may be disposed at a lower portion of the pressing pad 1713, and the pressing pad 1713 may be mounted on the lower wall of the pressing card slot 1712 by a countersunk screw, thereby not only facilitating pressing the pad 1713 and pressing The connection of the holder 1711 and the pressing bevel 1714 are formed on the upper wall surface of the pressing pad 1713, whereby the smoothing of the pressing bevel 1714 can also be ensured so that the pressing roller assembly 172 can slide on the pressing bevel 1714.
可选地,沿所述压紧滚轮组件172随门体13关闭门洞111时的运动方向,压紧垫块1713的厚度逐渐减小以使压紧垫块1713的上表面形成压紧斜面1714。具体地,在门体13关闭门洞111的过程中,在沿压紧滚轮组件172的运动方向上,压紧垫块1713的厚度逐渐增大,即压紧斜面1714在压紧滚轮组件172运动方向上逐渐倾斜向上延伸,这样,在门体13关闭门洞111的过程中,压紧滚轮组件172与压紧斜面1714之间的距离逐渐减小,压紧垫块1713和压紧滚轮组件172之间的挤压力逐渐增加,门体13受到压紧滚轮组件172向下的压力,从而可实现对门体13的稳固。进一步地,压紧垫块1713的下表面水平设置,由此从而方便压紧垫块1713与压紧卡槽1712的下壁相匹配。Optionally, along the direction of movement of the pinch roller assembly 172 as the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the thickness of the compression pad 1713 is gradually reduced to form a pressing bevel 1714 on the upper surface of the compression pad 1713. Specifically, in the process in which the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the thickness of the pressing block 1713 gradually increases in the moving direction of the pressing roller assembly 172, that is, the pressing inclined surface 1714 moves in the direction of the pressing roller assembly 172. The upper portion gradually extends obliquely upward, so that the distance between the pressing roller assembly 172 and the pressing inclined surface 1714 gradually decreases during the closing of the door opening 111 by the door body 13, and between the pressing block 1713 and the pressing roller assembly 172 The pressing force is gradually increased, and the door body 13 is pressed downward by the pressing roller assembly 172, so that the door body 13 can be stabilized. Further, the lower surface of the pressing block 1713 is horizontally disposed, thereby facilitating the matching of the pressing block 1713 with the lower wall of the pressing card slot 1712.
在本发明的一些示例中,沉头螺钉邻近压紧斜面1714的最高处设置。门体13压紧在压紧斜面1714上,门体13移动至压紧斜面1714的最高处时,压紧滚轮组件172和压紧垫块1713之间的挤压力最大,通过将沉头螺钉邻近压紧斜面1714的最高处时,从而可进一步地加强压紧垫块1713和压紧支座1711的固定连接,以提高稳定性。In some examples of the invention, the countersunk screw is disposed adjacent the highest point of the compression ramp 1714. The door body 13 is pressed against the pressing slope 1714, and when the door body 13 is moved to the highest point of the pressing slope 1714, the pressing force between the pressing roller assembly 172 and the pressing pad 1713 is maximized by the countersunk screw Adjacent to the highest point of the compression ramp 1714, the fixed connection of the compression block 1713 and the compression support 1711 can be further enhanced to improve stability.
在本发明的一些示例中,如图22所示,压紧支座1711上可设有从压紧卡槽1712的上壁向下延伸的上挡牙1715和从压紧卡槽1712的下壁向上延伸的下挡牙1716。其中下挡牙1716和上挡牙1715在上下方向上间隔开设置且在下挡牙1716和上挡牙1715之间可形成有与压紧卡槽1712连通的开口,压紧滚轮组件172的一端伸入压紧卡槽1712内时,压紧滚轮组件172的另一端伸出开口且压紧滚轮组件在开口内可转动,由此,通过上档牙1715和下挡牙1716可对压紧卡槽1712内的压紧滚轮组件172进行限位,从而防止压紧滚轮组件172从压紧卡槽1712脱离。In some examples of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 22, the compression support 1711 may be provided with an upper stop 1715 extending downward from the upper wall of the compression slot 1712 and a lower wall from the compression slot 1712. A lower stop 1716 that extends upward. The lower retaining teeth 1716 and the upper retaining teeth 1715 are spaced apart from each other in the up and down direction, and an opening communicating with the pressing slot 1712 is formed between the lower retaining teeth 1716 and the upper retaining teeth 1715, and one end of the pressing roller assembly 172 is extended. When the pressure is applied into the clamping slot 1712, the other end of the pressing roller assembly 172 protrudes out of the opening and the pressing roller assembly is rotatable within the opening, whereby the upper slot 1715 and the lower blocking 1716 can be pressed against the slot. The pinch roller assembly 172 within the 1712 is restrained to prevent the pinch roller assembly 172 from disengaging from the pinch slot 1712.
在本发明的一些具体实施例中,压紧滚轮组件172可以包括压紧支架1721和压紧滚轮1722,压紧支架1721安装在门框11上,压紧滚轮1722可旋转地安装在压紧支架1721上,由此,压紧滚轮1722通过压紧支架1721可转动地安装门体13上,从而使得压紧滚轮1722在压紧斜面1714转动时以在压紧斜面1714上发生相对移动。在门体13 关闭门洞111的过程中,压紧滚轮1722在压紧斜面1714上相对压紧斜面1714移动且逐渐向下压紧压紧斜面1714。In some embodiments of the present invention, the pressure roller assembly 172 may include a compression bracket 1721 and a pressure roller 1722, the compression bracket 1721 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the pressure roller 1722 is rotatably mounted on the compression bracket 1721. Upper, thereby, the pressing roller 1722 is rotatably mounted on the door body 13 by the pressing bracket 1721, so that the pressing roller 1722 is relatively moved on the pressing slope 1714 when the pressing inclined surface 1714 is rotated. During the closing of the door opening 111 by the door body 13, the pressing roller 1722 moves against the pressing slope 1714 on the pressing slope 1714 and gradually presses the pressing slope 1714 downward.
本发明的塞拉门1由于驱动机构20下置,车体的内部空间增大,为了进一步地提高乘客的乘车体验,门体13的门窗134可以做的相对较大,当门窗134较大时,门窗134的质量增大,稳固时需要更大的力,相关技术的塞拉门1的门窗134的固定方式固定强度较小,无法将门窗134牢固地安装在门体13。Since the sliding door 1 of the present invention is lowered by the driving mechanism 20, the internal space of the vehicle body is increased. In order to further improve the passenger's riding experience, the door and window 134 of the door body 13 can be made relatively large, when the door and window 134 is large. At the same time, the mass of the door and window 134 is increased, and a greater force is required for stabilization. The fixing method of the door and window 134 of the related art sliding door 1 has a small fixing strength, and the door and window 134 cannot be firmly attached to the door body 13.
根据本发明的一些实施例,门体13可以包括门板131、上加强筋132和/或下加强筋133和门窗134。According to some embodiments of the present invention, the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, an upper rib 132, and/or a lower rib 133 and a door 134.
门板131上设有窗口,门窗134安装在门板131上且封盖窗口,上加强筋132安装在门板131上且且与门窗134的上端配合,下加强筋133安装在门板131上且与窗口的下端配合。The door panel 131 is provided with a window. The door and window 134 is mounted on the door panel 131 and covers the window. The upper rib 132 is mounted on the door panel 131 and mates with the upper end of the door and window 134. The lower rib 133 is mounted on the door panel 131 and is adjacent to the window. The lower end cooperates.
具体地,在本发明的一些示例中,门体13可以包括门板131、上加强筋132和门窗134。由此,通过上加强筋132可固定门窗134的上端,加强对门窗134上端的固定强度以提高门体13的整体的稳定性和安全性。Specifically, in some examples of the invention, the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, an upper rib 132, and a door 134. Thereby, the upper end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the upper reinforcing rib 132, and the fixing strength to the upper end of the door and window 134 is enhanced to improve the stability and safety of the entire door body 13.
在本发明的一些示例中,门体13可以包括门板131、下加强筋133和门窗134。由此,通过下加强筋133可固定门窗134的下端,加强对门窗134下端的固定强度以提高门体13的整体的稳定性和安全性。In some examples of the invention, the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, a lower rib 133, and a door 134. Thereby, the lower end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the lower reinforcing rib 133, and the fixing strength to the lower end of the door and window 134 is enhanced to improve the stability and safety of the entire door body 13.
或者,门体13可以包括门板131、上加强筋132、下加强筋133和门窗134。Alternatively, the door body 13 may include a door panel 131, an upper rib 132, a lower rib 133, and a door 134.
由此,门窗134安装在门板131上时,通过上加强筋132可固定门窗134的上端,通过下加强筋133可固定门窗134的下端,在上加强筋132和下加强筋133的作用下,可对门窗134的两端进行稳固以将门窗134固定在窗口处,从而将门窗134牢靠地固定在门体13上。Therefore, when the door and window 134 is mounted on the door panel 131, the upper end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the upper reinforcing rib 132, and the lower end of the door and window 134 can be fixed by the lower reinforcing rib 133, under the action of the upper reinforcing rib 132 and the lower reinforcing rib 133, Both ends of the door and window 134 can be secured to secure the door and window 134 to the window, thereby securely securing the door and window 134 to the door body 13.
在如图2-图4所示的示例中,门体13可以为两个,两个门体13上均可设有一个上加强筋132和一个下加强筋133,两个门体13的门窗134分别与对应的门体13的上加强筋132和下加强筋133配合连接,从而实现对门窗134进行稳固。In the example shown in FIG. 2 to FIG. 4, the door body 13 may be two, and both of the door bodies 13 may be provided with an upper reinforcing rib 132 and a lower reinforcing rib 133, and the doors and windows of the two door bodies 13 The 134 is respectively coupled with the upper rib 132 and the lower rib 133 of the corresponding door body 13 to achieve stabilization of the door and window 134.
可选地,门窗134可以包括窗框1341和门玻璃1344,窗框1341安装在门体13上,窗框1341的上端与上加强筋132配合和/或窗框1341的下端与下加强筋133配合,门玻璃1344安装在窗框1341上。由此,门玻璃1344通过窗框1341安装在门体13上,通过窗框1341不仅可保护门玻璃1344,而且也方便门玻璃1344的安装。具体地,门玻璃1344可安装在窗框1341上以形成门窗134,然后将门窗134安装在门体13上,其中窗框1341的上端与上加强筋132连接固定,窗框1341的下端与下加强筋133连接固定。Optionally, the door and window 134 may include a window frame 1341 and a door glass 1344. The window frame 1341 is mounted on the door body 13. The upper end of the window frame 1341 is engaged with the upper reinforcing rib 132 and/or the lower end of the window frame 1341 and the lower reinforcing rib 133. In cooperation, the door glass 1344 is mounted on the window frame 1341. Thereby, the door glass 1344 is attached to the door body 13 through the window frame 1341, and the door glass 1344 can be protected not only by the window frame 1341 but also by the door glass 1344. Specifically, the door glass 1344 can be mounted on the window frame 1341 to form the door and window 134, and then the door and window 134 is mounted on the door body 13, wherein the upper end of the window frame 1341 is fixedly connected with the upper reinforcing rib 132, and the lower end and the lower side of the window frame 1341 The ribs 133 are connected and fixed.
在本发明的一些示例中,门体13上可设有上加强筋132,窗框1341的上端可设有上定位槽1342,上加强筋132设有向下凸出的上定位凸起1321,上定位凸起1321配合在上定位槽1342内以在内外方向上对窗口窗框1341的上端进行定位。由此,通过上定位凸起1321与上定位槽1342的配合,不仅能够实现对门窗134的上端的固定,同时可对门窗134进行定位以避免门窗134在内外方向上移动。In some examples of the present invention, the door body 13 may be provided with an upper reinforcing rib 132. The upper end of the window frame 1341 may be provided with an upper positioning groove 1342, and the upper reinforcing rib 132 is provided with an upper positioning protrusion 1321 protruding downward. The upper positioning protrusion 1321 is fitted in the upper positioning groove 1342 to position the upper end of the window sash 1341 in the inner and outer directions. Thus, by the cooperation of the upper positioning protrusion 1321 and the upper positioning groove 1342, not only the fixing of the upper end of the door and window 134 but also the door and window 134 can be positioned to prevent the door window 134 from moving in the inner and outer directions.
可选地,上定位凸起1321铆接在上定位槽1342内,由此,通过上定位凸起1321与上定位槽1342的铆钉连接可将门窗134的上端与上加强筋132连接在一起,从而可加强上加强筋132与窗框1341的固定强度,加强门框11的上端的稳固性。可选地,上加强筋132可焊接在门板131上。从而可实现上加强筋132与门板131的连接固定,增强上加强筋132与门体13的固定强度。Optionally, the upper positioning protrusion 1321 is riveted in the upper positioning groove 1342, whereby the upper end of the door and window 134 is connected with the upper reinforcing rib 132 by the rivet connection of the upper positioning protrusion 1321 and the upper positioning groove 1342, thereby The fixing strength of the upper rib 132 and the window frame 1341 can be enhanced, and the stability of the upper end of the door frame 11 can be enhanced. Alternatively, the upper rib 132 may be welded to the door panel 131. Therefore, the connection and fixing of the upper reinforcing rib 132 and the door panel 131 can be achieved, and the fixing strength of the upper reinforcing rib 132 and the door body 13 can be enhanced.
在本发明的一些示例中,门体13上可设有下加强筋133,窗框1341的下端可设有下定位槽1343,下加强筋133设有向上凸出的下定位凸起1331,下定位凸起1331配合在下定位槽1343内以在内外方向上对窗框1341的下端进行定位。由此,通过下定位凸起1331与下定位槽1343的配合,不仅能够实现对门窗134的下端的固定,同时可对门窗134进行定位以避免门窗134在内外方向下移动。下定位凸起1331可铆接在下定位槽1343内,以使得下定位凸起1331能够牢靠地固定在下定位槽1343内。In some examples of the present invention, the door body 13 may be provided with a lower reinforcing rib 133. The lower end of the window frame 1341 may be provided with a lower positioning groove 1343, and the lower reinforcing rib 133 is provided with a lower positioning protrusion 1331 protruding upward. The positioning protrusion 1331 is fitted in the lower positioning groove 1343 to position the lower end of the window frame 1341 in the inner and outer directions. Thus, by the cooperation of the lower positioning protrusion 1331 and the lower positioning groove 1343, not only the fixing of the lower end of the door and window 134 but also the door and window 134 can be positioned to prevent the door window 134 from moving in the inner and outer directions. The lower positioning protrusion 1331 can be riveted in the lower positioning groove 1343 so that the lower positioning protrusion 1331 can be securely fixed in the lower positioning groove 1343.
可选地,下加强筋133焊接在门板131上,不仅能够保证下加强筋133与门板131的连接强度,而且可简化下加强筋133与门板131的安装步骤。Alternatively, the lower reinforcing rib 133 is welded to the door panel 131, which not only ensures the connection strength between the lower reinforcing rib 133 and the door panel 131, but also simplifies the mounting step of the lower reinforcing rib 133 and the door panel 131.
可选地,门板131为铝蜂窝门板131,进一步地,铝蜂窝门板131可以为铝蜂窝加下结构,有焊接在一起的铝材框架、铝板和铝蜂窝经热粘结而成,铝板在框架的周边有折弯边,来达到机械地夹紧框架。门窗134的侧边卡装在门板131上且通过蒙皮粘接,结构简单且方便。Optionally, the door panel 131 is an aluminum honeycomb door panel 131. Further, the aluminum honeycomb door panel 131 may be an aluminum honeycomb structure, and the aluminum frame welded together, the aluminum plate and the aluminum honeycomb are thermally bonded, and the aluminum plate is in the frame. The periphery has a bent edge to mechanically clamp the frame. The side of the door and window 134 is snapped onto the door panel 131 and bonded by a skin, and the structure is simple and convenient.
在本发明的一些示例中,门板131的内表面设有内把手且外表面设有外把手135,由此,在塞拉门1出现故障时,在门板131的外部可通过外把手135打开门板131,在车体内的乘客可通过内把手打开,从而可实现在门板131的内部和外部均可通过把手实现。In some examples of the present invention, the inner surface of the door panel 131 is provided with an inner handle and the outer surface is provided with an outer handle 135, whereby when the plug door 1 fails, the door panel can be opened by the outer handle 135 outside the door panel 131 131. The passenger in the vehicle body can be opened by the inner handle, so that both the inside and the outside of the door panel 131 can be realized by the handle.
可选地,门窗134的拐角处可构造成圆角,不仅美观,而且可避免门窗134拐角处应力过于集中,在门窗134安装时也可避免由于尖角而带来的安装不便,提高了门窗134的可靠性和安全性。Optionally, the corners of the door and window 134 can be configured to be rounded, which is not only beautiful, but also avoids excessive stress at the corners of the door and window 134. When the door and window 134 is installed, the inconvenience caused by the sharp corner can be avoided, and the door and window can be improved. 134 reliability and security.
在本发明的一些实施例中,塞拉门1还可以包括隔离锁组件18,隔离锁组件18可在门洞111关闭状态下使用,以在发生故障时锁闭门体13,相关技术中的塞拉门1的隔离锁为机械隔离锁锁闭门体13时依靠机械机构来限制锁舌183的移动以达到锁闭车门 的目的,结构复杂且灵敏性差。In some embodiments of the invention, the plug door 1 may further include an isolation lock assembly 18 that can be used with the door opening 111 closed to lock the door body 13 in the event of a malfunction, a plug in the related art. When the isolation lock of the sliding door 1 is a mechanical isolation lock, the door body 13 is locked, and the mechanical mechanism is used to restrict the movement of the locking tongue 183 to achieve the purpose of locking the door, and the structure is complicated and the sensitivity is poor.
如图25-图30所示,本发明的隔离锁组件18安装在门框11上且与门体13相连,隔离锁组件18用于锁止门体13关闭门洞111并向控制器发出使驱动机构20停止工作的隔离信号。As shown in Figures 25-30, the isolation lock assembly 18 of the present invention is mounted on the door frame 11 and is coupled to the door body 13. The isolation lock assembly 18 is used to lock the door body 13 to close the door opening 111 and to provide a drive mechanism to the controller. 20 isolated signal to stop working.
由此,在车辆停运或塞拉门1发生故障时,隔离锁组件18锁闭门体13关闭门洞111,同时可向控制器发出隔离信号,控制驱动机构20能够及时停止工作,以使得门体13无法打开以达到锁闭门体13的目的,结构简单且操作方便,而且可以准确有效地控制门体13。Thus, when the vehicle is out of service or the plug door 1 fails, the isolation lock assembly 18 locks the door body 13 to close the door opening 111, and at the same time, can send an isolation signal to the controller, and the control drive mechanism 20 can stop working in time to make the door The body 13 cannot be opened to achieve the purpose of locking the door body 13, the structure is simple and the operation is convenient, and the door body 13 can be accurately and effectively controlled.
在本发明的一些具体实施例中,隔离锁组件18包括隔离锁支座181和锁舌183和行程开关184。In some embodiments of the invention, the isolation lock assembly 18 includes an isolation lock support 181 and a lock tongue 183 and a travel switch 184.
具体地,隔离锁支座181安装在门框11上,锁舌183在锁止位置和解锁位置之间可移动地安装在门体13上,锁舌183位于锁止位置时与隔离锁支座181配合以锁止门体13关闭门洞111,锁舌183位于解锁位置时脱离隔离锁支座181以将允许门体13打开门洞111,行程开关184安装在隔离锁支座181上,锁舌183位于锁止位置时,行程开关184被锁舌183触发并向控制器发出隔离信号。Specifically, the isolation lock support 181 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the lock tongue 183 is movably mounted on the door body 13 between the locked position and the unlocked position, and the lock tongue 181 is located at the lock position and the isolation lock support 181. Cooperating with the locking door body 13 to close the door opening 111, the locking tongue 183 is disengaged from the isolation locking support 181 when the locking tongue 183 is in the unlocking position to allow the door body 13 to open the door opening 111, and the travel switch 184 is mounted on the isolation lock support 181, and the locking tongue 183 is located In the locked position, the travel switch 184 is triggered by the lock tongue 183 and sends an isolation signal to the controller.
具体地,当门体13未出现故障时,锁舌183位于解锁位置并与隔离锁支座181脱离,此时隔离锁组件18对门体13没有锁止作用,门体13被允许正常打开或关闭。当塞拉门1出现故障时,锁舌183移动至锁止位置并与隔离锁支座181配合,隔离锁支座181挡住锁舌183,从而限制门体13的移动。同时锁舌183触发行程开关184,行程开关184向控制发送隔离信号,控制器控制驱动机构20停止工作,由此,在出现故障时,通过锁舌183与隔离锁之间的配合,同时控制器驱动机构20停止工作,从而使得门体13无法通过电动或手动的方式打开,实现了锁闭门体13关闭门洞111的目的。Specifically, when the door body 13 does not fail, the locking tongue 183 is in the unlocked position and is disengaged from the isolation lock support 181. At this time, the isolation lock assembly 18 has no locking effect on the door body 13, and the door body 13 is allowed to open or close normally. . When the plug door 1 fails, the lock tongue 183 moves to the lock position and cooperates with the spacer lock seat 181, which isolates the lock tongue 183, thereby restricting the movement of the door body 13. At the same time, the lock tongue 183 triggers the travel switch 184, the travel switch 184 sends an isolation signal to the control, and the controller controls the drive mechanism 20 to stop working, thereby, in the event of a fault, through the cooperation between the lock tongue 183 and the isolation lock, and the controller The driving mechanism 20 is stopped, so that the door body 13 cannot be opened by electric or manual means, and the purpose of closing the door body 13 to close the door opening 111 is achieved.
由此,本发明的隔离锁组件18通过锁舌183触动行程开关184,将故障信号传输到车门的控制器,依靠控制器来锁闭门体13,结构简单,操作方便,可以准确、有效地控制门体13。Therefore, the isolation lock assembly 18 of the present invention activates the travel switch 184 through the lock tongue 183, transmits the fault signal to the controller of the door, and locks the door body 13 by the controller. The structure is simple, the operation is convenient, and the accurate and effective operation can be accurately and effectively The door body 13 is controlled.
对于隔离锁组件18的操作而言,当门体13发生故障时,首先可用专用工具操作隔离锁组件18,使得锁舌183朝向隔离锁支座181移动以与隔离锁支座181配合,通过隔离锁支座181与锁舌183的配合以锁闭门体13,当故障解除后,通过专用工具打开隔离锁组件18,然后通过电动或者手动的方式将车门打开。For operation of the isolation lock assembly 18, when the door body 13 fails, the isolation lock assembly 18 can first be operated with a special tool such that the lock tongue 183 moves toward the isolation lock support 181 to cooperate with the isolation lock support 181, through isolation The lock support 181 cooperates with the lock tongue 183 to lock the door body 13. When the fault is removed, the isolation lock assembly 18 is opened by a special tool, and then the door is opened by electric or manual means.
在本发明的一些示例中,隔离锁支座181上可设有锁扣,锁舌183在锁止位置时在内外方向上被锁扣止挡,锁舌183在解锁位置时脱离锁扣,由此,锁舌183通过与锁扣的止挡配合和脱离以实现与隔离锁支座181的配合和脱离。其中锁舌183被锁扣止挡时,通过锁扣从而可限制锁舌183在内外方向上的移动,进而可限制门体13的在内 外方向上的移动以锁闭门体13关闭门洞111,锁舌183与锁扣脱离时,锁扣随锁舌183失去止挡作用,此时隔离锁组件18对门体13失去锁止所用,门体13可打开门洞111。In some examples of the present invention, the isolation lock support 181 can be provided with a lock, and the lock tongue 183 is locked in the inner and outer directions when the lock position is in the locked position, and the lock tongue 183 is disengaged from the lock when the unlocked position is used. Thus, the locking tongue 183 engages and disengages with the stop of the lock by the engagement and disengagement of the stop of the lock. When the locking tongue 183 is locked and locked, the movement of the locking tongue 183 in the inner and outer directions can be restricted by the locking buckle, thereby restricting the movement of the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions to lock the door body 13 to close the door opening 111. When the locking tongue 183 is disengaged from the locking buckle, the locking buckle loses the stop function with the locking tongue 183. At this time, the isolation locking assembly 18 is used for unlocking the door body 13, and the door body 13 can open the door opening 111.
在本发明的一些示例中,隔离锁支座181与门框11在左右方向上的距离通过两者之间的U型垫片的数量调节。具体地,隔离锁支座181安装在门框11上,隔离锁支座181与门框11之间在左右方向上间隔开设置,并通过U型垫片配合装配,通过增加或减少U型垫片的数量,从而可调整隔离锁支座181与门框11之间在左右方向上的距离,以调整隔离锁支座181在左右方向上的位置。In some examples of the invention, the distance of the isolation lock support 181 from the door frame 11 in the left-right direction is adjusted by the number of U-shaped spacers therebetween. Specifically, the isolation lock support 181 is mounted on the door frame 11, and the isolation lock support 181 and the door frame 11 are spaced apart in the left-right direction, and are assembled by U-shaped gaskets, by increasing or decreasing the U-shaped gasket. The number, so that the distance between the isolation lock holder 181 and the door frame 11 in the left-right direction can be adjusted to adjust the position of the isolation lock support 181 in the left-right direction.
在本发明的一些示例中,如图29所示,隔离锁支座181上可设有支座纵向安装孔1811,支座纵向安装孔1811内配合有支座纵向紧固件1812,隔离锁支座181通过支座纵向紧固件1812安装在门框11上,且支座纵向安装孔1811为腰型孔以使隔离锁支座181在内外方向上的位置可调。如图29所示,腰形孔的长度方向沿内外方向设置,支座纵向紧固件1812配合在腰形孔内且可在腰形孔内沿内外方向移动,由此,不仅能够实现对隔离锁支座181的固定安装,而且通过调整支座纵向紧固件1812在腰形孔内在内外方向上的移动,从而可调整隔离锁支座181设在内外方向上的位置。In some examples of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 29, the spacer lock seat 181 may be provided with a bracket longitudinal mounting hole 1811, and the bracket longitudinal mounting hole 1811 is fitted with a bracket longitudinal fastener 1812 for isolating the lock branch. The seat 181 is mounted on the door frame 11 by the support longitudinal fasteners 1812, and the support longitudinal mounting holes 1811 are waist-shaped holes to adjust the position of the isolation lock support 181 in the inner and outer directions. As shown in Fig. 29, the longitudinal direction of the waist hole is arranged in the inner and outer directions, and the longitudinal fastener 1812 of the support fits in the waist hole and can move in the inner and outer directions in the waist hole, thereby not only achieving isolation The lock holder 181 is fixedly mounted, and the position of the spacer lock holder 181 in the inner and outer directions can be adjusted by adjusting the movement of the holder longitudinal fastener 1812 in the inner and outer directions in the waist hole.
在本发明的一些示例中,隔离锁支座181上可安装有隔离锁连接板182,行程开关184安装在隔离锁连接板182上。由此,通过隔离锁连接板182可将行程开关184安装在隔离锁支座181上,从而方便行程开关184与隔离锁支座181的安装装配。In some examples of the invention, an isolation lock attachment plate 182 can be mounted on the isolation lock support 181, and a travel switch 184 is mounted on the isolation lock connection plate 182. Thus, the travel switch 184 can be mounted on the isolation lock support 181 by the isolation lock connection plate 182, thereby facilitating the installation and assembly of the travel switch 184 and the isolation lock support 181.
可选地,隔离锁连接板182上可设有连接板纵向安装孔1821,连接板纵向安装孔1821内配合有连接板纵向紧固件1822,隔离锁连接板182通过连接板纵向紧固件1822安装在隔离锁支座181上,且连接板纵向安装孔1821为腰型孔以使隔离锁连接板182在内外方向上的位置可调。如图30所示,连接板纵向安装孔1821形成的腰形孔沿内外方向延伸,连接板纵向紧固件1822可在连接板纵向安装孔1821内沿内外方向移动以进行微调,从而可调整隔离锁连接在内外方向上的位置,根据安装需要调整隔离锁连接板182后,连接板纵向紧固件1822紧固隔离锁连接板182和隔离锁支座181。Optionally, the isolation lock connecting plate 182 may be provided with a connecting plate longitudinal mounting hole 1821, and the connecting plate longitudinal mounting hole 1821 is fitted with a connecting plate longitudinal fastener 1822, and the isolating locking connecting plate 182 passes the connecting plate longitudinal fastener 1822. Mounted on the isolation lock support 181, and the longitudinal longitudinal mounting holes 1821 of the connecting plate are waist-shaped holes to adjust the position of the isolation lock connecting plate 182 in the inner and outer directions. As shown in FIG. 30, the waist hole formed by the longitudinal mounting hole 1821 of the connecting plate extends in the inner and outer directions, and the longitudinal fastener 1822 of the connecting plate can be moved in the inner and outer directions in the longitudinal mounting hole 1821 of the connecting plate for fine adjustment, thereby adjusting the isolation. The position of the lock connection in the inner and outer directions, after adjusting the isolation lock connection plate 182 according to the installation requirements, the connection plate longitudinal fastener 1822 fastens the isolation lock connection plate 182 and the isolation lock support 181.
可选地,隔离锁连接板182上可设有连接板横向安装孔1823,行程开关184通过配合在连接板横向安装孔1823内的连接板横向紧固件1824安装在隔离锁连接板182上,且连接板横向安装孔1823为腰型孔以使行程开关184在左右方向上的位置可调,由此,从而不仅可将行程开关184安装固定在隔离锁连接板182上,而且可根据需要调整行程开关184在左右方向上的位置。Optionally, the isolation lock connecting plate 182 may be provided with a connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823, and the travel switch 184 is mounted on the isolation lock connecting plate 182 by a connecting plate lateral fastener 1824 fitted in the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823. Moreover, the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823 is a waist hole to adjust the position of the stroke switch 184 in the left-right direction, thereby not only fixing and fixing the stroke switch 184 to the isolation lock connecting plate 182, but also adjusting according to needs. The position of the stroke switch 184 in the left-right direction.
在如图30所示的示例中,隔离锁连接板182可以包括横向连接板1825和纵向连接板1826,纵向连接板1826可由横向连接板1825的在左右方向上邻近隔离锁支座181的一侧边沿朝向内外方向延伸形成。其中,连接板横向安装孔1823设在横向连接板上, 行程开关184通过连接板横向安装孔1823安装在横向连接板上,连接板纵向安装孔1821设在纵向连接板上,隔离锁连接板182通过纵向连接板安装在隔离锁支座181上。In the example shown in FIG. 30, the isolation lock connection plate 182 may include a transverse connection plate 1825 and a longitudinal connection plate 1826, which may be adjacent to the side of the lateral connection plate 1825 adjacent to the isolation lock support 181 in the left-right direction. The edges are formed to extend in the inner and outer directions. Wherein, the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823 is disposed on the lateral connecting plate, the travel switch 184 is mounted on the lateral connecting plate through the connecting plate lateral mounting hole 1823, and the connecting plate longitudinal mounting hole 1821 is disposed on the longitudinal connecting plate, and the isolation locking connecting plate 182 Mounted on the isolation lock support 181 by a longitudinal web.
在本发明的一些示例中,行程开关184上可设有隔离锁摆臂1841,锁舌183位于锁止位置时触动隔离锁摆臂1841且行程开关184向控制器发出隔离信号。在出现故障时,锁舌183朝向锁止位置移动,并触动隔离锁摆臂1841,从而使得行程开关184被触发,以向控制器发出隔离信号,通过触动隔离锁摆臂1841来触发行程开关184,从而有利于锁舌183与行程开关184的触发连接。In some examples of the present invention, the trip switch 184 can be provided with an isolating lock swing arm 1841. When the lock tongue 183 is in the lock position, the isolation lock swing arm 1841 is activated and the travel switch 184 sends an isolation signal to the controller. In the event of a fault, the locking tongue 183 moves toward the locked position and activates the isolating lock swing arm 1841 such that the travel switch 184 is triggered to issue an isolation signal to the controller, triggering the travel switch 184 by actuating the isolation lock swing arm 1841 Thereby facilitating the trigger connection of the locking tongue 183 with the travel switch 184.
可选地,隔离锁摆臂1841上设有可旋转的隔离锁滚轮1842,锁舌183位于锁止位置时与隔离锁滚轮1842抵触。从而可触发行程开关184,同时在锁舌183朝向锁止位置移动时,锁舌183邻近隔离锁支座181的一端触动隔离锁滚轮1842,隔离锁滚轮1842转动,从而可减小锁舌183与隔离锁滚轮1842之间的冲击力,也可减小锁舌183对隔离锁支座181的挤压力。Optionally, the isolating lock swing arm 1841 is provided with a rotatable isolating lock roller 1842. The locking tongue 183 is in contact with the isolating lock roller 1842 when in the locked position. Thereby, the travel switch 184 can be triggered, and when the lock tongue 183 moves toward the lock position, the lock tongue 183 touches the isolation lock roller 1842 adjacent to the end of the isolation lock support 181, and the isolation lock roller 1842 rotates, thereby reducing the lock tongue 183 and The impact force between the isolation lock rollers 1842 can also reduce the pressing force of the lock tongue 183 on the isolation lock support 181.
在本发明的一些示例中,行程开关184上设有第一过线孔1843。通过第一过线孔1843从而方便行程开关184与控制器的线连接。In some examples of the invention, the first switch hole 1843 is provided on the travel switch 184. The first wire hole 1843 is passed to facilitate the wire connection of the stroke switch 184 to the controller.
如图1所示,在本发明的一些示例中,隔离锁组件18还包括内部紧急解锁装置183和外部紧急解锁装置185,内部紧急解锁装置183在内外方向上位于门体13的内侧,用于从门体13的内侧控制锁舌183移动至解锁位置,外部紧急解锁装置185在内外方向上位于门体13的外侧,用于从门体13的外侧控制锁舌183移动至解锁位置。由此,通过内部紧急解锁装置183和外部紧急解锁装置185,从而可从车体的内部或外部打开隔离锁组件18以控制锁舌183移动至解锁位置,由此在故障解除后,从而方便对隔离锁组件18的操作。As shown in FIG. 1, in some examples of the present invention, the isolation lock assembly 18 further includes an internal emergency release device 183 and an external emergency release device 185, the internal emergency release device 183 being located inside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions for The lock tongue 183 is moved from the inner side of the door body 13 to the unlocked position, and the external emergency unlocking device 185 is located outside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions for controlling the movement of the lock tongue 183 from the outer side of the door body 13 to the unlocked position. Thus, the internal emergency unlocking device 183 and the external emergency unlocking device 185 can be used to open the isolation lock assembly 18 from the inside or the outside of the vehicle body to control the movement of the locking tongue 183 to the unlocked position, thereby facilitating the release of the fault. The operation of the isolation lock assembly 18.
对于驱动机构20下置的塞拉门1,在门体13关闭门洞111时,门体13的下部与驱动机构20相连,通过驱动机构20可限制门体13下部的移动,保证了门体13下部的机械抗力,但是门体13的上部没有可靠的受力支撑点,门体13上部的机械抗力小,门体13达不到标准的静载要求,行车时乘客倚靠门体13存在很大风险。For the sliding door 1 disposed under the driving mechanism 20, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the lower portion of the door body 13 is connected to the driving mechanism 20, and the movement of the lower portion of the door body 13 can be restricted by the driving mechanism 20, thereby ensuring the door body 13 The mechanical resistance of the lower part, but the upper part of the door body 13 has no reliable force support point, the mechanical resistance of the upper part of the door body 13 is small, the door body 13 does not meet the standard static load requirement, and the passenger leans against the door body 13 when driving. risk.
为了保证塞拉门1的稳定性和可靠性,塞拉门1还可以包括固定挡销组件19,固定挡销组件19安装在门框11的顶部且与门体13的顶部相连,用于在门体13关闭门洞111后止挡门体13移动。由此,在门体13关闭门洞111后,通过固定挡销组件19与门体13顶部的止挡配合,从而增加了门体13顶部与门框11的顶部的受力支撑点,提高了门体13的机械抗力,进而提高了行车时门体13的可靠性和安全性。In order to ensure the stability and reliability of the plug door 1, the plug door 1 may further include a fixed stop pin assembly 19 mounted on the top of the door frame 11 and connected to the top of the door body 13 for the door After the body 13 closes the door opening 111, the stopper door 13 moves. Thus, after the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the fixed stop pin assembly 19 is engaged with the stop of the top of the door body 13, thereby increasing the force support point of the top of the door body 13 and the top of the door frame 11, thereby improving the door body. The mechanical resistance of 13 further improves the reliability and safety of the door body 13 during driving.
在本发明的一些示例中,固定挡销组件19可以包括嵌块191和挡销192,嵌块191安装在门框11的顶部,嵌块191上设有止挡槽,挡销192安装在门体13的顶部,门 体13关闭门洞111时挡销192配合在止挡槽内,从而可止挡门体13移动,以增强门体13的顶部的机械抗力,提高门体13的稳定性和牢靠性,以满足静载的要求,以更好地保护乘客的安全。门体13打开门洞111时挡销192脱离止挡槽,此时门体13的顶部与门框11的顶部脱离,使得门体13可打开门洞111。In some examples of the invention, the fixed pin assembly 19 can include a block 191 that is mounted on the top of the door frame 11 and a stop pin 191 that is provided with a stop groove on which the stop pin 192 is mounted. At the top of the door 13, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the stopper pin 192 fits in the stopper groove, so that the door body 13 can be stopped to enhance the mechanical resistance of the top of the door body 13, and the stability and stability of the door body 13 are improved. Sex to meet the requirements of static load to better protect passenger safety. When the door body 13 opens the door opening 111, the stopper pin 192 is disengaged from the stopper groove, and at this time, the top of the door body 13 is separated from the top of the door frame 11, so that the door body 13 can open the door opening 111.
可选地,止挡槽可沿水平方向延伸且相对于左右方向和内外方向倾斜设置,由此,门体13在关闭门洞111和打开门洞111时,挡销192沿止挡槽的延伸方向相对内外方向和左右方向倾斜移动,从而能够对着门体13动作滑入或滑出止挡槽,以与门体13的运动保证一致性。对于止挡槽相对对内外方向和左右方向的倾斜角度而言,止挡槽的倾斜方向可与门体13的打开或关闭时的运行轨迹相匹配。Alternatively, the stop groove may extend in the horizontal direction and be inclined with respect to the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions, whereby the door body 13 is opposite to the extending direction of the stop groove when closing the door opening 111 and opening the door opening 111. The inner and outer directions and the left and right directions are tilted so as to be able to slide into or out of the stopper groove against the door body 13 to ensure consistency with the movement of the door body 13. For the inclination angle of the stopper groove with respect to the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction, the inclination direction of the stopper groove can be matched with the running trajectory when the door body 13 is opened or closed.
可选地,止挡槽的宽度可由止挡槽的内部至止挡槽的外部逐渐增大。从而使得挡销192从止挡槽的外部能够顺利滑入滑出止挡槽,挡销192位于止挡槽内部时也有利于止挡槽与挡销192的紧密配合,使得挡销192与止挡槽配合地更加牢靠。进一步地挡销192滑入止挡槽的内部时,挡销192与止挡槽的侧壁之间可具有一定的压紧量,以使得挡销192与止挡槽的配合更加牢固可靠。可以理解的是,这里的内部和外部指的是相对挡销192在止挡槽的移动方向而言,挡销192从止挡槽的外部滑入止挡槽的内部。Alternatively, the width of the stop groove may gradually increase from the inside of the stop groove to the outside of the stop groove. Therefore, the stopper pin 192 can smoothly slide into and out of the stop groove from the outside of the stopper groove, and the stopper pin 192 is also located in the inside of the stopper groove to facilitate the close cooperation of the stopper groove and the stopper pin 192, so that the stopper pin 192 stops. The retaining groove fits more securely. Further, when the stopper pin 192 slides into the inside of the stopper groove, the stopper pin 192 and the side wall of the stopper groove can have a certain pressing amount, so that the cooperation of the stopper pin 192 and the stopper groove is more firm and reliable. It will be understood that the inner and outer portions herein refer to the opposite stop pin 192 in the direction of movement of the stop groove, and the stop pin 192 slides from the outside of the stop groove into the interior of the stop groove.
在如图31和图32所示的示例中,挡销192可以为两个,两个挡销192分别安装在两个门体13,止挡槽为两个,两个止挡槽分别与两个挡销192配合,两个止挡槽分别设在嵌块191的左右方向的两端且对称设置,其中两个止挡槽大体形成为八字形,由此,门体13关闭门洞111时,两个挡销192分别从对应的止挡槽的外部滑入止挡槽的内部In the example shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the two kinds of the stopper pins 192 may be two, and the two stopper pins 192 are respectively mounted on the two door bodies 13, and the two stopper grooves are two, and the two stopper grooves are respectively two. The two retaining pins 192 are respectively disposed at two ends of the insert block 191 in the left-right direction and symmetrically disposed, wherein the two retaining grooves are formed substantially in a figure-eight shape, thereby, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, Two stop pins 192 slide from the outside of the corresponding stop groove into the interior of the stop groove
可选地,止挡槽的槽口延伸至嵌块191的相邻两侧面,如图32所示,止挡槽的槽口形成在嵌块191的两个拐角处,从而使得挡销192能够顺利滑入止挡槽内,以避免挡销192由于与槽口位置不对而无法与止挡槽配合。Optionally, the notches of the stop groove extend to adjacent sides of the insert 191, as shown in FIG. 32, the notches of the stop groove are formed at the two corners of the insert 191, so that the stop pin 192 can Smoothly slide into the stop groove to prevent the stop pin 192 from cooperating with the stop groove due to the misalignment with the notch.
可选地,门框11的顶部可设有嵌块安装架112,嵌块191安装在嵌块安装架112上,从而方便嵌块191与门框11的安装装配。进一步地,嵌块191上可设有嵌块安装孔1912,嵌块191通过配合在嵌块安装孔1912内的嵌块191紧固件安装在嵌块安装架112上,且嵌块安装孔1912为腰型孔以使嵌块191在内外方向上的位置可调。由此通过嵌块191紧固件不仅能够将嵌块191安装在嵌块支架,而嵌块191紧固件在嵌块安装孔1912内沿内外方向可调节,通过调节嵌块紧固件在嵌块安装孔1912内的位置,从而可调节嵌块191在内外方向上的位置,以能够更好地保持与门体13的运行动作的一致性。对于嵌块191紧固件而言,嵌块紧固件可以为螺栓或者螺钉等,对此本发明并不做特殊限定。Optionally, the top of the door frame 11 may be provided with a block mounting bracket 112, and the insert block 191 is mounted on the block mounting bracket 112 to facilitate the installation and assembly of the block 191 and the door frame 11. Further, the insert block 191 can be provided with a block mounting hole 1912. The insert block 191 is mounted on the block mounting frame 112 by the insert 191 fastener fitted in the block mounting hole 1912, and the block mounting hole 1912 It is a waist hole to adjust the position of the insert 191 in the inner and outer directions. Thus, not only can the insert 191 be mounted on the insert bracket by the insert 191 fastener, but the insert 191 fastener can be adjusted in the inner and outer directions in the insert mounting hole 1912, and the insert is fixed by adjusting the insert fastener. The position of the block mounting hole 1912 allows the position of the insert 191 to be adjusted in the inner and outer directions to better maintain consistency with the running motion of the door body 13. For the insert 191 fastener, the insert fastener may be a bolt or a screw, etc., and the invention is not particularly limited.
在如图31和32所示的示例中,嵌块191上可设有三个嵌块安装孔1912,三个嵌块安装孔1912在左右方向上间隔开设置,从而可加强嵌块191与嵌块安装架112之间的固定强度,以使得嵌块191相对更加的牢固。In the example shown in FIGS. 31 and 32, the insert block 191 may be provided with three insert mounting holes 1912, and the three insert mounting holes 1912 are spaced apart in the left-right direction, thereby reinforcing the insert 191 and the insert. The fixing strength between the mounting brackets 112 is such that the inserts 191 are relatively more secure.
可选地,嵌块安装架112上可设有支架安装孔1121,支架安装孔1121内配合有支架紧固件,嵌块安装架112通过支架紧固件安装在门框11上,且支架安装孔1121为腰型孔以使嵌块安装架112在左右方向上的位置可调。由此,腰型孔的长度方向沿左右方向延伸,支架紧固件在腰型孔内可沿左右方向调节移动,通过调节支架紧固件在支架安装孔1121的位置,从而可调节嵌块安装架112在左右方向上的位置,嵌块安装架112调节至需要的位置时,可对支架紧固件进行紧固以将嵌块安装架112固定在门框11上。Optionally, the bracket mounting bracket 112 can be provided with a bracket mounting hole 1121. The bracket mounting hole 1121 is fitted with a bracket fastener. The insert mounting bracket 112 is mounted on the door frame 11 through the bracket fastener, and the bracket mounting hole is 1121 is a waist hole to adjust the position of the insert mounting bracket 112 in the left and right direction. Thereby, the longitudinal direction of the waist hole extends in the left-right direction, and the bracket fastener can be adjusted to move in the left-right direction in the waist hole, and the position of the bracket fastening hole 1121 can be adjusted by adjusting the position of the bracket fastener in the bracket mounting hole 1121 When the frame 112 is in the left-right direction and the block mounting bracket 112 is adjusted to the desired position, the bracket fasteners can be fastened to fix the block mounting bracket 112 to the door frame 11.
可选地,如图31所示,嵌块安装架112可以包括第一水平安装部1122、竖直连接部1123和第二水平安装部1124,第一水平安装部1122安装在门框11的顶部,竖直连接部1123的上沿与第一水平安装部1122相连,第二水平安装部1124与竖直连接部1123的下沿相连,嵌块191安装在第二水平安装部1124上。从而有利于嵌块191之间、嵌块191和门框11之间的安装装配。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 31, the block mounting bracket 112 may include a first horizontal mounting portion 1122, a vertical connecting portion 1123, and a second horizontal mounting portion 1124, the first horizontal mounting portion 1122 being mounted on the top of the door frame 11, The upper edge of the vertical connecting portion 1123 is connected to the first horizontal mounting portion 1122, the second horizontal mounting portion 1124 is connected to the lower edge of the vertical connecting portion 1123, and the insert 191 is mounted on the second horizontal mounting portion 1124. Thereby, the mounting assembly between the inserts 191, the insert 191 and the door frame 11 is facilitated.
进一步地,如图48所示,嵌块安装架112还可以包括倾斜支撑部1125,倾斜支撑部1125与第二水平安装部1124相连且从第二水平安装部1124向上倾斜延伸,如图所示,倾斜支撑部1125、竖直连接部1123和第二水平安装部1124之间形成为大体三角形的形状,由此通过设置倾斜支撑部1125从而可提高嵌块安装架112的自身的强度。门框11的顶部设有支撑斜楞113,倾斜支撑部1125支撑倾斜斜楞113,从而可加强嵌块安装架112与门框11的安装配合,以增强嵌块安装架112与门框11的配合的稳定性。Further, as shown in FIG. 48, the block mounting bracket 112 may further include an inclined supporting portion 1125 connected to the second horizontal mounting portion 1124 and extending obliquely upward from the second horizontal mounting portion 1124, as shown in the figure. The inclined support portion 1125, the vertical connection portion 1123, and the second horizontal mounting portion 1124 are formed in a substantially triangular shape, whereby the strength of the insert mount 112 itself can be improved by providing the inclined support portion 1125. The top of the door frame 11 is provided with a supporting slanting 113, and the slanting supporting portion 1125 supports the inclined slanting sill 113, so that the mounting fit of the insert mounting bracket 112 and the door frame 11 can be enhanced to enhance the stability of the fitting of the insert mounting bracket 112 and the door frame 11. Sex.
在本发明的一些示例中,挡销192可以包括挡销座1921和挡销滚轮1922,挡销座1921安装在门体13的顶部,挡销滚轮1922可旋转地安装在挡销座1921上,门体13关闭门洞111时挡销滚轮1922啮合在止挡槽内,门体13打开门洞111时挡销滚轮1922脱离止挡槽。具体地,门体13关闭门洞111的过程中,挡销滚轮1922滑入止挡槽且可在止挡槽内转动,以随着门体13动作在止挡槽内沿止挡槽延伸方向移动,门体13打开门洞111的过程中,挡销192随门体13门体13动作以滑出止挡槽,由此,通过挡销滚轮1922在止挡槽内旋转以实现相对止挡槽移动,从而不仅方面挡销192在止挡槽内的移动,而且可减小止挡槽与挡销192之间的摩擦力。In some examples of the invention, the stop pin 192 can include a stop pin 1921 and a stop pin 1922 that is mounted on the top of the door body 13 and that is rotatably mounted on the stop pin 1921. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the pin roller 1922 is engaged in the stopper groove, and when the door body 13 opens the door hole 111, the pin roller 1922 is disengaged from the stopper groove. Specifically, during the process of closing the door opening 111 by the door body 13, the pin roller 1922 slides into the stop groove and can rotate in the stop groove to move in the stop groove along the extending direction of the stop groove as the door body 13 moves. During the opening of the door opening 111 by the door body 13, the stopper pin 192 moves with the door body 13 of the door body 13 to slide out of the stop groove, thereby rotating the stop pin roller 1922 in the stop groove to realize the movement of the opposite stop groove. Therefore, not only the movement of the stopper pin 192 in the stopper groove but also the friction between the stopper groove and the stopper pin 192 can be reduced.
下面参考附图描述根据发明具体实施例的驱动机构20。A drive mechanism 20 in accordance with an embodiment of the invention will now be described with reference to the drawings.
在本发明的一些实施例中,驱动机构20可以包括固定架21、纵向引导组件22和 横向驱动组件26,纵向引导组件22安装在固定架21上,横向驱动组件26安装在纵向引导组件22上且与门体13传动连接,控制器与横向驱动组件26通讯,门体13在左右方向上的移动由横向驱动组件26驱动,门体13在左右方向上移动时纵向引导组件22通过引导横向驱动组件26而带动门体13同时在内外方向上移动,由此,在横向驱动组件26和纵向引导组件22的作用的下,门体13可沿内外方向和左右方向移动以打开或关闭门洞111。In some embodiments of the invention, the drive mechanism 20 can include a mount 21, a longitudinal guide assembly 22 and a lateral drive assembly 26 mounted on a mount 21 that is mounted on the longitudinal guide assembly 22 And the door body 13 is drivingly connected, the controller communicates with the lateral drive assembly 26, the movement of the door body 13 in the left-right direction is driven by the lateral drive assembly 26, and the longitudinal guide assembly 22 is guided by the lateral drive when the door body 13 is moved in the left-right direction. The assembly 26 drives the door body 13 to move in both the inner and outer directions, whereby the door body 13 is movable in the inner and outer directions and the left and right direction to open or close the door opening 111 under the action of the lateral drive assembly 26 and the longitudinal guide assembly 22.
具体地,固定架21固定在车体的底部用于支撑和固定纵向引导组件22,横向驱动组件26为动力源以驱动门体13运动,纵向引导组件22具有引导作用,以引导门体13在内外方向上移动。门体13与横向驱动组件26传递连接且与控制器通讯,控制器控制横向驱动组件26以驱动门体13在左右方向上移动,横向驱动组件26安装在纵向引导组件22,在门体13进行塞入和摆出动作时,通过纵向引导组件22可引导横向驱动组件26以带动门体13在内外方向移动。Specifically, the fixing frame 21 is fixed to the bottom of the vehicle body for supporting and fixing the longitudinal guiding assembly 22, the lateral driving assembly 26 is a power source to drive the movement of the door body 13, and the longitudinal guiding assembly 22 has a guiding function to guide the door body 13 at Move in the inner and outer directions. The door body 13 is in transfer connection with the lateral drive assembly 26 and is in communication with the controller, the controller controls the lateral drive assembly 26 to drive the door body 13 to move in the left and right direction, and the lateral drive assembly 26 is mounted to the longitudinal guide assembly 22 for the door body 13 During the insertion and swinging action, the lateral drive assembly 26 can be guided by the longitudinal guide assembly 22 to move the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions.
例如,在门体13开始打开时,在纵向引导组件22的引导作用和横向驱动组件26的驱动作用下,门体13先沿内外方向朝向车体的外部方向移动,然后沿左右方向移动以打开门洞111,在门体13关闭门洞111时,门体13先沿左右方向移动以关闭门体13,然后在纵向引导组件22的引导作用和横向驱动组件26的驱动作用下,门体13沿内外方向移动以进行塞入动作。For example, when the door body 13 starts to open, under the guiding action of the longitudinal guiding assembly 22 and the driving of the lateral driving assembly 26, the door body 13 first moves in the outer direction toward the outer direction of the vehicle body, and then moves in the left and right direction to open. The door opening 111, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the door body 13 is first moved in the left-right direction to close the door body 13, and then under the guiding action of the longitudinal guiding assembly 22 and the driving of the lateral driving assembly 26, the door body 13 is inside and outside. Move in the direction to perform the insertion action.
在本发明的一些实施例中,固定架21可以包括安装底板211、第一侧支撑212和第二侧支撑213,安装底板211的两端分别与第一侧支撑212和第二侧支撑213支撑相连,纵向引导组件22安装在第一侧支撑212和第二侧支撑213上。第一侧支撑212安装在安装底板211的一端,第二侧支撑213安装在安装底板211的另一端,由此,通过将第一侧支撑212和第二侧支撑213分别安装在安装底板211的两端可支撑安装底板211,以使得固定架21结构更加的稳定,结合图37和图38所示,安装底板211沿左右方向延伸,安装底板211可以安装在第一侧支撑212和第二侧支撑213的上方。纵向引导组件22安装在第一侧支撑212和第二侧支撑213上,横向驱动组件26安装在纵向引导组件22上,通过第一侧支撑212和第二侧也支撑可支撑纵向以引导组件和横向驱动组件26。In some embodiments of the present invention, the fixing frame 21 may include a mounting bottom plate 211, a first side support 212, and a second side support 213. The two ends of the mounting bottom plate 211 are supported by the first side support 212 and the second side support 213, respectively. Connected, the longitudinal guide assembly 22 is mounted on the first side support 212 and the second side support 213. The first side support 212 is mounted at one end of the mounting bottom plate 211, and the second side support 213 is mounted at the other end of the mounting bottom plate 211, whereby the first side support 212 and the second side support 213 are respectively mounted on the mounting bottom plate 211 by the first side support 212 The mounting base plate 211 can be supported at both ends to make the structure of the fixing frame 21 more stable. As shown in FIG. 37 and FIG. 38, the mounting base plate 211 extends in the left-right direction, and the mounting bottom plate 211 can be mounted on the first side support 212 and the second side. Above the support 213. The longitudinal guide assembly 22 is mounted on the first side support 212 and the second side support 213, the lateral drive assembly 26 being mounted on the longitudinal guide assembly 22, the first side support 212 and the second side also supported to support the longitudinal direction to guide the assembly and The drive assembly 26 is laterally driven.
可选地,安装底板211的上表面可设有若干对底板加强筋2111,每对底板加强筋2111在安装底板211的上表面形成走线槽2112。由此,通过多个底板加强筋2111不仅可以提高安装底板211的结构强度,而且每对加强筋之间可形成走线槽2112,线束可以通过安装底板211的走线槽2112进行走线并固定,从而不需要另外增设走线槽2112,节约了固定架21上线束的占用空间。其中底板加强筋2111与安装底板211可 以为一体件,从而可加强安装底板211和底板加强筋2111的结构强度,而且也可简化安装底板211和底板加强筋2111的安装步骤。进一步地底板加强筋2111与安装底板211可以为一体挤压成型的铝合金件。从而增加了安装底板211的抗弯能力和两端的承载能力,以进一步地提高了安装底板211的结构强度。Optionally, the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate 211 may be provided with a plurality of pairs of bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111, and each pair of bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111 forms a wire groove 2112 on the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate 211. Therefore, the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211 can be improved not only by the plurality of bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111, but also the wire trough 2112 can be formed between each pair of reinforcing bars, and the wire harness can be routed and fixed by the wire trough 2112 of the mounting bottom plate 211. Therefore, there is no need to additionally add a wire trough 2112, which saves the space occupied by the wire harness on the fixing frame 21. The bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 and the mounting bottom plate 211 may be a single piece, so that the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211 and the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 can be enhanced, and the mounting steps of the mounting bottom plate 211 and the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 can also be simplified. Further, the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111 and the mounting bottom plate 211 may be an integrally extruded aluminum alloy piece. Thereby, the bending resistance of the mounting bottom plate 211 and the bearing capacity of both ends are increased to further improve the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211.
可选地,如图39和图40所示,加强筋可以为多对,每对底板加强筋2111沿安装底板211的长度方向延伸以形成沿安装底板211的长度方向延伸的走线槽2112,多对底板加强筋2111沿安装底板211的宽度方向间隔设置。由此,不仅能够进一步地加强安装底板211的结构强度,而且在安装底板211的上表面上可形成有多个走向槽,多个走线槽2112沿安装底板211的宽度方向间隔开设置,也方便塞拉门1的驱动机构20的走线。进一步地,多对加强筋中的一对在安装底板211宽度方向上位于安装底板211的中间处。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40, the reinforcing ribs may be a plurality of pairs, and each pair of bottom plate reinforcing ribs 2111 extend along the length direction of the mounting bottom plate 211 to form a wire groove 2112 extending along the length direction of the mounting bottom plate 211. A plurality of pairs of the bottom plate reinforcing bars 2111 are spaced apart in the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211. Therefore, not only the structural strength of the mounting bottom plate 211 can be further enhanced, but also a plurality of running grooves can be formed on the upper surface of the mounting bottom plate 211, and the plurality of wire drawing grooves 2112 are spaced apart along the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211, and The wiring of the drive mechanism 20 of the plug door 1 is facilitated. Further, a pair of the plurality of reinforcing ribs is located at the middle of the mounting bottom plate 211 in the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211.
在本发明的一些示例中,每对底板加强筋2111在安装底板211的宽度方向上间隔设置以使走线槽2112具有朝上的开口2113。由此,线束可从走线槽2112向上敞开的开口2113放入走线槽2112内,从而有利于走线槽2112进行走线。可选地,每对底板加强筋2111可具有位于开口2113处且朝向彼此延伸的缩口沿2114。由此,缩口沿2114的开口2113大小小于走线槽2112沿左右方向的尺寸,线束安装在走线槽2112内时,通过缩口沿2114从而可止挡线束从走线槽2112脱离。如图39和图40所示,缩口沿2114设在底板加强筋2111的上端,且每对底板加强筋2111的缩口沿2114朝向彼此延伸,对于缩口沿2114的延伸方向而言,缩口沿2114可从底板加强筋2111的上端延伸,或者相对水平方向倾斜向上或向下延伸,对此,本发明并不作特殊限定,只要使得缩口沿2114处的开口大小小于走向槽2112内每对底板加强筋2111之间的距离即可。In some examples of the invention, each pair of bottom plate stiffeners 2111 are spaced apart in the width direction of the mounting bottom plate 211 such that the wire trough 2112 has an upwardly facing opening 2113. Thereby, the wire harness can be inserted into the wire trough 2112 from the opening 2113 which is open upward from the wire trough 2112, thereby facilitating the wire trough 2112 to perform the routing. Alternatively, each pair of floor stiffeners 2111 can have a constricted edge 2114 that is located at the opening 2113 and that extends toward one another. Thus, the size of the opening 2113 of the constricting edge 2114 is smaller than the dimension of the wire trough 2112 in the left-right direction. When the wire harness is installed in the wire trough 2112, the wire can be stopped from the wire trough 2112 by the constricting edge 2114. As shown in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40, the constricting edge 2114 is disposed at the upper end of the bottom plate reinforcing rib 2111, and the constricted edges of each pair of the bottom plate reinforcing ribs 2111 extend toward each other along the direction 2114, and the contraction is extended along the extending direction of the 2114. The mouth edge 2114 may extend from the upper end of the bottom plate stiffener 2111 or may extend obliquely upward or downward with respect to the horizontal direction. For this reason, the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the opening size of the narrowing edge 2114 is smaller than that of the running groove 2112. The distance between the bottom plate reinforcements 2111 is sufficient.
在本发明的一些示例中,走线槽2112在安装底板211的长度方向上的两端中的至少一端敞开。例如,走线槽2112的两端均可敞开,或走线槽2112的两端中仅一端敞开,由此,线束可从走线槽2112的敞开端穿过,从而方便走线槽2112走线。In some examples of the present invention, the wire trough 2112 is open at at least one of both ends in the longitudinal direction of the mounting bottom plate 211. For example, both ends of the wire trough 2112 may be open, or only one of the two ends of the trough 2112 may be open, whereby the wire harness may pass through the open end of the trough 2112, thereby facilitating the routing of the trough 2112. .
在本发明的一些示例中,安装底板211上设有沿其厚度方向贯通的第二过线孔2115。安装底板211上安装有闭锁机构267,连接闭锁机构267和内外紧急解锁装置的钢丝绳可从第二过线孔2115穿过。In some examples of the present invention, the mounting base 211 is provided with a second wire hole 2115 penetrating in the thickness direction thereof. A locking mechanism 267 is mounted on the mounting bottom plate 211, and a wire rope connecting the locking mechanism 267 and the internal and external emergency unlocking devices can pass through the second wire passing hole 2115.
在本发明的一些示例中,固定架21还可以包括安装座214,安装座214上装配有连接螺栓2141,连接螺栓2141的螺帽配合在走线槽2112内以将安装座214安装在安装底板211的上方。从而可不需要设置多余的安装孔,简化了安装底板211的结构,也方便安装座214安装。如图38-图40所示,走线槽2112沿左右方向延伸,由此可根据需要以对安装座214在左右方向的位置进行调节。进一步地,走线槽2112可以为多 个,安装座214上装配有多个连接螺栓2141,多个连接螺栓2141的螺帽分别配合在多个走线槽2112,从而可加强安装座214与安装底板211的固定强度。在如图39和图40所示的示例中,走线槽2112可以为三个,三个走线槽2112沿内外方向间隔开设置,安装座214上可设有三对连接螺栓2141,三对连接螺栓2141分别与三个走线槽2112配合,从而将安装座214牢靠地固定在安装底板211上。In some examples of the present invention, the mounting bracket 21 may further include a mounting seat 214 equipped with a connecting bolt 2141, and a nut of the connecting bolt 2141 is fitted in the cable trough 2112 to mount the mounting seat 214 on the mounting base plate. Above the 211. Therefore, it is not necessary to provide an extra mounting hole, which simplifies the structure of the mounting base 211 and facilitates the mounting of the mounting seat 214. As shown in FIGS. 38 to 40, the wire trough 2112 extends in the left-right direction, whereby the position of the mount 214 in the left-right direction can be adjusted as needed. Further, there may be a plurality of wire troughs 2112. The mounting seat 214 is equipped with a plurality of connecting bolts 2141. The nuts of the plurality of connecting bolts 2141 are respectively fitted to the plurality of wire troughs 2112, so that the mounting seat 214 and the mounting can be strengthened. The fixing strength of the bottom plate 211. In the example shown in FIG. 39 and FIG. 40, the wire trough 2112 may be three, three wire troughs 2112 are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the mounting seat 214 may be provided with three pairs of connecting bolts 2141, three pairs of connections. The bolts 2141 are respectively engaged with the three wire troughs 2112, thereby firmly fixing the mount 214 to the mounting base 211.
可选地,如图39所示,安装座214可以包括下安装板2143、第一上安装板2144、第二上安装板2145、第一连接板2146和第二连接板2147,连接螺栓2141装配在下安装板2143上第一上安装板2144和第二上安装板2145位于下安装板2143的上方且沿内外方向间隔设置,第二连接板2147连接下安装板2143和第二上安装板2145,第一连接板2146和第二连接板2147沿内外方向间隔设置且由下至上彼此逐渐远离。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 39, the mounting seat 214 may include a lower mounting plate 2143, a first upper mounting plate 2144, a second upper mounting plate 2145, a first connecting plate 2146, and a second connecting plate 2147, and the connecting bolt 2141 is assembled. On the lower mounting plate 2143, the first upper mounting plate 2144 and the second upper mounting plate 2145 are located above the lower mounting plate 2143 and are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the second connecting plate 2147 is connected to the lower mounting plate 2143 and the second upper mounting plate 2145. The first connecting plate 2146 and the second connecting plate 2147 are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions and are gradually separated from each other from bottom to top.
下面参考附图描述根据本发明实施例的横向驱动组件26。A lateral drive assembly 26 in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention is described below with reference to the drawings.
根据本发明的一些实施例,横向驱动组件26可以包括运动横梁261、横向导轨262、横向滑块263、携门架264和电机265。According to some embodiments of the invention, the lateral drive assembly 26 may include a moving beam 261, a lateral rail 262, a lateral slider 263, a gantry 264, and a motor 265.
横向导轨262安装在运动横梁261上且沿左右方向延伸,横向滑块263沿横向导轨262可移动地配合在横向导轨262上,携门架264安装在横向滑块263上且与门体13相连,电机265安装在运动横梁261上且通过传动组件266与携门架264相连。由此,电机265动作可带动传动组件266工作,通过传动组件266可将电机265的旋转运动转化为沿左右方向上的直线移动,通过传动组件266从而可带动携门架264移动,携门架264连接横向滑块263和门体13,横向滑块263安装在沿左右方向延伸的横向导轨262上,通过横向滑轨从而可限制携门架264沿左右方向移动,横向滑块263带动携门架264移并以带动门体13沿左右方向移动。The lateral rail 262 is mounted on the moving beam 261 and extends in the left-right direction, and the lateral slider 263 is movably fitted on the lateral rail 262 along the lateral rail 262. The bracket 264 is mounted on the lateral slider 263 and connected to the door body 13. The motor 265 is mounted on the moving beam 261 and is coupled to the gantry 264 by a transmission assembly 266. Therefore, the action of the motor 265 can drive the transmission assembly 266 to work, and the rotation movement of the motor 265 can be converted into a linear movement in the left-right direction through the transmission assembly 266, and the carriage 264 can be moved by the transmission assembly 266, and the carriage can be carried. 264 is connected to the lateral slider 263 and the door body 13, and the lateral slider 263 is mounted on the lateral rail 262 extending in the left-right direction. The lateral rail can restrict the movement of the carriage 264 in the left-right direction, and the lateral slider 263 drives the door. The frame 264 is moved to move the door body 13 in the left and right direction.
控制器与电机265通讯,可控制电机265的启停,电机265作为横向驱动组件26的动力源,由此控制器控制电机265从而可控制驱动机构20的工作,例如,在发生故障时,控制器可控制电机265停止工作,进而使得横向驱动组件26停止驱动门体13关闭门洞111,在故障排除后,控制器驱动电机265工作,横向驱动组件26驱动门体13以打开门洞111。The controller communicates with the motor 265 to control the start and stop of the motor 265. The motor 265 acts as a power source for the lateral drive assembly 26, whereby the controller controls the motor 265 to control the operation of the drive mechanism 20, for example, in the event of a fault, control The device can control the motor 265 to stop working, thereby causing the lateral drive assembly 26 to stop driving the door body 13 to close the door opening 111. After the fault is removed, the controller drives the motor 265 to operate, and the lateral drive assembly 26 drives the door body 13 to open the door opening 111.
可选地,传动组件266可以包括主动齿带轮2661、从动齿带轮2662、传动齿带2663和齿带夹2664,主动齿带轮2661传动连接在电机265上,从动齿带轮2662可旋转地安装在运动横梁261上,传动齿带2663套设在主动齿带轮2661和从动齿带轮2662上且分别于主动齿带轮2661和从动齿带轮2662啮合,齿带夹2664设在传动齿带2663上且与携门架264相连。由此电机265工作驱动主动齿带轮2661转动,主动齿带轮2661转动以带动传动齿带2663,并带动从动齿带轮2662转动,从而实现传动齿带2663在 从动齿带轮2662和主动齿带轮2661上旋转,齿带夹2664随传动齿带2663转动,从而带动携门架264沿左右方向移动,进而带动门体13在横向导轨262上沿左右方向移动。Optionally, the transmission assembly 266 can include a drive toothed pulley 2661, a driven toothed pulley 2662, a drive belt 2663, and a belt clamp 2664. The drive gear pulley 2661 is drivingly coupled to the motor 265, and the driven gear pulley 2662. Rotatablely mounted on the moving beam 261, the driving toothed belt 2663 is sleeved on the driving toothed pulley 2661 and the driven toothed pulley 2662 and meshed with the driven toothed pulley 2661 and the driven toothed pulley 2662 respectively, the toothed belt clamp 2664 is disposed on the drive belt 2663 and is coupled to the gantry 264. Therefore, the motor 265 is driven to drive the driving gear pulley 2661 to rotate, the driving gear pulley 2661 rotates to drive the transmission tooth belt 2663, and drives the driven toothed pulley 2662 to rotate, thereby realizing the transmission toothed belt 2663 in the driven toothed pulley 2662 and The driving gear pulley 2661 rotates, and the toothed belt clamp 2664 rotates with the driving tooth belt 2663, thereby driving the carrying frame 264 to move in the left-right direction, thereby driving the door body 13 to move in the left-right direction on the lateral rail 262.
在如图2-图4所示的示例中,门体13为两个,两个门体13由同一驱动机构20驱动,电机265直接驱动主动齿带轮2661转动以带动传动齿带2663和从动齿带轮2662转动,通过传动齿带2663可将电机265的转动动作转换为移动门体13所需的左右方向的动作。传动齿带2663上设有两个齿带夹2664,如图38所示,两个齿带夹2664沿上下方向设置,即一个齿带夹2664设在传动齿带2663的上层齿带,另一个齿带夹2664设在传动齿带2663的下层齿带,这样传动齿带2663转动时,上层齿带和下层齿带在左右方向上分别朝向相反的方向移动,从而带动两个齿带夹2664在左右方向沿相反的方向移动。In the example shown in FIGS. 2 to 4, the door body 13 is two, and the two door bodies 13 are driven by the same driving mechanism 20, and the motor 265 directly drives the driving gear pulley 2661 to rotate to drive the driving belt 2663 and the slave. The movable toothed pulley 2662 is rotated, and the rotational motion of the motor 265 can be converted into the left and right direction required to move the door body 13 by the transmission toothed belt 2663. Two toothed belt clamps 2664 are disposed on the transmission toothed belt 2663. As shown in FIG. 38, the two toothed belt clamps 2664 are disposed in the up and down direction, that is, one toothed belt clamp 2664 is disposed on the upper belt of the transmission toothed belt 2663, and the other is The toothed belt clamp 2664 is disposed on the lower tooth belt of the transmission tooth belt 2663. When the transmission tooth belt 2663 rotates, the upper belt and the lower belt move in opposite directions in the left-right direction, thereby driving the two belt clamps 2664 at The left and right direction moves in the opposite direction.
两个齿带夹2664分别与两个携门架264固定连接,两个携带夹分别与两个门体13对应连接,从而可带动两个门体13转动,在门体13关闭门洞111时,电机265驱动主动齿轮转动,并带动传动齿带2663转动,此时两个齿带夹2664朝向彼此的方向移动,从而带动两个门体13朝向彼此移动以封闭门洞111。在门体13打开门洞111时,电机265驱动主动齿轮转动,并带动传动齿带2663转动,此时两个齿带夹2664朝向远离彼此的方向移动,以带动两个门体13朝向远离彼此的方向移动以打开门洞111。The two toothed belt clips 2664 are respectively fixedly connected to the two gantry frames 264, and the two carrying clips are respectively connected with the two door bodies 13 so as to drive the two door bodies 13 to rotate. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, The motor 265 drives the driving gear to rotate and drives the transmission belt 2663 to rotate. At this time, the two belt clamps 2664 move toward each other, thereby moving the two door bodies 13 toward each other to close the door opening 111. When the door body 13 opens the door opening 111, the motor 265 drives the driving gear to rotate, and drives the driving tooth belt 2663 to rotate. At this time, the two toothed belt clips 2664 are moved away from each other to drive the two door bodies 13 away from each other. The direction moves to open the door opening 111.
可选地,纵向驱动组件可以包括纵向导轨23,纵向导轨23安装在固定架21上且沿内外方向延伸、纵向滑块24和联动导轨25,纵向滑块24沿纵向导轨23的长度方向可移动地配合在纵向导轨23上,运动横梁261与纵向滑块24相连,由此,通过纵向引导组件22可限制运动横梁261的移动方向,纵向滑块24与运动横梁261相连且在纵向导轨23上可滑动,从而通过纵向滑块24可引导运动横梁261沿纵向导轨23的长度方向移动。Alternatively, the longitudinal drive assembly may include a longitudinal rail 23 mounted on the mounting bracket 21 and extending in the inner and outer directions, a longitudinal slider 24 and a linkage rail 25, the longitudinal slider 24 being movable along the length of the longitudinal rail 23 Fitted on the longitudinal rail 23, the moving beam 261 is connected to the longitudinal slider 24, whereby the direction of movement of the moving beam 261 can be restricted by the longitudinal guiding assembly 22, which is connected to the moving beam 261 and on the longitudinal rail 23 It is slidable so that the moving beam 261 can be guided by the longitudinal slider 24 to move along the length of the longitudinal rail 23.
联动导轨25安装在固定架21上,携门架264与联动导轨25配合,携门架264在左右方向上移动时联动导轨25通过引导携门架264同时在内外方向上移动。由此从而能够实现门体13在内外方向和左右方向之间的转向移动,使得门体13能够进行塞入或摆出的动作。The linkage rail 25 is mounted on the fixing frame 21, and the carriage frame 264 is engaged with the linkage rail 25. When the carriage frame 264 is moved in the left-right direction, the linkage rail 25 is moved in the inner and outer directions by guiding the carriage 264. Thereby, the steering movement of the door body 13 between the inner and outer directions and the left-right direction can be realized, so that the door body 13 can be inserted or swung out.
进一步地,联动导轨25上可设有与携门架264配合的联动导槽251,携门架264可沿联动导槽251的延伸方向移动。联动导槽251可以包括直线导槽2521和弧形导槽2531,直线导槽2521沿左右方向延伸,弧形导槽2531与直线导槽2521连通且从直线导槽2521逐渐延伸呈内外方向,携门架264在左右方向上移动时通过被弧形导槽2531引导而同时在内外方向上移动。从而实现门体13在左右方向和内外方向之间的转换移动。Further, the linkage rail 25 can be provided with a linkage guide 251 that cooperates with the gantry 264, and the gantry 264 can move along the extending direction of the linkage guide 251. The linear guide groove 251 may include a linear guide groove 2521 and a curved guide groove 2521. The linear guide groove 2521 extends in the left-right direction, and the curved guide groove 2531 communicates with the linear guide groove 2521 and gradually extends from the linear guide groove 2521 in the inner and outer directions. When the gantry 264 is moved in the left-right direction, it is guided by the curved guide groove 2531 while moving in the inner and outer directions. Thereby, the switching movement of the door body 13 between the left and right directions and the inner and outer directions is achieved.
由此,门体13关闭门洞111过程中时,携门架264先与直线导槽2521配合以在左右方向上移动,当携门架264移动至与弧形导槽2531配合时,在弧形导槽2531的限制引导下,携门架264同时沿左右方向和内外方向移动,并逐渐转向在内外方向上移动,从完成门体13的塞入动作以封闭门洞111。当门体13打开时,在联动导轨25的引导下,门体13先沿内外方向向外移动,通过通过弧形导槽2531时,门体13沿弧形导槽2531的弧形轨迹移动以在左右方向和内外方向上同时移动,通过弧形导槽2531后,门体13在直线导槽2521的作用下沿左右方向移动。Therefore, when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the gantry 264 first cooperates with the linear guide groove 2521 to move in the left-right direction. When the gantry 264 is moved to cooperate with the curved guide groove 2531, the gantry is curved. Under the restriction of the guide groove 2531, the gantry 264 is simultaneously moved in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction, and gradually moves in the inner and outer directions, and the door opening action is completed from the door body 13 to close the door opening 111. When the door body 13 is opened, the door body 13 first moves outward in the inner and outer directions under the guidance of the linkage rail 25, and when passing through the curved guide groove 2531, the door body 13 moves along the curved track of the curved guide groove 2531. Simultaneously moving in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction, after passing through the curved guide groove 2531, the door body 13 is moved in the left-right direction by the linear guide groove 2521.
可选地,如图42和图44所示,联动导轨25可以包括直线导轨252和弧形导轨253,直线导槽2521形成在直线导轨252上,弧形导槽2531形成在弧形导轨253上,弧形导轨253与直线导轨252相接,直线导槽2521与弧形导槽2531连通以形成联动导槽251,从而可简化联动导轨25的生产工艺,而且结构简单。其中可选地直线导轨252与弧形导轨253焊接相连。从而可保证直线导轨252与弧形导轨253连接的可靠性。。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 42 and FIG. 44, the linkage rail 25 may include a linear guide 252 and a curved guide 253. The linear guide 2521 is formed on the linear guide 252, and the curved guide groove 2531 is formed on the curved guide 253. The curved guide rail 253 is in contact with the linear guide rail 252, and the linear guide groove 2521 communicates with the curved guide groove 2531 to form the interlocking guide groove 251, so that the production process of the interlocking guide rail 25 can be simplified, and the structure is simple. Optionally, the linear guide 252 is welded to the curved guide 253. Thereby, the reliability of the connection of the linear guide 252 to the curved guide 253 can be ensured. .
进一步地,直线导轨252上可设有沿内外方向间隔开的第一直线加强筋2522和第二直线加强筋2523,直线导槽2521形成在第一直线加强筋2522和第二直线加强筋2523之间。从而不仅可加强直线导轨252的结构强度,提高了直线导轨252的牢靠性,而且简化了直线导轨252的结构,可不需要设置其它结构来限定出直线导槽2521。可选地,第一直线加强筋2522和第二直线加强筋2523可以均为中空件。从而不仅能够加强直线导轨252的结构强度,而且可节省材料,降低成本。Further, the linear guide 252 may be provided with a first linear reinforcing rib 2522 and a second linear reinforcing rib 2523 which are spaced apart in the inner and outer directions. The linear guide groove 2521 is formed on the first straight reinforcing rib 2522 and the second straight reinforcing rib. Between 2523. Therefore, not only the structural strength of the linear guide 252 can be enhanced, the reliability of the linear guide 252 is improved, and the structure of the linear guide 252 is simplified, and the other configuration is not required to define the linear guide groove 2521. Alternatively, the first straight reinforcing rib 2522 and the second straight reinforcing rib 2523 may both be hollow members. Thereby, not only the structural strength of the linear guide 252 can be enhanced, but also materials can be saved and the cost can be reduced.
可选地,第一直线加强筋2522、第二直线加强筋2523与直线导轨252为一体挤压成型的铝合金件。加工工艺简单,成品一致性好,稳定性较高,同时加强筋的设计提高了直线导轨252的可靠性;Optionally, the first straight reinforcing rib 2522, the second straight reinforcing rib 2523 and the linear guide 252 are integrally extruded aluminum alloy members. The processing technology is simple, the finished product has good consistency and high stability, and the design of the reinforcing ribs improves the reliability of the linear guide 252;
在本发明的一些示例中,弧形导轨253上可设有沿内外方向间隔开的第一弧形加强筋2532和第二弧形加强筋2533,弧形导槽2531形成在第一弧形加强筋2532和第二弧形加强筋2533之间,不仅可加强弧形导轨253的结构强度,提高弧形导轨253的牢靠性,而且简化了弧形导轨253的结构,不需要设置其它结构来限定出弧形导槽2531。In some examples of the present invention, the curved guide rail 253 may be provided with a first curved rib 2532 and a second curved rib 2533 spaced apart in the inner and outer directions, and the curved guide groove 2531 is formed in the first curved reinforcement Between the rib 2532 and the second curved rib 2533, not only the structural strength of the curved guide 253 can be strengthened, the reliability of the curved guide 253 is improved, and the structure of the curved guide 253 is simplified, and other structures are not required to be defined. An arcuate guide groove 2531 is formed.
进一步地,第一弧形加强筋2532和第二弧形加强筋2533均为中空件,在保证结构强度的同时可节省材料,降低成本。更进一步地,第一弧形加强筋2532、第二弧形加强筋2533与弧形导轨253为一体挤压成型的铝合金件,加工工艺简单,成品一致性好,稳定性较高,同时加强筋的设计提高了弧形导轨253的可靠性。Further, the first curved rib 2532 and the second curved rib 2533 are both hollow members, which can save material and reduce cost while ensuring structural strength. Further, the first curved rib 2532, the second curved rib 2533 and the curved guide 253 are integrally extruded aluminum alloy parts, the processing method is simple, the finished product has good consistency, high stability, and at the same time strengthening The design of the ribs increases the reliability of the curved guide rail 253.
在本发明的一些示例中,联动导轨25上可设有导轨安装孔,导轨安装孔内配合有导轨紧固件联动导轨25通过导轨紧固件安装在固定架21上,且导轨安装孔为腰型孔以使联动导轨25在左右方向上的位置可调。由此,可先将联动导轨25预安装在固定 架21上,然后根据工作需要调整导轨紧固件在导轨安装孔的位置,以调节联动导轨25的在左右方向上的位置,最后通过导轨紧固件将联动导轨25固定在固定架21上。In some examples of the present invention, the guide rail 25 may be provided with a rail mounting hole, and the rail mounting hole is fitted with a rail fastener linkage rail 25 mounted on the fixing bracket 21 through the rail fastener, and the rail mounting hole is a waist The hole is shaped to adjust the position of the interlocking rail 25 in the left-right direction. Therefore, the linkage rail 25 can be pre-mounted on the fixing frame 21, and then the position of the rail fastener in the rail mounting hole can be adjusted according to the work requirement to adjust the position of the linkage rail 25 in the left-right direction, and finally through the guide rail. The firmware fixes the interlocking rail 25 to the holder 21.
在本发明的一些示例中,携门架264上可设有导轨滚轮2641,导轨滚轮2641配合在联动导槽251内。导轨滚轮2641位于联动导槽251的内侧且与其内表面相接触,当驱动机构20的电机265转动时,动力传递到导轨滚轮2641,使导轨滚轮2641沿着联动导槽251运动,从而实现塞拉门1的塞拉动作及开门动作。In some examples of the present invention, the gantry 264 may be provided with a guide roller 2641, and the guide roller 2641 is fitted in the interlocking guide 251. The guide roller 2641 is located inside the interlocking guide groove 251 and is in contact with the inner surface thereof. When the motor 265 of the driving mechanism 20 rotates, the power is transmitted to the guide roller 2641, and the guide roller 2641 is moved along the interlocking guide groove 251, thereby realizing the plug. The sliding action and door opening action of the door 1.
在本发明的一些示例中,塞拉门1还可以包括闭锁机构267,闭锁机构267安装在固定架21上并与运动横梁261相连,锁闭机构277用于在门体13关闭门洞111时锁止运动横梁261的位置且向控制器发出使电机265通知工作的闭锁信号。In some examples of the invention, the plug door 1 may further include a latching mechanism 267 mounted on the mount 21 and coupled to the moving beam 261 for locking when the door body 13 closes the door opening 111 The position of the moving beam 261 is stopped and a lockout signal is issued to the controller to inform the motor 265 of the operation.
可选地,如图49-图51,闭锁机构267包括闭锁锁体2671、闭锁锁舌2672和限位开关2673,闭锁锁体2671安装在固定架21上,闭锁锁舌2672安装在运动横梁261上,限位开关2673安装在固定架21上且与闭锁锁体2671相连,门体13关闭门洞111时,闭锁锁舌2672被闭锁锁体2671锁止且限位开关2673向控制器发出闭锁信号。Optionally, as shown in FIGS. 49-51, the latching mechanism 267 includes a latching lock body 2671, a latching latch 2672, and a limit switch 2673. The latching lock body 2671 is mounted on the mounting bracket 21, and the latching latch 2672 is mounted on the moving beam 261. The limit switch 2673 is mounted on the fixing frame 21 and connected to the locking body 2671. When the door body 13 closes the door opening 111, the locking bolt 2672 is locked by the locking body 2671 and the limit switch 2673 sends a blocking signal to the controller. .
由此,在锁闭机构267是利用机械“死点”受力原理进行锁闭。闭锁锁体2671通过螺栓安装在驱动机构20的安装底板211上,其位置固定不动;闭锁锁舌2672固定在运动横梁261上,随运动横梁261前后直线运动;闭锁锁舌2672移动到闭锁锁体2671的卡槽处锁闭,闭锁锁体2671通过门关闭限位开关2673将将锁闭信号传输到控制器,控制器控制电机265停止工作。Thus, the lock mechanism 267 is locked by the mechanical "dead point" force principle. The lock lock body 2671 is mounted on the mounting base plate 211 of the drive mechanism 20 by bolts, and its position is fixed; the lock lock tongue 2672 is fixed on the moving beam 261, and moves linearly forward and backward with the moving beam 261; the lock lock tongue 2672 moves to the lock lock The card slot of the body 2671 is locked, and the latching lock body 2671 transmits a lock signal to the controller through the door closing limit switch 2673, and the controller controls the motor 265 to stop working.
进一步地,为了能够在紧急状况下解锁并打开门体13,塞拉门1还可以包括内部紧急解锁开关2674和外部紧急解锁开关2675,内部紧急解锁开关2674在内外方向上位于门体13的内侧,用于从门体13的内侧控制闭锁锁体2671释放闭锁锁舌183,这样乘客在紧急情况下可操作内部紧急解锁开关2674一打开门体13。可选地,内部紧急解锁开关2674上可设在保护罩,从而保护内部紧急解锁开关2674,乘客在紧急情况下可打碎内部紧急解锁开关2674的保护罩操作紧急装置,或者乘务员可以通过专用钥匙在不损坏玻璃罩的情况下操作内部紧急解锁开关2674。Further, in order to be able to unlock and open the door body 13 in an emergency, the plug door 1 may further include an internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 and an external emergency unlocking switch 2674, which is located inside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions. For releasing the lock lock body 2671 from the inner side of the door body 13 to release the lock lock tongue 183, so that the passenger can operate the internal emergency release switch 2674 in an emergency to open the door body 13. Optionally, the internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 can be disposed on the protective cover to protect the internal emergency unlocking switch 2674. The passenger can break the protective cover operating emergency device of the internal emergency unlocking switch 2674 in an emergency, or the flight attendant can pass the special key. The internal emergency unlock switch 2674 is operated without damaging the glass cover.
外部紧急解锁开关2675在内外方向上位于门体13的外侧,用于从门体13的外侧控制闭锁锁体释放闭锁锁舌2672。由此,从而可从车体的外部操作紧急解锁开关2675,以解锁并打开门体13。The external emergency unlocking switch 2675 is located outside the door body 13 in the inner and outer directions for controlling the latching lock body to release the latching latch 2672 from the outside of the door body 13. Thereby, the emergency unlocking switch 2675 can be operated from the outside of the vehicle body to unlock and open the door body 13.
如图45-图46所示,塞拉门1还包括防尘罩22,防尘罩22设在门槛12下方且罩设驱动机构20,用于将驱动机构20与外部环境隔离。防尘罩22可以防止外部环境中的灰尘进入驱动机构20,影响驱动机构20的使用,同时,防尘罩22还可以保护驱动机构20不受损坏,起到保护壳的作用。As shown in Figures 45-46, the plug door 1 further includes a dust cover 22 that is disposed below the sill 12 and that houses a drive mechanism 20 for isolating the drive mechanism 20 from the external environment. The dust cover 22 can prevent dust in the external environment from entering the drive mechanism 20 and affect the use of the drive mechanism 20. At the same time, the dust cover 22 can also protect the drive mechanism 20 from damage and function as a protective cover.
具体地,如图45所示,防尘罩22限定出上表面和在内外方向上的一侧表面敞开的防尘腔221,驱动机构20位于防尘腔221内。防尘罩22的上表面和纵向上一侧表面敞开便于将防尘罩22罩设在驱动机构20上,同时还可以简化防尘罩22的结构,节约生产周期,降低生产成本。Specifically, as shown in FIG. 45, the dust cover 22 defines an upper surface and a dustproof chamber 221 which is open on one side surface in the inner and outer directions, and the drive mechanism 20 is located in the dustproof chamber 221. The upper surface of the dust cover 22 and the one side surface in the longitudinal direction are opened to facilitate the cover of the dust cover 22 on the driving mechanism 20. At the same time, the structure of the dust cover 22 can be simplified, the production cycle is saved, and the production cost is reduced.
如图47所示,防尘罩22包括底板222、横向侧板223、第一纵侧板224和第二纵侧板225。底板222位于驱动机构20下方,底板222可以防止灰尘从底部进入驱动机构20内,底板222具有分别沿左右方向延伸的第一横向边沿2221和第二横向边沿2225以及分别沿内外方向延伸的第一纵向边沿2226和第二纵向边沿2227,横向侧板223与底板222的第二横向边沿2225相连且从第二横向边沿2225向上延伸,横向侧板223可以防止驱动机构20一侧的灰尘进入驱动机构20内,横向侧板223和底板222形成一个横截面为直角的罩体,不但可以更好的防止灰尘进入驱动机构20内,还可以为驱动机构20限定出较大的空间,避免影响驱动机构20的使用。As shown in FIG. 47, the dust cover 22 includes a bottom plate 222, a lateral side plate 223, a first longitudinal side plate 224, and a second longitudinal side plate 225. The bottom plate 222 is located below the driving mechanism 20, and the bottom plate 222 can prevent dust from entering the driving mechanism 20 from the bottom. The bottom plate 222 has a first lateral edge 2221 and a second lateral edge 2225 extending in the left-right direction, respectively, and a first extending in the inner and outer directions respectively. The longitudinal edge 2226 and the second longitudinal edge 2227, the lateral side plate 223 is connected to the second lateral edge 2225 of the bottom plate 222 and extends upward from the second lateral edge 2225, and the lateral side plate 223 prevents dust on the side of the drive mechanism 20 from entering the drive mechanism. 20, the lateral side plate 223 and the bottom plate 222 form a cover body with a right angle in cross section, which not only can better prevent dust from entering the drive mechanism 20, but also can define a larger space for the drive mechanism 20, thereby avoiding affecting the drive mechanism. 20 use.
第一纵向侧板分别与底板222的第一纵向边沿2226和横向侧板223的一端相连,第二纵侧板225分别于底板222的第二纵向边沿2227和横向侧板223的另一端相连。由此,第一纵向侧板和第二纵向侧板分别与横向侧板223和底板222连接限定出上表面和在内外方向上的一侧表面敞开的防尘腔221,驱动机构20位于防尘腔221内,可以避免驱动机构20上沾染灰尘,从而保证驱动机构20的正常使用,进而保证塞拉门1的正常使用。The first longitudinal side panels are respectively connected to the first longitudinal edge 2226 of the bottom plate 222 and one end of the lateral side panel 223, and the second longitudinal side panel 225 is connected to the second longitudinal edge 2227 of the bottom plate 222 and the other end of the lateral side panel 223, respectively. Thereby, the first longitudinal side plate and the second longitudinal side plate are respectively connected with the lateral side plate 223 and the bottom plate 222 to define a dustproof cavity 221 which is open on the upper surface and one side surface in the inner and outer directions, and the drive mechanism 20 is located in the dustproof In the cavity 221, the driving mechanism 20 can be prevented from being contaminated with dust, thereby ensuring the normal use of the driving mechanism 20, thereby ensuring the normal use of the sliding door 1.
进一步地,如图47所示,横向侧板223的上沿设有向防尘腔221的外部延伸的水平翻边2231。一方面,水平翻边2231可以增加横向侧板223的结构强度,另一方面,水平翻边2231可以增大横向侧板223与门槛12的接触面积,提高防尘罩22的防尘效果。Further, as shown in FIG. 47, the upper edge of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a horizontal flange 2231 extending toward the outside of the dustproof chamber 221. On the one hand, the horizontal flange 2231 can increase the structural strength of the lateral side plate 223. On the other hand, the horizontal flange 2231 can increase the contact area of the lateral side plate 223 with the threshold 12, thereby improving the dustproof effect of the dust cover 22.
另外,如图47所示,横向侧板223的上表面设有若干竖向安装孔2232。当防尘罩22在门槛12的下方安装到位后,可以通过螺钉等穿过竖向安装孔2232将横向侧板223固定在门槛12上,从而将防尘罩22固定在门槛12上,提高防尘罩22固定的可靠性。In addition, as shown in FIG. 47, the upper surface of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a plurality of vertical mounting holes 2232. When the dust cover 22 is mounted in position below the sill 12, the lateral side plate 223 can be fixed to the sill 12 through the vertical mounting hole 2232 by screws or the like, thereby fixing the dust cover 22 to the sill 12, thereby improving the prevention. The reliability of the dust cover 22 is fixed.
进一步地,如图47所示,横线侧板上设有若干竖向加强筋2233,若干竖向安装孔2232分别延伸至若干竖向加强筋2233内。竖向加强筋2233可以加强横向侧板223的结构强度,防止横向侧板223变形,横向侧板223的加强筋处结构强度高且横向侧板223的厚度大,竖向安装孔2232延伸至加强筋内,可以避免因为开设竖向安装孔2232而导致横向侧板223结构强度降低。Further, as shown in FIG. 47, the horizontal side plate is provided with a plurality of vertical reinforcing ribs 2233, and the plurality of vertical mounting holes 2232 extend into the plurality of vertical reinforcing ribs 2233, respectively. The vertical reinforcing ribs 2233 can strengthen the structural strength of the lateral side plates 223, prevent the lateral side plates 223 from being deformed, the structural strength of the reinforcing ribs of the lateral side plates 223 is high, and the thickness of the lateral side plates 223 is large, and the vertical mounting holes 2232 extend to strengthen Within the ribs, it is possible to avoid a decrease in the structural strength of the lateral side plates 223 due to the opening of the vertical mounting holes 2232.
例如,在图47所示的示例中,横向侧板223的上沿设有向防尘腔221的外部延伸的水平翻边2231,水平翻边2231的上表面设有六个均匀分布的竖向安装孔2232,横 向侧板223上设有六个与竖向安装孔2232一一对应的竖向加强筋2233,竖向安装孔2232延伸至加竖向加强筋2233内。由此,不但可以增强横向侧板223的结构强度,还可以增加横向侧板223与门槛12之间连接的可靠性。For example, in the example shown in FIG. 47, the upper edge of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a horizontal flange 2231 extending to the outside of the dustproof chamber 221, and the upper surface of the horizontal flange 2231 is provided with six evenly distributed vertical directions. The mounting hole 2232, the lateral side plate 223 is provided with six vertical reinforcing ribs 2233 corresponding to the vertical mounting holes 2232, and the vertical mounting holes 2232 extend into the vertical reinforcing ribs 2233. Thereby, not only the structural strength of the lateral side plate 223 but also the reliability of the connection between the lateral side plate 223 and the rocker 12 can be enhanced.
如图47所示,底板222的第一横向边沿2221设有向防尘腔221的外部延伸的竖向翻边2222。一方面,竖向翻边2222可以增加底板222的结构强度,另一方面,竖向翻边2222可以增大底板222与门槛12的接触面积,提高防尘罩22的防尘效果。As shown in FIG. 47, the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a vertical flange 2222 extending toward the outside of the dustproof chamber 221. On the one hand, the vertical flange 2222 can increase the structural strength of the bottom plate 222. On the other hand, the vertical flange 2222 can increase the contact area between the bottom plate 222 and the threshold 12, and improve the dustproof effect of the dust cover 22.
另外,如图47所示,底板222的第一横向边沿2221的表面设有若干水平安装孔。当防尘罩22在门槛12的下方安装到位后,可以通过螺钉等穿过水平安装孔将底板222固定在门槛12上,从而将防尘罩22固定在门槛12上,提高防尘罩22固定的可靠性。In addition, as shown in FIG. 47, the surface of the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a plurality of horizontal mounting holes. After the dust cover 22 is mounted in position below the sill 12, the bottom plate 222 can be fixed to the sill 12 through a horizontal mounting hole by screws or the like, thereby fixing the dust cover 22 to the sill 12, and fixing the dust cover 22 Reliability.
进一步地,底板222上设有若干水平加强筋2224,若干水平安装孔2223分别延伸至若干水平加强筋2224内。水平加强筋2224可以加强底板222的结构强度,防止底板222变形,底板222的加强筋处结构强度高且底板222的厚度大,水平安装孔2223延伸至加强筋内,可以避免因为开设水平安装孔2223而导致底板222结构强度降低。Further, the bottom plate 222 is provided with a plurality of horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224, and the plurality of horizontal mounting holes 2223 extend into the plurality of horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224, respectively. The horizontal reinforcing rib 2224 can strengthen the structural strength of the bottom plate 222, prevent the bottom plate 222 from being deformed, the structural strength of the reinforcing rib of the bottom plate 222 is high, and the thickness of the bottom plate 222 is large, and the horizontal mounting hole 2223 extends into the reinforcing rib, thereby avoiding the horizontal mounting hole 2223 causes the structural strength of the bottom plate 222 to decrease.
例如,在图47所示的示例中,底板222的第一横向边沿2221设有向防尘腔221的外部延伸的竖向翻边2222,竖向翻边2222的表面设有六个均匀分布的水平安装孔2223,底板222上设有六个与水平安装孔2223一一对应的水平加强筋2224,水平安装孔2223延伸至加水平强筋2224内。由此,不但可以增强底板222的结构强度,还可以增加底板222与门槛12之间连接的可靠性。For example, in the example shown in FIG. 47, the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a vertical flange 2222 extending toward the outside of the dustproof chamber 221, and the surface of the vertical flange 2222 is provided with six evenly distributed The horizontal mounting hole 2223 is provided with six horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224 corresponding to the horizontal mounting holes 2223, and the horizontal mounting holes 2223 extend into the horizontal reinforcing ribs 2224. Thereby, not only the structural strength of the bottom plate 222 can be enhanced, but also the reliability of the connection between the bottom plate 222 and the rocker 12 can be increased.
在本发明的一些实施例中,横向侧板223的上表面设有第一密封条(图未示出),底板222的第一横向边沿2221的表面设有第二密封条(图未示出)。第一密封条可以增加横向侧板223和门槛12之间的密封性,第二密封条可以增加底板222和门槛12之间的密封性,从而可以更好的防止灰尘进入防尘腔221内,从而保证驱动机构20不受灰尘沾染,保证驱动机构20的正常使用。In some embodiments of the present invention, the upper surface of the lateral side plate 223 is provided with a first sealing strip (not shown), and the surface of the first lateral edge 2221 of the bottom plate 222 is provided with a second sealing strip (not shown) ). The first sealing strip can increase the sealing between the lateral side plate 223 and the sill 12, and the second sealing strip can increase the sealing between the bottom plate 222 and the sill 12, so that dust can be prevented from entering the dustproof chamber 221 better. Thereby, the drive mechanism 20 is protected from dust and the normal use of the drive mechanism 20 is ensured.
在本发明的另一些实施例中,如图45和图46所示,防尘罩22的外表面的棱角处倒斜角。由此可以避免防尘罩22出现应力集中,从而保证防尘罩22的结构强度,同时,还可以避免防尘罩22上的尖角与其它解构发生干涉。In still other embodiments of the present invention, as shown in Figs. 45 and 46, the corners of the outer surface of the dust cover 22 are chamfered. Thereby, stress concentration of the dust cover 22 can be avoided, thereby ensuring the structural strength of the dust cover 22, and at the same time, the sharp corners on the dust cover 22 can be prevented from interfering with other deconstructions.
在本发明的一些实施例中,如图45所示,防尘罩22还包括翻转机构226,底板222分别与横向侧板223、第一纵侧板224和第二纵侧板225可拆卸地连接,翻转机构226与底板222相连,翻转机构226带动底板222翻转以从防尘罩22的底部打开和关闭防尘腔221。翻转结构的设置可以节省人力,提高塞拉门1的自动化。In some embodiments of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 45, the dust cover 22 further includes a flip mechanism 226 that is detachably attached to the lateral side panel 223, the first longitudinal side panel 224, and the second longitudinal side panel 225, respectively. The connecting mechanism 226 is connected to the bottom plate 222, and the turning mechanism 226 drives the bottom plate 222 to reverse to open and close the dustproof chamber 221 from the bottom of the dust cover 22. The setting of the flip structure saves manpower and improves the automation of the plug door 1.
当然,本发明不限于此,底板222可以分别与横向侧板223、第一纵侧板224和第二纵侧板225固定连接,翻转机构226与底板222相连,翻转机构226带动整个防尘 罩22翻转一打开或关闭防尘腔221。Of course, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the bottom plate 222 may be fixedly connected to the lateral side plate 223, the first longitudinal side plate 224 and the second longitudinal side plate 225, respectively, the inverting mechanism 226 is connected to the bottom plate 222, and the turning mechanism 226 drives the entire dust cover. 22 flips to open or close the dust chamber 221 .
此外,本发明还提出了一种轨道车辆,In addition, the present invention also proposes a rail vehicle,
根据本发明实施例的轨道车辆包括车体、塞拉门1和转向架,塞拉门1安装在车体上且驱动机构20位于车体的车内地板下方,转向架安装在车体的底部。通过塞拉门1可打开或关闭车体,通过转向架可带动车体沿轨道移动。A rail vehicle according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a vehicle body, a sliding door 1 and a bogie, the sliding door 1 is mounted on the vehicle body and the driving mechanism 20 is located below the interior floor of the vehicle body, and the bogie is mounted at the bottom of the vehicle body . The sliding door 1 can open or close the car body, and the bogie can drive the car body to move along the track.
由此,根据根据本发明实施例的轨道车辆,通过设置上述实施例的塞拉门1,塞拉门1的驱动机构20下置,从而不必占用车体内的空间,节约了车体侧顶板内部包裹的空间,而且相对使得车体内部的空间增加,更加宽敞,车门的净通过高度也能够得到提高,而且基于驱动机构下置对车门进行了改进,同时也提高了车辆的稳固性和安全性。Thus, according to the rail vehicle according to the embodiment of the present invention, by providing the plug door 1 of the above embodiment, the driving mechanism 20 of the plug door 1 is placed downward, so that the space inside the vehicle body is not required to be occupied, and the inside of the roof side of the vehicle body is saved. The space of the package, and the relative space inside the car body is increased, the space is more spacious, the net passing height of the door can be improved, and the door is improved based on the driving mechanism, and the stability and safety of the vehicle are also improved. .
本发明还提出了一种轨道交通系统。The invention also proposes a rail transit system.
根据本发明实施例的轨道交通系统包括轨道和轨道车辆,转向架跨座在轨道上且牵引车体沿所述轨道行驶。A rail transit system in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention includes a track and a rail vehicle that straddle the track and the tractor body travels along the track.
由此,根据本发明实施例的轨道交通系统,通过设置上述实施例的轨道车辆,驱动机构下置,不仅车辆内的空间增大,同时也提高了轨道交通系统的安全性和可靠性。Thus, according to the rail transit system of the embodiment of the present invention, by providing the rail vehicle of the above embodiment, the drive mechanism is placed lower, not only the space inside the vehicle is increased, but also the safety and reliability of the rail transit system are improved.
在本说明书的描述中,参考术语“一个实施例”、“一些实施例”、“示意性实施例”、“示例”、“具体示例”、或“一些示例”等的描述意指结合该实施例或示例描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点包含于本发明的至少一个实施例或示例中。在本说明书中,对上述术语的示意性表述不一定指的是相同的实施例或示例。而且,描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点可以在任何的一个或多个实施例或示例中以合适的方式结合。In the description of the present specification, the description with reference to the terms "one embodiment", "some embodiments", "illustrative embodiment", "example", "specific example", or "some examples", etc. Particular features, structures, materials or features described in the examples or examples are included in at least one embodiment or example of the invention. In the present specification, the schematic representation of the above terms does not necessarily mean the same embodiment or example. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, materials, or characteristics described may be combined in a suitable manner in any one or more embodiments or examples.
尽管已经示出和描述了本发明的实施例,本领域的普通技术人员可以理解:在不脱离本发明的原理和宗旨的情况下可以对这些实施例进行多种变化、修改、替换和变型,本发明的范围由权利要求及其等同物限定。While the embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described, the embodiments of the invention may The scope of the invention is defined by the claims and their equivalents.
Claims (39)
- 一种塞拉门,其特征在于,包括:A plug door characterized by comprising:门框,所述门框围绕成门洞;a door frame, the door frame surrounding the door opening;门槛,所述门槛设在所述门框上;a door sill, the door sill is disposed on the door frame;门体,所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上可移动地安装在所述门框上以打开和关闭所述门洞;a door body movably mounted on the door frame in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction to open and close the door opening;驱动机构,所述驱动机构位于所述门槛下方且与所述门体连接,用于驱动所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上移动;a driving mechanism, the driving mechanism is located below the threshold and connected to the door body for driving the door body to move in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction;控制器,所述控制器控制所述驱动机构动作。a controller that controls the drive mechanism to operate.
- 根据权利要求1所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to claim 1, further comprising:门体承重导向机构,所述门体承重导向机构安装在所述门框上且与所述门体的上部相连,所述门体通过所述门体承重导向机构安装在所述门框上且在内外方向和左右方向上可移动。a door load-bearing guiding mechanism, the door body load-bearing guiding mechanism is mounted on the door frame and connected to an upper portion of the door body, and the door body is mounted on the door frame through the door body weight-bearing guiding mechanism and is inside and outside It can be moved in the direction and left and right direction.
- 根据权利要求2所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体承重导向机构包括:The sliding door according to claim 2, wherein the door body weight guiding mechanism comprises:承重轨,所述承重轨安装在所述门体的上部;a load bearing rail, the load bearing rail is mounted on an upper portion of the door body;承重摆臂组件,所述承重摆臂组件可摆动地安装在所述门框上,所述承重摆臂组件配合在所述承重轨上,用于支撑所述承重轨及引导所述承重轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。a load-bearing swing arm assembly, the load-bearing swing arm assembly is swingably mounted on the door frame, the load-bearing swing arm assembly is fitted on the load-bearing rail for supporting the load-bearing rail and guiding the load-bearing rail The door moves in the left and right direction and the inner and outer directions.
- 根据权利要求3所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述承重摆臂组件包括:承重摆臂,所述承重摆臂的第一端可枢转地安装在所述门框上;The sliding door according to claim 3, wherein the load-bearing swing arm assembly comprises: a load-bearing swing arm, the first end of the load-bearing swing arm being pivotally mounted on the door frame;承重固定块,所述承重固定块可转动地安装在所述承重摆臂的第二端;a load-bearing fixing block rotatably mounted on the second end of the load-bearing swing arm;承重滚轮,所述承重滚轮可旋转地安装在所述承重固定块上,所述承重滚轮配合在所述承重轨上,用于支撑所述承重轨;a load-bearing roller, the load-bearing roller is rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block, and the load-bearing roller is fitted on the load-bearing rail for supporting the load-bearing rail;引导滚轮,所述引导滚轮可旋转地安装在所述承重固定块上,所述引导滚轮配合在所述承重轨上,用于引导所述承重轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。a guide roller rotatably mounted on the load-bearing fixing block, the guide roller being fitted on the load-bearing rail for guiding the load-bearing rail in the left-right direction and the inner-outer direction with the door body mobile.
- 根据权利要求4所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述承重摆臂组件还包括:The sliding door according to claim 4, wherein the load-bearing swing arm assembly further comprises:导向轨,所述导向轨安装在所述门体的的上部;a guide rail, the guide rail being mounted on an upper portion of the door body;导向摆臂组件,所述导向摆臂组件可摆动地安装在所述门框上,所述导向摆臂组件配合在所述导向轨上,用于引导所述导向轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。a guiding swing arm assembly, the guiding swing arm assembly is swingably mounted on the door frame, the guiding swing arm assembly is fitted on the guiding rail for guiding the guiding rail with the door body in a left-right direction Move in the direction of inside and outside.
- 根据权利要求5所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述导向摆臂组件包括:The sliding door according to claim 5, wherein the guiding swing arm assembly comprises:导向摆臂,所述导向摆臂的第一端可枢转地安装在所述门框上;a guiding swing arm, the first end of the guiding swing arm being pivotally mounted on the door frame;导向滚轮,所述导向滚轮可旋转地安装在所述导向摆臂的第二端,所述导向滚轮配 合在所述导向轨上,用于引导所述导向轨随所述门体在左右方向和内外方向上移动。a guide roller rotatably mounted at a second end of the guide swing arm, the guide roller being fitted on the guide rail for guiding the guide rail with the door body in a left-right direction and Move in the inner and outer directions.
- 根据权利要求4至6中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述承重轨包括:A sliding door according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the load bearing rail comprises:本体,所述本体安装在所述门体的上部,所述本体上设有承重导槽,所述引导滚轮可旋转地配合在所述承重导槽内,所述承重导槽的内壁上设有允许所述引导滚轮进出所述承重导槽的滚轮装配口;a body mounted on an upper portion of the door body, the body is provided with a load-bearing guide groove, the guide roller is rotatably fitted in the load-bearing guide groove, and an inner wall of the load-bearing guide groove is disposed Allowing the guiding roller to enter and exit the roller assembly opening of the bearing channel;挡板,所述挡板可拆卸地安装在所述本体上且封盖所述滚轮装配口。a baffle, the baffle being detachably mounted on the body and covering the roller assembly opening.
- 根据权利要求7所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述本体具有向所述承重导槽的外部水平延伸的水平沿,所述承重滚轮配合在所述水平沿的下表面上。A sliding door according to claim 7, wherein said body has a horizontal edge extending horizontally to the outside of said load-bearing guide groove, said load-bearing roller being fitted on a lower surface of said horizontal edge.
- 根据权利要求6至8中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述导向轨包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the guide rail comprises:水平部,所述水平部安装在所述门体的上部;a horizontal portion, the horizontal portion being mounted on an upper portion of the door body;竖直部,所述竖直部与所述水平部相连且从所述水平部向下延伸,多个所述导向滚轮在内外方向上分布于所述竖直部的两侧;a vertical portion, the vertical portion is connected to the horizontal portion and extends downward from the horizontal portion, and a plurality of the guide rollers are distributed on both sides of the vertical portion in an inner and outer direction;第一止挡部,所述第一止挡部设在所述水平部的一端或所述竖直部的一端,用于止挡所述导向滚轮从所述竖直部的所述一端脱离所述竖直部;a first stopping portion, the first stopping portion being provided at one end of the horizontal portion or one end of the vertical portion for stopping the guiding roller from being disengaged from the one end of the vertical portion Vertical part第二止挡部,所述第二止挡部设在所述水平部的另一端或所述竖直部的另一端,用于止挡所述导向滚轮从所述竖直部的所述另一端脱离所述竖直部。a second stop portion provided at the other end of the horizontal portion or the other end of the vertical portion for stopping the guide roller from the other of the vertical portion One end is separated from the vertical portion.
- 根据权利要求8或9所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体的上部设有第一型材,所述第一型材上构造有第一水平装配面、第二水平装配面和竖直装配面,所述第一水平装配面和所述第二水平装配面分别朝下设置且所述第二水平装配面位于所述第一水平装配面下方,所述竖直装配面的上沿与所述第一水平装配面相连且下沿与所述第二水平装配面相连;The sliding door according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the upper portion of the door body is provided with a first profile, and the first profile is configured with a first horizontal fitting surface, a second horizontal fitting surface and a vertical a straight mounting surface, the first horizontal mounting surface and the second horizontal mounting surface are respectively disposed downward and the second horizontal mounting surface is located below the first horizontal mounting surface, the upper edge of the vertical mounting surface Connected to the first horizontal mounting surface and the lower edge to the second horizontal mounting surface;所述本体的顶壁安装在所述第一水平装配面,所述本体的一侧壁与所述竖直装配面配合,所述水平沿与所述第二水平装配部配合。A top wall of the body is mounted on the first horizontal mounting surface, a side wall of the body mates with the vertical mounting surface, and the horizontal edge mates with the second horizontal fitting portion.
- 根据权利要求10所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体的上部设有第二型材,所述第二型材上构造有朝下设置的第三水平装配面,所述导向轨安装在所述第三水平装配面。The sliding door according to claim 10, wherein the upper portion of the door body is provided with a second profile, and the second profile is formed with a third horizontal fitting surface disposed downward, the guide rail is mounted The surface is assembled at the third level.
- 根据权利要求1至11中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体的朝向所述门槛的表面上设有门槛密封条,所述门体关闭所述门洞时所述门槛密封条在内外方向上被所述门体压紧在所述门槛。The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein a surface of the door body facing the threshold is provided with a sill sealing strip, and when the door body closes the door opening, The sill seal is pressed against the sill by the door body in the inner and outer directions.
- 根据权利要求1至11中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising:门体压紧机构,所述门体压紧机构安装在所述门框上且与所述门体的上部相连,所述门体关闭所述门洞时被所述门体压紧机构向下压紧在所述门框上。a door body pressing mechanism, the door body pressing mechanism is mounted on the door frame and connected to an upper portion of the door body, and the door body is pressed down by the door body pressing mechanism when the door body is closed On the door frame.
- 根据权利要求13所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体压紧机构包括:The sliding door according to claim 13, wherein the door body pressing mechanism comprises:压紧支座组件,所述压紧支座组件安装在所述门体的上部,所述压紧支座组件上构造有压紧斜面,所述压紧斜面朝向上方且相对于水平方向倾斜设置;Pressing the abutment assembly, the compression abutment assembly is mounted on an upper portion of the door body, and the compression abutment assembly is configured with a compression bevel, the compression bevel is oriented upward and inclined relative to the horizontal direction ;压紧滚轮组件,所述压紧滚轮组件安装在所述门框上,在所述门体关闭所述门洞的过程中所述压紧滚轮组件对所述压紧斜面的压紧力逐渐增大。Pressing the roller assembly, the pressure roller assembly is mounted on the door frame, and the pressing force of the pressing roller assembly to the pressing slope gradually increases during the closing of the door hole by the door body.
- 根据权利要求14所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述压紧支座组件包括:The sliding door according to claim 14, wherein the compression bearing assembly comprises:压紧支座,所述压紧支座安装在所述门体的上部;Pressing a support, the compression support being mounted on an upper portion of the door body;压紧垫块,所述压紧垫块安装在所述压紧支座上,所述压紧斜面形成在所述压紧垫块上。The pad is pressed, the compression pad is mounted on the compression seat, and the compression bevel is formed on the compression pad.
- 根据权利要求14或15所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述压紧滚轮组件包括:The sliding door according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the pressure roller assembly comprises:压紧支架,所述压紧支架安装在所述门框上;Compressing a bracket, the pressing bracket being mounted on the door frame;压紧滚轮,所述压紧滚轮可旋转地安装在所述压紧支架上,在所述门体关闭所述门洞的过程中所述压紧滚轮对所述压紧斜面的压紧力逐渐增大。Pressing a roller, the pressing roller is rotatably mounted on the pressing bracket, and the pressing force of the pressing roller to the pressing slope is gradually increased during the closing of the door hole by the door body Big.
- 根据权利要求1至16中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 16, wherein the door body comprises:门板,所述门板上设有窗口;a door panel having a window;门窗,所述门窗安装在门板上且封盖所述窗口;a door and window, the door and window are mounted on the door panel and cover the window;上加强筋,所述上加强筋安装在所述门板上且与所述门窗的上端配合;和/或An upper reinforcing rib mounted on the door panel and mating with an upper end of the door and window; and/or下加强筋,所述下加强筋安装在所述门板上且与所述窗口的下端配合。a lower rib, the lower rib being mounted on the door panel and mating with a lower end of the window.
- 根据权利要求1至17中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 17, further comprising:隔离锁组件,所述隔离锁组件安装在所述门框上且与所述门体相连,所述隔离锁组件用于锁止所述门体关闭所述门洞并向所述控制器发出使所述驱动机构停止工作的隔离信号。An isolation lock assembly mounted on the door frame and coupled to the door body, the isolation lock assembly for locking the door body to close the door opening and issuing the same to the controller The isolation signal that the drive mechanism stops working.
- 根据权利要求18所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述隔离锁组件包括:The sliding door of claim 18, wherein the isolation lock assembly comprises:隔离锁支座,所述隔离锁支座安装在所述门框上;An isolation lock support, the isolation lock support being mounted on the door frame;锁舌,所述锁舌在锁止位置和解锁位置之间可移动地安装在所述门体上,所述锁舌位于所述锁止位置时与所述隔离锁支座配合以锁止所述门体关闭所述门洞,所述锁舌位于所述解锁位置时脱离所述隔离锁支座以将允许所述门体打开所述门洞;a locking tongue, the locking tongue being movably mounted on the door body between a locked position and an unlocked position, the locking tongue cooperating with the isolation lock support to lock the lock when the locking tongue is in the locked position The door body closes the door opening, and the locking tongue is disengaged from the isolation lock support when the unlocking position is in the unlocked position to allow the door body to open the door opening;行程开关,所述行程开关安装在所述隔离锁支座上,所述锁舌位于所述锁止位置时,所述行程开关被所述锁舌触发并向所述控制器发出所述隔离信号。a travel switch, the travel switch is mounted on the isolation lock support, the travel switch is triggered by the lock tongue and sends the isolation signal to the controller when the lock tongue is in the locked position .
- 根据权利要求19所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述隔离锁组件还包括:The sliding door of claim 19, wherein the isolation lock assembly further comprises:内部紧急解锁装置,所述内部紧急解锁装置在内外方向上位于所述门体的内侧,用于从所述门体的内侧控制所述锁舌移动至所述解锁位置;An internal emergency unlocking device located inside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling movement of the locking tongue to the unlocking position from an inner side of the door body;外部紧急解锁装置,所述外部紧急解锁装置在内外方向上位于所述门体的外侧,用于从所述门体的外侧控制所述锁舌移动至所述解锁位置。An external emergency unlocking device is located outside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling movement of the locking tongue to the unlocked position from an outer side of the door body.
- 根据权利要求1至20中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 20, further comprising:固定挡销组件,所述固定挡销组件安装在所述门框的顶部且与所述门体的顶部相连,用于在所述门体关闭所述门洞后止挡所述门体移动。A fixed pin assembly is mounted on the top of the door frame and connected to the top of the door body for stopping movement of the door after the door body closes the door hole.
- 根据权利要求21所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述固定挡销组件包括:The sliding door according to claim 21, wherein said fixed stop pin assembly comprises:嵌块,所述嵌块安装在所述门框的顶部,所述嵌块上设有止挡槽;a block, the block being mounted on a top of the door frame, the block being provided with a stop groove;挡销,所述挡销安装在所述门体的顶部,所述门体关闭所述门洞后所述挡销配合在所述止挡槽内,所述门体打开所述门洞时所述挡销脱离所述止挡槽。a stop pin, the stop pin is mounted on a top of the door body, the stop pin fits in the stop groove after the door body closes the door hole, and the block body opens the door hole The pin is disengaged from the stop groove.
- 根据权利要求22所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述挡销包括:A sliding door according to claim 22, wherein said stop pin comprises:挡销座,所述挡销座安装在所述门体的顶部;a pin stop seat mounted on a top of the door body;挡销滚轮,所述挡销滚轮可旋转地安装在所述挡销座上,所述门体关闭所述门洞后所述挡销滚轮配合在所述止挡槽内,所述门体打开所述门洞时所述挡销滚轮脱离所述止挡槽。a pin roller, the pin roller is rotatably mounted on the pin seat, the pin roller is fitted in the stop groove after the door body closes the door hole, and the door body is opened The pin roller is disengaged from the stop groove when the door is described.
- 根据权利要求1至23中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述驱动机构包括:A sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the drive mechanism comprises:固定架;Fixing frame纵向引导组件,所述纵向引导组件安装在所述固定架上;a longitudinal guiding assembly, the longitudinal guiding assembly being mounted on the mounting bracket;横向驱动组件,所述横向驱动组件安装在所述纵向引导组件上且与所述门体传动连接,所述控制器与所述横向驱动组件通讯,所述门体在左右方向上的移动由所述横向驱动组件驱动,所述门体在左右方向上移动时所述纵向引导组件通过引导所述横向驱动组件而带动所述门体同时在内外方向上移动。a lateral drive assembly mounted on the longitudinal guide assembly and drivingly coupled to the door body, the controller communicating with the lateral drive assembly, the movement of the door body in the left-right direction The lateral drive assembly drives the longitudinal guide assembly to move the door body while moving in the inner and outer directions by guiding the lateral drive assembly when the door body moves in the left-right direction.
- 根据权利要求24所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述固定架包括:The sliding door according to claim 24, wherein the fixing frame comprises:第一侧支撑和第二侧支撑,所述纵向引导组件安装在所述第一侧支撑和所述第二侧支撑上;a first side support and a second side support, the longitudinal guide assembly being mounted on the first side support and the second side support;安装底板,所述安装底板的两端分别与所述第一侧支撑和所述第二侧支撑相连。A bottom plate is mounted, and two ends of the mounting base are respectively connected to the first side support and the second side support.
- 根据权利要求25所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述安装底板的上表面设有若干对底板加强筋,每对所述底板加强筋在所述安装底板的上表面形成走线槽。The sliding door according to claim 25, wherein the upper surface of the mounting base is provided with a plurality of pairs of bottom reinforcing ribs, and each pair of the bottom reinforcing ribs forms a wire groove on the upper surface of the mounting base.
- 根据权利要求26所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述固定架还包括:The sliding door according to claim 26, wherein the mounting bracket further comprises:安装座,所述安装座上装配有连接螺栓,所述连接螺栓的螺帽配合在所述走线槽内以将所述安装座安装在所述安装底板的上方。A mounting seat is equipped with a connecting bolt, and a nut of the connecting bolt fits in the wire trough to mount the mounting seat above the mounting base.
- 根据权利要求24至27中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述横向驱动 组件包括:A sliding door according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein the lateral drive assembly comprises:运动横梁;Moving beam横向导轨,所述横向导轨安装在所述运动横梁上且沿左右方向延伸;a lateral rail mounted on the moving beam and extending in a left-right direction;横向滑块,所述横向滑块沿所述横向导轨可移动地配合在所述横向导轨上;a lateral slider, the lateral slider movably mating on the lateral rail along the lateral rail;携门架,所述携门架安装在所述横向滑块上且与所述门体相连;Carrying a gantry, the gantry being mounted on the lateral slider and connected to the door body;电机,所述电机安装在所述运动横梁上且通过传动组件与所述携门架相连,所述控制器与所述电机通讯。a motor mounted on the moving beam and coupled to the gantry via a transmission assembly, the controller being in communication with the motor.
- 根据权利要求28所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述传动组件包括:The sliding door of claim 28 wherein said transmission assembly comprises:主动齿带轮,所述主动齿带轮传动连接在所述电机上;a driving gear pulley, wherein the driving gear pulley is connected to the motor;从动齿带轮,所述从动齿带轮可旋转地安装在所述运动横梁上;a driven toothed pulley, the driven toothed pulley being rotatably mounted on the moving beam;传动齿带,所述传动齿带套设在所述主动齿带轮和所述从动齿带轮上且分别于所述主动齿带轮和所述从动齿带轮啮合;a transmission toothed belt, the transmission toothed belt is sleeved on the driving toothed belt pulley and the driven toothed belt pulley and meshed with the driven toothed belt pulley and the driven toothed belt pulley respectively;齿带夹,所述齿带夹设在所述传动齿带上且与所述携门架相连。a toothed belt clip, the toothed belt is clamped on the transmission toothed belt and connected to the gantry.
- 根据权利要求28或29所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述纵向引导组件包括:A sliding door according to claim 28 or 29, wherein said longitudinal guiding assembly comprises:纵向导轨,所述纵向导轨安装在所述固定架上且沿内外方向延伸;a longitudinal rail mounted on the fixing bracket and extending in an inner and outer direction;纵向滑块,所述纵向滑块沿所述纵向导轨的长度方向可移动地配合在所述纵向导轨上,所述运动横梁与所述纵向滑块相连;a longitudinal slider, the longitudinal slider being movably fitted on the longitudinal rail along a length direction of the longitudinal rail, the moving beam being connected to the longitudinal slider;联动导轨,所述联动导轨安装在所述固定架上,所述携门架与所述联动导轨配合,所述携门架在左右方向上移动时所述联动导轨通过引导所述携门架同时在内外方向上移动。a linkage rail, the linkage rail is mounted on the fixing bracket, the bracket frame cooperates with the linkage rail, and when the bracket frame moves in the left-right direction, the linkage rail guides the bracket frame simultaneously Move in the inner and outer directions.
- 根据权利要求30所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述联动导轨上设有与所述携门架配合的联动导槽,所述联动导槽包括:The sliding door according to claim 30, wherein the linkage rail is provided with a linkage guide groove that cooperates with the gantry, the linkage guide includes:直线导槽,所述直线导槽沿左右方向延伸;a linear guide groove extending in a left-right direction;弧形导槽,所述弧形导槽与所述直线导槽连通且从所述直线导槽逐渐延伸呈内外方向,所述携门架在左右方向上移动时通过被所述弧形导槽引导而同时在内外方向上移动。An arcuate guide groove communicating with the linear guide groove and gradually extending from the linear guide groove in an inner and outer direction, and the gantry is passed through the curved guide groove when moving in the left-right direction Guide while moving in the inner and outer directions.
- 根据权利要求28至31中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 28 to 31, further comprising:闭锁机构,所述闭锁机构安装在固定架上且与所述运动横梁相连,所述锁闭机构用于在所述门体关闭所述门洞时锁止所述运动横梁的位置并向所述控制器发出使所述电机通知工作的闭锁信号。a latching mechanism mounted on the mounting bracket and coupled to the moving beam, the latching mechanism for locking the position of the moving beam and controlling the door when the door body closes the door opening The device issues a blocking signal that causes the motor to notify the operation.
- 根据权利要求32所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述闭锁机构包括:A sliding door according to claim 32, wherein said latching mechanism comprises:闭锁锁体,所述闭锁锁体安装在所述固定架上;Locking the lock body, the lock lock body being mounted on the fixed frame;闭锁锁舌,所述闭锁锁舌安装在所述运动横梁上;Closing a locking tongue, the locking bolt being mounted on the moving beam;限位开关,所述限位开关安装在所述固定架上且与所述闭锁锁体相连,所述门体关闭所述门洞时,所述闭锁锁舌被所述闭锁锁体锁止,所述限位开关向所述控制器发出所述闭锁信号。a limit switch, the limit switch is mounted on the fixing frame and connected to the lock lock body, and when the door body closes the door hole, the lock lock tongue is locked by the lock lock body, The limit switch issues the blocking signal to the controller.
- 根据权利要求33所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to claim 33, further comprising:内部紧急解锁开关,所述内部紧急解锁开关在内外方向上位于所述门体的内侧,用于从所述门体的内侧控制所述闭锁锁体释放所述闭锁锁舌;An internal emergency unlocking switch, the internal emergency unlocking switch is located inside the door body in an inner and outer direction, for controlling the locking lock body from an inner side of the door body to release the locking lock tongue;外部紧急解锁开关,所述外部紧急解锁开关在内外方向上位于所述门体的外侧,用于从所述门体的外侧控制所述闭锁锁体释放所述闭锁锁舌。An external emergency unlocking switch is located outside the door body in an inner and outer direction for controlling the latching lock body from the outer side of the door body to release the latching latch.
- 根据权利要求1至34中任意一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,还包括:The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 34, further comprising:防尘罩,所述防尘罩设在所述门槛下方且罩设所述驱动机构,用于将所述驱动机构与外部环境隔离。a dust cover disposed under the threshold and covering the drive mechanism for isolating the drive mechanism from an external environment.
- 根据权利要求1-35中任一项所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,所述门体为两个,两个所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上可移动地安装在所述门框以共同打开和关闭所述门洞,所述驱动机构同时驱动两个所述门体在内外方向和左右方向上移动。The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the door body is two, and the two door bodies are movably mounted to the door frame in an inner and outer direction and a left and right direction. To open and close the door opening in common, the driving mechanism simultaneously drives the two door bodies to move in the inner and outer directions and the left and right directions.
- 根据权利要求36所述的塞拉门,其特征在于,两个所述门体的相对侧沿上分别设有中空的护指胶条。The sliding door according to claim 36, wherein the opposite side edges of the two door bodies are respectively provided with hollow finger strips.
- 一种轨道车辆,其特征在于,包括:A rail vehicle characterized by comprising:车体;Car body根据权利要求1-37中任一项所述的塞拉门,所述塞拉门安装在所述车体上且所述驱动机构位于所述车体的车内地板下方;The sliding door according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the sliding door is mounted on the vehicle body and the driving mechanism is located below the interior floor of the vehicle body;转向架,所述转向架安装在所述车体的底部。A bogie mounted at the bottom of the vehicle body.
- 一种轨道交通系统,其特征在于,包括:A rail transit system characterized by comprising:轨道;track;根据权利要求38所述的轨道车辆,所述转向架跨座在所述轨道上且牵引所述车体沿所述轨道行驶。A rail vehicle according to claim 38, said bogie straddles said rail and draws said vehicle body along said rail.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201710210583.4 | 2017-03-31 | ||
CN201710210583.4A CN108661497B (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2017-03-31 | Sliding plug door, rail vehicle with same and rail transit system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2018177063A1 true WO2018177063A1 (en) | 2018-10-04 |
Family
ID=63675180
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2018/077538 WO2018177063A1 (en) | 2017-03-31 | 2018-02-28 | Sliding plug door, rail vehicle having same and rail transit system |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN108661497B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018177063A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109854105A (en) * | 2019-04-11 | 2019-06-07 | 谭力 | A kind of bottom locking device for vehicle sliding plug door |
CN110593703A (en) * | 2019-09-24 | 2019-12-20 | 桂林京达科技有限公司 | Swing arm type sliding door mechanism and moving machine applying same |
CN111102841A (en) * | 2019-12-11 | 2020-05-05 | 无为县环江铜业有限公司 | Double-open type metal copper melting furnace cover |
CN111335771B (en) * | 2020-03-24 | 2022-03-01 | 江苏启越轨道交通装备有限公司 | Double-brake lead screw electric door transmission mechanism |
CN113802950A (en) * | 2020-06-17 | 2021-12-17 | 南京康尼机电股份有限公司 | Sliding plug door |
CN112356645A (en) * | 2020-11-26 | 2021-02-12 | 北京艾斯泰克科技有限公司 | Blocking device of plug door air duct, plug door and vehicle |
CN114687638A (en) * | 2020-12-30 | 2022-07-01 | 中国航天科工飞航技术研究院(中国航天海鹰机电技术研究院) | Escape door device suitable for vacuum environment |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN2322856Y (en) * | 1997-12-02 | 1999-06-09 | 江苏康尼机电新技术公司 | Electrically controlled pneumatic carriage door |
US20120192490A1 (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2012-08-02 | Michael Mccaslin | Intensive care unit door control system |
CN202945915U (en) * | 2012-12-07 | 2013-05-22 | 爱威机电(南京)有限公司 | Sliding door device provided with pneumatic plug for passenger car |
CN105587214A (en) * | 2016-01-22 | 2016-05-18 | 南京康尼机电股份有限公司 | Single-opening sliding plug door system |
US9388622B1 (en) * | 2015-02-05 | 2016-07-12 | K.N. Crowder Mfg. Inc. | Apparatus for controlling the motion of a sliding door |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE10350741A1 (en) * | 2003-10-30 | 2005-06-02 | Valeo Sicherheitssysteme Gmbh | Device for moving the sliding door of a motor vehicle |
CN1304232C (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2007-03-14 | 南京康尼机电新技术有限公司 | Door system of high-speed railway vehicle |
CN103233657B (en) * | 2012-10-24 | 2016-08-24 | 南京康尼机电股份有限公司 | A kind of built-in sealed door of rail vehicle |
CN105735795A (en) * | 2016-01-29 | 2016-07-06 | 宁波南车时代传感技术有限公司 | Anti-collision structure for road vehicle sliding-plug door system |
CN106014061B (en) * | 2016-07-04 | 2018-08-24 | 中车青岛四方机车车辆股份有限公司 | A kind of side sliding door of railway vehicle |
CN205918304U (en) * | 2016-08-25 | 2017-02-01 | 青岛欧特美股份有限公司 | Shellproof stopper sliding door device |
-
2017
- 2017-03-31 CN CN201710210583.4A patent/CN108661497B/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-02-28 WO PCT/CN2018/077538 patent/WO2018177063A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN2322856Y (en) * | 1997-12-02 | 1999-06-09 | 江苏康尼机电新技术公司 | Electrically controlled pneumatic carriage door |
US20120192490A1 (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2012-08-02 | Michael Mccaslin | Intensive care unit door control system |
CN202945915U (en) * | 2012-12-07 | 2013-05-22 | 爱威机电(南京)有限公司 | Sliding door device provided with pneumatic plug for passenger car |
US9388622B1 (en) * | 2015-02-05 | 2016-07-12 | K.N. Crowder Mfg. Inc. | Apparatus for controlling the motion of a sliding door |
CN105587214A (en) * | 2016-01-22 | 2016-05-18 | 南京康尼机电股份有限公司 | Single-opening sliding plug door system |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN108661497A (en) | 2018-10-16 |
CN108661497B (en) | 2020-08-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2018177063A1 (en) | Sliding plug door, rail vehicle having same and rail transit system | |
US8769872B2 (en) | Device for closing off an opening made in a structural element comprising synchronization, and corresponding automobile | |
US6688659B2 (en) | Egress window latching mechanism | |
US20210291632A1 (en) | Vehicle door system and control method thereof, and vehicle having same | |
EP3336291B1 (en) | Dual latch assembly for openable structures | |
FI104009B (en) | Single or double wing sliding, swing or pocket door | |
JP2758094B2 (en) | Sliding roof for automobile | |
CN108661476B (en) | Rail vehicle, Rail Transit System, stopping sliding door and door body load-bearing guiding mechanism | |
US7887106B2 (en) | Floor lock | |
CN206987642U (en) | Rail vehicle, Rail Transit System and stopping sliding door and its door body hold-down mechanism | |
CN206987641U (en) | Linkage guide and there is its stopping sliding door, rail vehicle and Rail Transit System | |
JPS5855313B2 (en) | Automobile window lifting device | |
CN211592197U (en) | Light bus and sliding plug door mechanism thereof | |
US20200291711A1 (en) | Rail adjuster system and method for window regulator systems | |
US20030110703A1 (en) | Flush egress window assembly | |
CN101827991B (en) | A window, a method for mounting a window, and a set of parts | |
CN206987573U (en) | Isolation lock set, there is its stopping sliding door, vehicle and Rail Transit System | |
CN113799802B (en) | Large-opening-degree rail transit platform door | |
CN206681603U (en) | Stopping sliding door, rail vehicle and Rail Transit System and its door body sealing structure | |
CN209145453U (en) | A kind of casement window structure of four side locking | |
CN206987598U (en) | Fixed mount, there is its stopping sliding door, vehicle and Rail Transit System | |
CN205905732U (en) | Car and device is fastened to tail -gate thereof | |
CN208530581U (en) | Rail vehicle protective device | |
CN206987590U (en) | Bearing rail and there is its stopping sliding door, rail vehicle and Rail Transit System | |
CN221032199U (en) | Sliding door and window |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18775055 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18775055 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |